diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000 |
commit | a494a509f3f4a13a450c898488155f7aa5353bd3 (patch) | |
tree | ab11a3116dfe36f273b0eefe1a7abb556253a9c8 /info/examples/tip | |
parent | 79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (diff) |
CTAN sync 202402010300
Diffstat (limited to 'info/examples/tip')
299 files changed, 0 insertions, 28433 deletions
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip b/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e2e5daf3bc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.1.11, p. I-91. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 601. -\wlog{L: "absdimen.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 601, p. I-91]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\AbsoluteDimension #1#2{% - \ifdim #1 < 0pt - #2 = -#1\relax - \else - #2 = #1\relax - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/absval.tip b/info/examples/tip/absval.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f3809b9a0f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/absval.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.12, p. I-57. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1523. -\wlog{L: "absval.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1523, p. I-57]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\AbsoluteValue #1#2{% - \ifnum #1<0 - #2 = -#1\relax - \else - #2 = #1\relax - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip b/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 18db6ef8f4..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 22.5.4, p. III-225. -% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 1045. -\wlog{L: "acronym.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 1045, p. III-225]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\DefineAcronym #1#2#3{% - \def #1{% - #2 (#3)% - \gdef#1{#2}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip b/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 25b5ce5b75..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 40.2.1, p. IV-299. -% Original source in file "table3.TEX", starting line 192. -\wlog{L: "advtabst.tip" ["table3.TEX," l. 192, p. IV-299]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\AdvanceByTabStopsCount -\def\AdvanceByTabStops #1{% - \def\@MakeTabChars{}% - \DoLoop{\AdvanceByTabStopsCount}{2}{1}{#1}% - {\edef\@MakeTabChars{\@MakeTabChars&}}% - \@MakeTabChars -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 215db1a4ba..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.23.2, p. III-349. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1808. -\wlog{L: "aevpar.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1808, p. III-349]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newtoks\AfterEveryPar -\AfterEveryPar = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SetUpAfterEveryPar{% - \def\par{% - \ifhmode - \ifinner - \else - \endgraf - \the\AfterEveryPar - \fi - \fi - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip b/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 471bcc3c94..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.23, p. III-395. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1784. -\wlog{L: "alldate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1784, p. III-395]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{earliest.tip} -\InputD{copydate.tip} -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{prmonth.tip} -\InputD{legyear.tip} -\InputD{legmonth.tip} -\InputD{ndaysmo.tip} -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\InputD{isleapyr.tip} -\InputD{numdyr.tip} -\InputD{nextday.tip} -\InputD{prevday.tip} -\InputD{nextmon.tip} -\InputD{prevmon.tip} -\InputD{arbday.tip} -\InputD{todayx.tip} -\InputD{mocal.tip} -\InputD{mocal3.tip} -\InputD{yearcal.tip} -\InputD{weekofyr.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip b/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5bb3055145..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.6.3, p. I-115. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1720. -\wlog{L: "allocat.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1720, p. I-115]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{% - \global\advance\count1#1by\@ne - \ch@ck#1#4#2% - \allocationnumber=\count1#1% - \ifx #5\@allocUndef - \else - \errmessage{\string\alloc@: \string#5 already defined}% - \fi - \global#3#5=\allocationnumber - \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip b/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f65a0b732c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.3.13, p. I-233. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1301. -\wlog{L: "alwbase.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1301, p. I-233]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\AlwaysBaselineskip{% - \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/angt.tip b/info/examples/tip/angt.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 6a85e0cac6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/angt.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 13.2.8, p. II-168. -% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 915. -\wlog{L: "angt.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 915, p. II-168]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\angt #1{% - \leavevmode - \hbox{$\langle$}% - {\rm #1}% - \hbox{$\rangle$}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip b/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fa8921eb60..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.16, p. III-381. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1098. -\wlog{L: "arbday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1098, p. III-381]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{imodn.tip} -\InputD{nextday.tip} -\InputD{numdyr.tip} -\InputD{prmonth.tip} -\InputD{earliest.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@YearTemp -\newcount\@YearTop -\newcount\@MonthTemp -\newcount\@MonthTop -\newcount\@TempAD -\def\ArbitraryDayOfWeek #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - #4 = \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate - \@YearTop = #1\relax - \advance\@YearTop by -1 - \DoLoop{\@YearTemp}{\EarliestYearDate}{1}{\@YearTop}{% - \NumberOfDaysInYear{\@YearTemp}{\@TempAD}% - \advance #4 by \@TempAD - }% - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% - \@MonthTop = #2\relax - \advance\@MonthTop by -1 - \DoLoop{\@MonthTemp}{1}{1}{\@MonthTop}{% - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{\@MonthTemp}{\@TempAD}% - \advance #4 by \@TempAD - }% - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% - \advance #4 by #3\relax - \advance #4 by -1 - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip b/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cf2f26b02c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.3, p. III-136. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 1017. -\wlog{L: "arraymac.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 1017, p. III-136]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\IndexLastElement #1#2{% - \NumberOfListElements{#1}{#2}% - \advance #2 by -1 -} -\newcount\@ArrayIndexCheckCount -\def\ArrayIndexCheck #1#2{% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}% - \ifnum\@ArrayIndexCheckCount = -1 - \errmessage{\string\ArrayIndexCheck: array \string#2 - is empty.}% - \else - \CheckRange{#2}{0}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}% - {\string\ArrayIndexCheck: index \number#2 out - of range in list \string#1}% - \fi -} -\newcount\@AccessArrayElementLimit -\newcount\@AccessArrayElementCount -\def\AccessArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \let\@AccessArrayElementList = #1% - \@AccessArrayElementLimit = #2\relax - \DoLoop{\@AccessArrayElementCount}% - {1}{1}{\@AccessArrayElementLimit}% - {\DropFirstElementOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}}% - \CarOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}{#3}% -} -\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementCount -\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementLimit -\def\ModifyArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{2}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}% - \let\@ModifyArrayList = #1% - \def\@ModifyArrayRet{}% - \DoLoop{\@ModifyArrayElementCount}% - {0}{1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}% - {% - \CarOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}% - {\@ModifyArrayElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}% - \ifnum\@ModifyArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \RightAppendElement{\@ModifyArrayRet}{#3}% - \else - \RightAppendElement - {\@ModifyArrayRet}% - {\@ModifyArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #1 = \@ModifyArrayRet -} -\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCount -\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCountTwo -\def\InsertArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=0 - \errmessage{\string\InsertArrayElement: empty array}% - \fi - \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=#2 - \else - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \fi - \def\@InsertArrayElementListPre{}% - \ifnum #2>0 - \@InsertArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \advance\@InsertArrayElementCount by -1 - \ExtractSubArray{#1}{0}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - \fi - \def\@InsertArrayElementListPost{}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - \ifnum #2 > \@InsertArrayElementCount - \else - \ExtractSubArray{#1}{#2}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}% - \fi - \RightAppendElement{\@InsertArrayElementListPre}{#3}% - \CombineTwoLists - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - \let #1 = \@InsertArrayElementListPre -} -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementCount -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementLimit -\def\DeleteArrayElement #1#2{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \let\@DeleteArrayElementList = #1% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}% - \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementLimit = -1 - \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElement: empty array.}% - \fi - \def\@DeleteArrayElementResultList{}% - \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementCount}% - {0}{1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}% - {% - \CarOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}% - {\@DeleteArrayElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}% - \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \else - \RightAppendElement - {\@DeleteArrayElementResultList}% - {\@DeleteArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #1=\@DeleteArrayElementResultList -} -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit -\def\DeleteArrayElementRange #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #2>#3 - \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElementRange: - first index larger than second. Makes no - sense}% - \fi - \@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit = #3\relax - \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by -#2% - \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by 1 - \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount}{1}{1}% - {\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit}% - {\DropArrayElement{#1}{#2}}% -} -\newcount\@ShowArrayCount -\newcount\@ShowArrayLimit -\def\ShowArray #1{% - \wlog{\string\ShowArray: begin}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}% - \ifnum\@ShowArrayLimit = -1 - \wlog{** empty array **}% - \else - \DoLoop{\@ShowArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}{% - \AccessArrayElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayCount}% - {\@ShowArrayElement}% - \wlog{Index \the\@ShowArrayCount: - "\@ShowArrayElement"}% - }% - \fi - \wlog{\string\ShowArray: end}% - \wlog{}% -} -\def\@TokenToListDoneMacro{\@TokensToListDone}% -\def\TokensToTeXList #1#2{% - \def#1{}% - \def\@TokensToListName{#1}% - \@TokensToList #2\@TokensToListDone -} -\def\@TokensToList #1{% - \def\@TokensToListMacArgOne{#1}% - \ifx\@TokensToListMacArgOne\@TokenToListDoneMacro - \let\@TokensToListNext = \relax - \else - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@TokensToListName{#1}% - \let\@TokensToListNext = \@TokensToList - \fi - \@TokensToListNext -} -\newcount\@ExtractArrayCount -\newcount\@ExtractArrayLimit -\newif\if@ExtractCopy -\def\ExtractSubArray #1#2#3#4{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #3<#2 - \errmessage{\string\ExtractSubArray: first index > - second index, error}% - \fi - \def\@ExtractSubArrayResult{}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}% - \DoLoop{\@ExtractArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}% - {% - \@ExtractCopytrue - \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount < #2\relax - \@ExtractCopyfalse - \fi - \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount > #3\relax - \@ExtractCopyfalse - \fi - \if@ExtractCopy - \AccessArrayElement - {#1}% - {\@ExtractArrayCount}% - {\@SubArrayElement}% - \RightAppendElement - {\@ExtractSubArrayResult}% - {\@SubArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #4 = \@ExtractSubArrayResult -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip b/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 036156eb91..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.6, p. IV-80. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 830. -\wlog{L: "atpos.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 830, p. IV-80]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@PrintAtPositionBox -\def\PrintAtPosition #1#2#3#4{% - \setbox\@PrintAtPositionBox = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\relax - \lower #2\hbox{% - #3% - }% - }% - #4 = \dp\@PrintAtPositionBox - \ZeroBoxOut{\@PrintAtPositionBox}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\def\SetUpPrintAtPosition{% - \nopagenumbers - \topskip = 0pt - \offinterlineskip -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip b/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1275f03f23..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.6.4, p. III-435. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1860. -\wlog{L: "be-env.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1860, p. III-435]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewEnvironment #1{% - \wlog{\string\NewEnvironment: new environment #1.}% - \NameNewDef{@@B-#1}{% - \bgroup - \def\@CurEnvName{#1}% - \NameUse{@Begin#1}% - }% - \NameNewDef{@@E-#1}{% - \NameUse{@End#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@CurEnvName}% - \else - \errmessage{Ending environment: mismatch in - environment names: specified: #1, - expected: \@CurEnvName}% - \fi - \egroup - }% -} -\def\B #1{% - \NameUse{@@B-#1}% -} -\def\E #1{% - \NameUse{@@E-#1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cde020150b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.4.6, p. II-85. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1864. -\wlog{L: "bletpar.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1864, p. II-85]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@BigLetDown -\newdimen\@BigLetDimen -\newcount\@BigLetCount -\newbox\@BigLetBox -\newdimen\BigLetSep -\BigLetSep = 2pt -\newdimen\BigLetH -\BigLetH = 2pt -\def\BigLetPar #1{% - \par - \setbox\@BigLetBox = \hbox{#1\hskip\BigLetSep}% - \setbox\@BigLetBox = \vtop{% - \dimen0 = \baselineskip - \offinterlineskip - \hbox{} - \vskip -0.7\dimen0 - \box\@BigLetBox - \vbox to \BigLetH{} - }% - \@BigLetDimen = \dp\@BigLetBox - \advance\@BigLetDimen by 0.7\baselineskip - \advance\@BigLetDimen by 1.0\baselineskip - \divide\@BigLetDimen by \baselineskip - \@BigLetCount = \@BigLetDimen - \dp\@BigLetBox = 0pt - \hangafter = -\@BigLetCount - \hangindent = \wd\@BigLetBox - \noindent - \hskip -\hangindent - \box \@BigLetBox - \ignorespaces -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 67e2c0b7c9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-323. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 495. -\wlog{L: "box-bb.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 495, p. I-323]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BoxingBox -\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 562ebc1b9c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-322. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 472. -\wlog{L: "box-bul.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 472, p. I-322]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BulletBox -\setbox\@BulletBox = - \hbox{% - \hskip -2.3pt - \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}% - } -\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 44c14a2878..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.3, p. I-298. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1229. -\wlog{L: "box-larg.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1229, p. I-298]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\BoxLarger #1#2{% - \vbox{% - \vskip #2 - \hbox{% - \hskip #2% - \hbox{#1}% - \hskip #2% - }% - \vskip #2 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c71b830e88..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.14, p. I-343. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1576. -\wlog{L: "box-mac.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1576, p. I-343]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{boxing7.tip} -\InputD{box-larg.tip} -\InputD{emptybox.tip} -\InputD{emprubox.tip} -\InputD{boxrelim.tip} -\InputD{linesr.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d39a045484..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 405. -\wlog{L: "box-thck.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 405, p. I-321]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness -\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bd0d3930e8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.13, p. I-104. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1348. -\wlog{L: "box-zero.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1348, p. I-104]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ZeroBox #1{% - \wd#1 = 0pt - \ht#1 = 0pt - \dp#1 = 0pt -} -\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{% - \ZeroBox{#1}% - \box#1% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 61ef24a8a4..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.1, p. I-319. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 331. -\wlog{L: "boxing1.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 331, p. I-319]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\BoxingA #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule - \hbox{% - \vrule - #1% - \vrule - }% - \hrule - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7c14df8ded..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 419. -\wlog{L: "boxing2.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 419, p. I-321]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-thck.tip} - -\def\BoxingB #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - #1% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5067c1b5f9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.2, p. I-323. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 510. -\wlog{L: "boxing3.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 510, p. I-323]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-bul.tip} -\InputD{box-thck.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingC #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - \copy\@BulletBox - #1% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ce1cd0be6d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.3, p. I-324. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 555. -\wlog{L: "boxing4.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 555, p. I-324]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\InputD{box-bul.tip} -\InputD{box-bb.tip} -\InputD{box-thck.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingD #1{% - \vbox{% - \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1% - \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{% - \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{% - \hskip 1pt - \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt - \hfil - }% - \hfil - }% - \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - \copy\@BulletBox - \box\@BaseLineLeaders - \box\@BoxingBox - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8e099f7698..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.6.1, p. I-327. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 719. -\wlog{L: "boxing5.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 719, p. I-327]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\InputD{box-bul.tip} -\InputD{box-bb.tip} -\InputD{box-thck.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine -\BulletAndBaseLinetrue -\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1% - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2 - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = #1% - \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = -\dimen4 - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = -\dimen2 - \dimen4 = #2% - \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f361a2868d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.7, p. I-332. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 996. -\wlog{L: "boxing6.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 996, p. I-332]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\InputD{boxing5.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingE #1{% - \hbox{% - \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1% - \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{% - \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{% - \hskip 1pt - \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt - \hfil - }% - \hfil - }% - \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \box\@BaseLineLeaders - \fi - \RulesOnSide - {\ht\@BoxingBox}% - {\dp\@BoxingBox}% - {\wd\@BoxingBox}% - \box\@BoxingBox - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a231a4985e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.9.1, p. I-335. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1131. -\wlog{L: "boxing7.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1131, p. I-335]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{boxing6.tip} -\InputD{vcentx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@BoxRDimen -\newbox\@BoxRBox -\newcount\@BoxRNumber -\def\HboxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VboxR{% - \vbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VtopR{% - \vtop\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VcenterXR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\BoxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRB - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@BoxRB{% - \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\CopyR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@CopyRbb - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@CopyRbb{% - \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRaa{% - \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA -} -\def\@BoxRA{% - \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb - \else - \if\@BoxRSymbol t% - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo - \else - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread - \fi - \fi - \@BoxitNext -} -\def\@BoxRb{% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\def\@BoxRbTwo{% - \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup - \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree -} -\def\@BoxRbThree{% - \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRbTo to{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{% - \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e767fcde85..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.12, p. I-342. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1535. -\wlog{L: "boxrelim.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1535, p. I-342]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{vcentx.tip} -\def\EliminateRuledBoxes{% - \let\HboxR = \hbox - \let\VboxR = \vbox - \let\VtopR = \vtop - \let\VcenterXR = \VcenterX - \let\BoxR = \box - \let\CopyR = \copy -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 62aaadd22a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.3.2, p. III-424. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1362. -\wlog{L: "boxrqu.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1362, p. III-424]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{newoutfr.tip} -\InputD{mspaces.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@BoxRQStart -\newcount\@BoxRQEnd -\newcount\@BoxRQLength -\newcount\@BoxRQCount -\newcount\@BoxRQLast -\newcount\@BoxRQFirst -\def\@LoadBRQCounters #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}% - \@BoxRQStart = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}% - \@BoxRQEnd = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-End-#1}% - \@BoxRQLength= \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}% - \@BoxRQCount = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}% - \@BoxRQLast = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}% - \@BoxRQFirst = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-First-#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@LoadBRQCounters: no queue "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\@RestoreBRQCounters #1{% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}{\the\@BoxRQStart}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-End-#1}{\the\@BoxRQEnd}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLength}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}{\the\@BoxRQCount}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLast}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-First-#1}{\the\@BoxRQFirst}% -} -\newcount\@BoxRQTempA \newcount\@BoxRQTempB -\def\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue #1#2{% - \@BoxRQStart = \count14 - \advance\@BoxRQStart by 1 - \@BoxRQTempA = \@BoxRQStart - \DoLoop{\@BoxRQTempB}{1}{1}{#2}% - {\newboxOF\@WhoCaresBoxRegisterIndexA - \advance\@BoxRQTempA by 1 } - \advance\@BoxRQTempA by -1 - \@BoxRQEnd = \@BoxRQTempA - \wlog{\string\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue: queue "#1."}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces Box registers - \the\@BoxRQStart\space through - \the\@BoxRQEnd\space allocated.}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces (#2 registers).}% - \@BoxRQCount = 0 - \@BoxRQLength = #2 - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% -} -\def\AddBoxToQueue #1#2{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \wlog{\string\AddBoxToQueue: length: \the\@BoxRQLength, - count: \the\@BoxRQCount}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = \@BoxRQLength - \errmessage{\string\AddBoxToQueue: Queue "#1" is full.}% - \else - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart - \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \global\setbox\@BoxRQLast = #2% - \advance\@BoxRQLast by 1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQLast > \@BoxRQEnd - \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \advance\@BoxRQCount by 1 - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\CopyFirstElementFromQueue #1#2{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \errmessage{\string\CopyFirstElementFromQueue: empty "#1"}% - \else - \setbox #2 = \copy\@BoxRQFirst - \fi -} -\def\DropFirstBoxOfQueue #1{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \errmessage{\string\DropFirstBoxOfQueue: "#1" is empty.}% - \else - \advance\@BoxRQCount by -1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \else - \advance\@BoxRQFirst by 1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQFirst > \@BoxRQEnd - \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \fi - \fi - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% -} -\def\EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip b/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index af0acc93ab..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.7.4, p. I-191. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1884. -\wlog{L: "centerlp.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1884, p. I-191]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\CenterlineP #1{% - \centerline{#1\unskip .} -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip b/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a96676e60f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.6.3, p. II-101. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2697. -\wlog{L: "centerng.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2697, p. II-101]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\BeginCenter{% - \par - \begingroup - \rightskip = 1in plus 4em - \leftskip = \rightskip - \spaceskip = .3333em - \xspaceskip = .5em - \parfillskip = 0pt - \noindent -} -\def\EndCenter{% - \par - \endgroup -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index de0dfd8f03..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.15, p. III-333. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 945. -\wlog{L: "centpar.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 945, p. III-333]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\CenterOrParagraph #1{% - {% - \par - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd0 > \hsize - \noindent #1\par - \else - \centerline{\box0}% - \fi - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip b/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 246031c5b0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 15.2.3, p. II-231. -% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 290. -\wlog{L: "charbo.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 290, p. II-231]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\def\hboxE #1{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% - \setbox1 = \hbox{}% - \wd1 = \wd0 - \ht1 = \ht0 - \dp1 = \dp0 - \HboxR{\box 1}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip b/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 57d987414c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.10, p. I-102. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1222. -\wlog{L: "chboxd.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1222, p. I-102]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@AdvanceBoxD -\def\AdvanceBoxDimension #1#2{% - \@AdvanceBoxD = #1\relax - \advance\@AdvanceBoxD by #2\relax - #1 = \@AdvanceBoxD -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip b/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b4e2028384..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.6, p. I-98. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1022. -\wlog{L: "clearb.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1022, p. I-98]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ClearBoxReg #1{% - \setbox #1 = \box\voidb@x -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/collect.tip b/info/examples/tip/collect.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 6953f89e62..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/collect.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 22.1.8, p. III-210. -% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 228. -\wlog{L: "collect.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 228, p. III-210]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\InitialCollectInfo{% - \gdef\Collect{}% -} -\InitialCollectInfo -\long\def\AddInfo #1{% - \xdef\Collect{\Collect #1}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip b/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a86f430876..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.1.4, p. III-118. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 96. -\wlog{L: "coltok.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 96, p. III-118]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newtoks\CollectTokens -\CollectTokens = {} -\def\AddInfo #1{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \CollectTokens\expandafter{% - \the\CollectTokens #1} -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip b/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 02853596c1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.7.1, p. III-528. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1941. -\wlog{L: "comfiles.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1941, p. III-528]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\InputD{endrec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CompareFilesResult -\newread\@ReadCompareOne -\newread\@ReadCompareTwo -\def\CompareFilesConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: first file "#1" - does not exist.}% - \fi - \if\FileExistsConditional{#2}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: second file "#2" - does not exist.}% - \fi - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 0 - \begingroup - \MkOthers - \openin\@ReadCompareOne = #1 - \openin\@ReadCompareTwo = #2 - \@CompareFiles -} - -\def\@CompareFiles{% - \read\@ReadCompareOne to \@CompareOneString - \read\@ReadCompareTwo to \@CompareTwoString - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 1 - \else - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \fi - \else - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \else - \ifx\@CompareOneString\@CompareTwoString - \else - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \fi - \fi - \fi - \RecursionMacroEnd - {\ifnum \@CompareFilesResult = 0\relax}% - {\@CompareFiles}{\@EndCompareFiles}% -} -\def\@EndCompareFiles{% - \endgroup - \closein\@ReadCompareOne - \closein\@ReadCompareTwo - \ifnum\@CompareFilesResult = 1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/compst.tip b/info/examples/tip/compst.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5137722769..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/compst.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.1, p. III-334. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1018. -\wlog{L: "compst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1018, p. III-334]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{restring.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}% - \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}% - \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional -} -\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}% -} -\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{% - TT\fi - \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}% - { }{}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional - {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip b/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip deleted file mode 100644 index df5a770e63..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.6, p. III-337. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1203. -\wlog{L: "compstca.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1203, p. III-337]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{genostr.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput -\def\StringsEqualConditionalCat #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}% - \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#2}% - \OpenGenericOStream{compst.tmp}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{% - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}% - }% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{% - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#1}% - }% - \CloseGenericOStream - \openin\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput = compst.tmp - \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR - \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR - \closein\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput - \ifx - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip b/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cc6fff7d49..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.2.4, p. III-354. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 2056. -\wlog{L: "condltr.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 2056, p. III-354]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LetterConditional -\newcount\@LetterConditionalCounter -\def\@LetterConditional #1#2;{% - \@LetterConditionalCounter = `#1\relax -} -\def\LetterConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \@LetterConditionalfalse - \edef\@LetterConditionalString{#1}% - \expandafter\@LetterConditional\@LetterConditionalString ; - \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\a}{`\z}% - \@LetterConditionaltrue - \fi - \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\A}{`\Z}% - \@LetterConditionaltrue - \fi - \if@LetterConditional -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/conval.tip b/info/examples/tip/conval.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 28638f5ece..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/conval.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.2.16, p. III-131. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 790. -\wlog{L: "conval.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 790, p. III-131]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\InputD{remtlsp.tip} -\InputD{strleng.tip} -\InputD{endrec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ConvertArgsToListAndAppend #1#2{% - \def\@Co{#1}% - \@ItemRec #2,\@Delimiter -} -\def\@ItemRec #1,{% - \RemLsp{\@ItemTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@Co{\@ItemTemp}% - \futurelet\@ItemRecTok\@ItemRecOne -} -\def\@ItemRecOne{% - \RecursionMacroEnd{\ifx\@ItemRecTok\@Delimiter}% - {\@ItemRecEnd}{\@ItemRec}% -} -\def\@ItemRecEnd\@Delimiter{} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip b/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fd90867ec1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.2, p. III-360. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 116. -\wlog{L: "copydate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 116, p. III-360]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\CopyDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/counters.tip b/info/examples/tip/counters.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 735e86d62e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/counters.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.4.2, p. I-71. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 2216. -\wlog{L: "counters.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 2216, p. I-71]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{newoutfr.tip} -\InputD{printco.tip} -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewCounter #1#2#3#4{% - \wlog{\string\NewCounter: allocating new counter "#1."}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NewCounter: counter "#1" was - allocated previously.}% - \fi - \expandafter\newcountOF\csname @C-#1\endcsname - \ReassignCounter{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \NameDef{@ResetC-#1}{}% -} -\def\ReassignCounter #1#2#3#4{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\ReassignCounter: counter "#1" - not defined before.}% - \fi - \NameDef{@TheC-#1}{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% - \expandafter{\csname @C-#1\endcsname}% - }% - \NameDef{@TheArabicC-#1}{% - \expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname - }% - \NameDef{@PriC-#1}{#3}% - \NameDef{@RefC-#1}{#4}% -} -\def\TheCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@TheC-#1}% -} -\def\TheArabicCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@TheArabicC-#1}% -} -\def\PrintCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@PriC-#1}% -} -\def\RefCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@RefC-#1}% -} -\let\RefCounterTwo = \RefCounter -\def\CounterToRegister #1#2{% - #1 = \csname @C-#2\endcsname\relax -} -\def\AddCounterToResetList #1#2{% - {% - \def\@ResetCounter{\noexpand\@ResetCounter}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname{% - \csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname\@ResetCounter{#1}% - }% - }% -} -\def\StepCounter #1{% - \global\expandafter\advance\csname @C-#1\endcsname by 1 - \NameUse{@ResetC-#1}% -} -\def\SetCounter #1#2{% - \global\expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname = #2\relax -} -\def\AssignCounterToReg #1#2{% - #2 = \expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname - \relax -} -\def\@ResetCounter #1{% - \global\csname @C-#1\endcsname = 0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/countl.tip b/info/examples/tip/countl.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2bd0e49e10..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/countl.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.2.8, p. III-21. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1295. -\wlog{L: "countl.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1295, p. III-21]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{comfiles.tip} -\newcount\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CharCodeNumberOfLines -{ - \catcode`\^^M = \active % - \gdef\@SetUpLineCounting{% - \gdef - {\global\advance\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile by 1 }% - }% -} -\def\NumberOfLinesInFile #1{% - \begingroup - \global\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0 - \DoLoop{\@CharCodeNumberOfLines}{0}{1}{127}% - {\catcode\@CharCodeNumberOfLines = 9 } - \@SetUpLineCounting - \catcode`\^^M = \active - \input #1 - \endgroup - \ifnum\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 1 - \if\CompareFilesConditional{#1}{nul}% - \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0 - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9fdfc729a0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.3.1, p. III-87. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1063. -\wlog{L: "cref-1.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1063, p. III-87]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{inputc.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@LabStream -\def\@WriteLab{\write\@LabStream} -\def\SetUpLabels{% - \InputCWithAt{\jobname.lab}% - \immediate\openout\@LabStream = \jobname.lab -} -\def\EndLabels{% - \vfill\supereject - \immediate\closeout\@LabStream -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 636c678f00..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.4, p. III-88. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1127. -\wlog{L: "cref-2.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1127, p. III-88]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{% - \NameDef{@REF-#1}{{#2}{#3}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 787197a68f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.9, p. III-96. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1430. -\wlog{L: "cref-2a.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1430, p. III-96]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-#1}% - \message{\string\@NewLabel: Label "#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \NameDef{@REF-#1}{{#2}{#3}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 02c35030a0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.5, p. III-89. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1185. -\wlog{L: "cref-3.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1185, p. III-89]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pickfs.tip} -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{nlm.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Ref #1{\@ref{0}{#1}} -\def\PageRef #1{\@ref{1}{#1}} -\def\@ref #1#2{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-#2}% - \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-#2}}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp % #1 = 0 - \or - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp % #1 = 1 - \fi - \else - {\bf ??}% - \NewLineMessage{Label #2 undefined.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9f01c3cff6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.8, p. III-95. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1371. -\wlog{L: "cref-3a.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1371, p. III-95]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pickfs.tip} -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Ref #1{\@ref{0}{#1}} -\def\PageRef #1{\@ref{1}{#1}} -\def\@MostRecentLabel{} -\def\@ref #1#2{% - \DefaultArg - {\@ThisLabel}% - {#2}% - {\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-\@ThisLabel}% - \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-\@ThisLabel}}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp - \or - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp - \fi - \else - {\bf ??}% - \wlog{Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d7171921fb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.6, p. III-91. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1246. -\wlog{L: "cref-4.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1246, p. III-91]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Label #1#2{% - {% - \edef\@LabelTemp{\@WriteLab{\string\@NewLabel {#1}{#2}% - {\noexpand\the\noexpand\pageno}}}% - \@LabelTemp - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 68ee426f6c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.3.10, p. III-96. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1462. -\wlog{L: "cref-5.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1462, p. III-96]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{gobble.tip} -\InputD{input-at.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LabelOk -\def\CheckLabels{% - \@LabelOktrue - \def\@NewLabel ##1##2##3{% - \def\@CrefTemp{{##2}{##3}}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-##1}% - \edef\@@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-##1}}% - \ifx\@CrefTemp\@@CrefTemp - \let\@CrefNext = \relax - \else - \let\@CrefNext = \@StopCheckingLabels - \fi - \else - \let\@CrefNext = \@StopCheckingLabels - \fi - \@CrefNext - }% - \InputAt{\jobname.lab}% - \if@LabelOk - \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: labels are ok.}% - \else - \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: labels CHANGED between - preceding and this run.}% - \wlog{Reprocess document.}% - \fi -} -\def\@StopCheckingLabels{% - \@LabelOkfalse - \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/crline.tip b/info/examples/tip/crline.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 48d8c5d814..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/crline.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.10.4, p. I-203. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2550. -\wlog{L: "crline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2550, p. I-203]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\CenterRightLines #1#2{ - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1} - \dimen0 = \hsize - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \divide\dimen0 by 2 - \rightline{#1\hskip\dimen0} - \rightline{#2\hskip\dimen0} -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/csar.tip b/info/examples/tip/csar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9a451407b7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/csar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.2.2, p. III-78. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 640. -\wlog{L: "csar.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 640, p. III-78]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{strleng.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CreateArrayCount -\def\CCreateArray #1#2#3{% - \NameEdef{#1-low}{\number#2}% - \NameEdef{#1-high}{#3}% - \ifnum #3<#2 - \errmessage{\string\CCreateArray: low array boundary - \number#2 is larger than upper array boundary - \number#3}% - \fi - \DoLoop{\@CreateArrayCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{% - \NameDef{#1-\the\@CreateArrayCount}{}% - } -} -\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength -\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount -\def\ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2{% - \def\@ConvertArrayName{#1}% - \edef\@ConvertArrayString{#2}% - \StringLength{\@ConvertArrayString}% - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength = \StringLengthResult - \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength by -1 - \CCreateArray{\@ConvertArrayName}% - {0}{\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength}% - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount = 0 - \expandafter\@ConvertStringIntoArray - \@ConvertArrayString\@ConvertEnd -} -\def\@ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2\@ConvertEnd{% - \CLoadArrayElementEdef{\@ConvertArrayName}% - {\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount}{#1}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}% - \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{}% - \else - \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount by 1\relax - \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{% - \@ConvertStringIntoArray #2\@ConvertEnd% - }% - \fi - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext -} -\def\CCheckIndex #1#2{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1-low\endcsname\relax - \errmessage{\string\CCheckIndex: no array #1.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2<\NameUse{#1-low}% - \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too small.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2>\NameUse{#1-high}% - \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too large.}% - \fi -} -\def\CArrayAccess #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \edef#3{\NameUse{#1-#2}}% -} -\newcount\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount -\def\CArrayAccessInterval #1#2#3#4{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #2>#3\relax - \errmessage{\string\CArrayAccessInterval: low index - (\PoundSignText 2) > high index - (PoundSignText 3).}% - \fi - \def#4{}% - \DoLoop - {\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{% - \CArrayAccess{#1}{\the\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}% - {\@CArrayAccessInterval}% - \edef#4{#4\@CArrayAccessInterval}% - }% -} -\def\CLoadArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \NameDef{#1-#2}{#3}% -} -\def\CLoadArrayElementEdef #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \NameEdef{#1-#2}{#3}% -} -\newcount\@CShowArrayCount -\def\CShowArray #1{% - \DoLoop - {\@CShowArrayCount}% - {\NameUse{#1-low}}% - {1}% - {\NameUse{#1-high}}% - {\wlog{Index \the\@CShowArrayCount: - \NameUse{#1-\the\@CShowArrayCount}}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip b/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 47faa8e2cc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.8, p. III-166. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 812. -\wlog{L: "cssprint.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 812, p. III-166]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newcount\BackslashCharCode -\BackslashCharCode = `\\ -\edef\mac #1{% - {% - \noexpand\tt - \char\the\BackslashCharCode\space - #1% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip b/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b7b0e58749..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-66. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 109. -\wlog{L: "cstostr.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 109, p. III-66]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\CSToString #1#2{% - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \xdef#1{\string #2}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip b/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 08b2e70db6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-67. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 146. -\wlog{L: "cstostrc.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 146, p. III-67]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{remtlsp.tip} -\InputD{genostr.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@CatIn -\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{% - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}% - \CloseGenericOStream - \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp - \global\read\@CatIn to #1% - \closein\@CatIn - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip b/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ba0c0ba537..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.18, p. III-339. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1300. -\wlog{L: "ctestcs.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1300, p. III-339]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@ControlSequenceConditional -\def\ControlSequenceConditional #1{% - TT\fi - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne{\string#1}% - \escapechar = `:\relax - \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo{\string#1}% - }% - \ifx\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne - \@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo - \@ControlSequenceConditionalfalse - \else - \@ControlSequenceConditionaltrue - \fi - \if@ControlSequenceConditional -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip b/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip deleted file mode 100644 index eb2306c6cb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.3, p. III-360. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 147. -\wlog{L: "dateofw.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 147, p. III-360]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Sunday{0} -\def\Monday{1} -\def\Tuesday{2} -\def\Wednesday{3} -\def\Thursday{4} -\def\Friday{5} -\def\Saturday{6} -\def\ProvideDayOfWeek #1#2#3{% - \CheckRange{#1}{0}{6}% - {\string\ProvideDayOfWeek: day of week outside - of 0 .. 6 range.}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \def#3{Sunday}\or - \def#3{Monday}\or - \def#3{Tuesday}\or - \def#3{Wednesday}\or - \def#3{Thursday}\or - \def#3{Friday}\or - \def#3{Saturday}% - \fi - \ifnum #2 = 0 - \else - \def\@ProvideDayOfWeek ##1##2##3##4;{% - \def#3{##1##2##3}% - }% - \expandafter\@ProvideDayOfWeek#3;% - \fi -} -\def\PrintDayOfWeek #1#2{% - \ProvideDayOfWeek{#1}{#2}{\@PrintDayOfWeek}% - \@PrintDayOfWeek -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip b/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 463c2b51c7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.4.2, p. III-258. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1127. -\wlog{L: "dblarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1127, p. III-258]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DblArg #1{% - \def\@DblArgTemp{#1}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@DblArgTemp}{\@DblArgB}% -} -\def\@DblArgB #1{\@DblArgTemp[#1]{#1}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip b/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5372754b66..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.8.1, p. III-266. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1514. -\wlog{L: "defauarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1514, p. III-266]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{gobblemo.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{% - \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}% - \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}% - \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}% - \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd -} -\def\@DefaultArg{% - \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne -} -\def\@DefaultArgOne{% - \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}% - \else - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}% - \fi - \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip b/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d041432542..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.7.4.2, p. IV-84. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 1036. -\wlog{L: "dicentry.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 1036, p. IV-84]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\DicEntry #1{% - \par - \hangafter = 1 - \hangindent = 5pt - \noindent - {\bf #1}% - \mark{#1}% - \hskip 1em plus .2em minus .2em - \ignorespaces -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip b/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b15b23cf8f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.8, p. III-412. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 768. -\wlog{L: "doloop.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 768, p. III-412]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@DoLoopNesting -\@DoLoopNesting = 0 -\newcount\@DoLoopLimit -\newcount\@DoLoopLimitTwo -\newcount\@DoLoopLimitThree -\def\DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5{% - \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by 1 - \ifnum\@DoLoopNesting > 3 - \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: nesting beyond three levels - is not supported.}% - \fi - \ifnum #3 = 0 - \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: step value (parameter 3) is 0!}% - \else - \ifcase\@DoLoopNesting - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimit}{\DoLoopBody}% - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimitTwo}{\DoLoopBodyTwo}% - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimitThree}{\DoLoopBodyThree}% - \fi - \fi - \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by -1 -} -\def\@DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \ifnum #3 > 0 - #6 = #4% - \advance#6 by 1 - #1 = #2% - \@DoLoopBodyPositive{#1}{#3}{#5}% - {#6}{#7}% - \else - #6 = #4% - \advance#6 by -1 - #1 = #2% - \@DoLoopBodyNegative{#1}{#3}{#5}% - {#6}{#7}% - \fi - \@DoLoopIterate{#7}% -} -\def\@DoLoopBodyPositive #1#2#3#4#5{% - \def #5{% - \ifnum #1 < #4\relax - #3% - \advance #1 by #2% - }% -} -\def\@DoLoopBodyNegative #1#2#3#4#5{% - \def #5{% - \ifnum #1 > #4\relax - #3% - \advance #1 by #2% - }% -} -\def\@DoLoopIterate #1{% - #1\relax - \def\@DoLoopNext{\@DoLoopIterate{#1}}% - \else - \def\@DoLoopNext{\relax}% - \fi - \@DoLoopNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip b/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8bbe74e790..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.18.3, p. III-305. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1230. -\wlog{L: "droppre.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1230, p. III-305]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{isprefix.tip} -\InputD{showx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DropPrefix #1#2#3{% - \if\PrefixConditional{#1}{#2}% - \edef\@PrefixConditionalTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #2####1% - \noexpand\@Del{% - \def\noexpand #3{####1}}% - }% - \@PrefixConditionalTemp - \ShowX{\@PrefixConditionalTemp}% - \expandafter\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #1\@Del - \else - \wlog{\string\DropPrefix: "#2" is NOT a prefix of "#1"}% - \edef#3{#1}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip b/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2e58be27ec..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.1.11, p. III-12. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 770. -\wlog{L: "droppt.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 770, p. III-12]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -{ - \catcode`\p = 12 - \catcode`\t = 12 - \NameGdef{DropPoints}#1pt{\NameGdef{DropPointsResult}{#1}} -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip b/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 55e233eace..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.7, p. I-116. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1773. -\wlog{L: "dumppars.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1773, p. I-116]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\DumpOneReg #1{% - \wlog{Parameter "\string#1", value = \the#1}% -} -\def\DumpAllRegs{% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Counter parameters first.}% - \DumpOneReg{\time}% - \DumpOneReg{\day}% - \DumpOneReg{\month}% - \DumpOneReg{\year}% - \DumpOneReg{\pretolerance}% - \DumpOneReg{\tolerance}% - \DumpOneReg{\doublehyphendemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\finalhyphendemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\adjdemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\looseness}% - \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\hyphenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\exhyphenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\binoppenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\relpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\clubpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\widowpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\displaywidowpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\brokenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\predisplaypenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\postdisplaypenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\interlinepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\floatingpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\outputpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\pausing}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingonline}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracinglostchars}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingmacros}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingstats}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingparagraphs}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingpages}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingoutput}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingcommands}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingrestores}% - \DumpOneReg{\mag}% - \DumpOneReg{\uchyph}% - \DumpOneReg{\lefthyphenmin}% - \DumpOneReg{\righthyphenmin}% - \DumpOneReg{\defaultskewchar}% - \DumpOneReg{\escapechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\endlinechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\newlinechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\fam}% - \DumpOneReg{\hbadness}% - \DumpOneReg{\vbadness}% - \DumpOneReg{\badness}% - \DumpOneReg{\showboxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\showboxbreadth}% - \DumpOneReg{\deadcycles}% - \DumpOneReg{\maxdeadcycles}% - \DumpOneReg{\holdinginserts}% - \DumpOneReg{\hangafter}% - \DumpOneReg{\globaldefs}% - \DumpOneReg{\delimiterfactor}% - \DumpOneReg{\inputlineno}% - \DumpOneReg{\language}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Dimension parameters next.}% - \DumpOneReg{\hfuzz}% - \DumpOneReg{\vfuzz}% - \DumpOneReg{\overfullrule}% -% \DumpOneReg{\prevdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\lineskiplimit}% - \DumpOneReg{\maxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\splitmaxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\boxmaxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\delimitershortfall}% - \DumpOneReg{\nulldelimiterspace}% - \DumpOneReg{\scriptspace}% - \DumpOneReg{\mathsurround}% - \DumpOneReg{\predisplaysize}% - \DumpOneReg{\displaywidth}% - \DumpOneReg{\displayindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\parindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\hangindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\hoffset}% - \DumpOneReg{\voffset}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Glue parameters last.}% - \DumpOneReg{\baselineskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\lineskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\topskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\splittopskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\parskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\leftskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\rightskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\emergencystretch}% - \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayshortskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayshortskip}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: done.}% -}% diff --git a/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip b/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9e9564443a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.1, p. III-357. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 39. -\wlog{L: "earliest.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 39, p. III-357]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{arbday.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempEarliest -\newcount\EarliestYearDate -\EarliestYearDate = 1583 -\newcount\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate -\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate = \Saturday -\def\VerifyInitDate{% - {% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{2000}{1}{1}{\@TempEarliest}% - \ifnum\@TempEarliest = \Saturday - \message{\string\VerifyInitDate: initialization - correct (initialization year: - \the\EarliestYearDate).}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\VerifyInitDate: January 1 of 2000 - is a Saturday! Computation reports it is - day \the\@TempEarliest\space. Initialization error.}% - \fi - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip b/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 498d6fd7f9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.11, p. I-342. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1511. -\wlog{L: "emprubox.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1511, p. I-342]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@EmptyRuledBox -\def\EmptyRuledBox #1#2#3{% - \setbox\@EmptyRuledBox = \hbox{}% - \ht\@EmptyRuledBox = #1\relax - \dp\@EmptyRuledBox = #2\relax - \wd\@EmptyRuledBox = #3\relax - \HboxR{\box\@EmptyRuledBox}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip b/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 021ec1d0c1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.12, p. I-103. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1277. -\wlog{L: "emptybox.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1277, p. I-103]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\EmptyBox #1#2#3{% - \hbox{% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{}% - \ht0 = #1% - \dp0 = #2% - \wd0 = #3% - \box 0% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0d6066f70c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.4, p. III-517. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1424. -\wlog{L: "endn-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1424, p. III-517]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbwr.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@DefEndNoteFileExt{eno} -\newwrite\@EndNoteStream -\newcount\@EndNoteCounter -\def\StartEndNoteWriting #1#2#3#4{% - \@EndNoteCounter = 0 - \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}% - \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteFileExt}{#2}{\@DefEndNoteFileExt}% - \edef\@EndNoteFileName{\@EndNoteBaseName.\@EndNoteFileExt}% - \wlog{\string\StartEndNoteWriting: output will be written to file - "\@EndNoteFileName".} - \edef\@EndNoteBefore{\string#3}% - \edef\@EndNoteAfter{\string#4}% - \OpenVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteBaseName}{\@EndNoteFileExt}% - {\@EndNoteStream}% -} -\def\BeginEndNote{% - \advance\@EndNoteCounter by 1 - \ifnum\@EndNoteCounter > 1 - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}% - \fi - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteBefore}% - \BeginVerbWr{\@EndNoteStream}{\EndEndNote} -} -\def\EndEndNoteWriting{% - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}% - \CloseVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteStream}% -} -\def\ReadInEndNotes{% - \input \@EndNoteFileName -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip b/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5fc1a8e196..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.2, p. III-399. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 138. -\wlog{L: "endrec.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 138, p. III-399]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{% - #1\relax - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}% - \else - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}% - \fi - \@RecursionMacroEndNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/enum.tip b/info/examples/tip/enum.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b32412ae08..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/enum.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.2, p. III-420. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1219. -\wlog{L: "enum.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1219, p. III-420]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{conval.tip} -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@EnumCount -\def\@Enum #1{% - \NameEdef{#1}{\the\@EnumCount}% - \wlog{\string\@Enum: name = #1, value = \the\@EnumCount}% - \advance\@EnumCount by 1 -} -\def\Enum #1{% - \@EnumCount = 0 - \def\@EnumList{}% - \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@EnumList}{#1}% - \ForEveryListElement{\@EnumList}{\@Enum}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip b/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f3baeb5b5d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.1, p. II-72. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1216. -\wlog{L: "enumlist.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1216, p. II-72]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{parv-1.tip} -\InputD{counters.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@EnumerateListDepth -\@EnumerateListDepth = 0 -\NewCounter{Enumerate1}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.}{\TheCounter{Enumerate1}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate2}{\alph}% - {(\TheCounter{Enumerate2})}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.\TheCounter{Enumerate2}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate3}{\roman}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate3}.}% - {\RefCounter{Enumerate2}.\TheCounter{Enumerate3}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate4}{\Alph}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate4}.}% - {\RefCounter{Enumerate3}.\TheCounter{Enumerate4}} -\def\BeginEnumerate{% - \begingroup - \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by 1 - \ifcase\@EnumerateListDepth - \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: no level - zero.}% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate1}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelOne - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate1}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate1}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate1}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate2}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate2}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate2}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate2}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate3}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelThree - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate3}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate3}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate3}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate4}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelFour - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate4}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate4}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate4}}% - }% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: maximum - nesting level of 4 exceeded.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndEnumerate{% - \EndAList - \endgroup - \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by -1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip b/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 68b31b49d2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.10, p. III-440. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 2180. -\wlog{L: "errmess.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 2180, p. III-440]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ErrMessage #1{% - \errmessage{#1}% - \end -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3e38fc6e29..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.2, p. III-319. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 109. -\wlog{L: "evenprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 109, p. III-319]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintEven #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - \else - Number #1 is even. - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip b/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ff5003eed6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 14.11, p. II-223. -% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 1907. -\wlog{L: "everyequ.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 1907, p. II-223]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\newcount\EveryMathCount -\everymath = {\global\advance\EveryMathCount by 1 } -\newcount\EveryDisplayCount -\everydisplay = {\global\advance\EveryDisplayCount by 1 } -\def\EndEveryMathDeal{% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{MATHCOUNT \the\EveryMathCount}% - \wlog{DISPLAYCOUNT \the\EveryDisplayCount}% - \wlog{}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip b/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9c33b2b026..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.9.3, p. II-34. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1707. -\wlog{L: "everypar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1707, p. II-34]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\everypar = {% - \EvalEveryPars - \ClearEveryPars -} -\def\EvalEveryParsCE{% - \EveryParC - \EveryParD - \EveryParE -} -\def\EvalEveryPars{% - \EveryParA - \EveryParB - \EvalEveryParsCE - \EveryParZ -} -\def\ClearEveryPars{% - \gdef\EveryParA{}% - \gdef\EveryParB{}% - \gdef\EveryParC{}% - \gdef\EveryParD{}% - \gdef\EveryParE{}% -} -\def\ClearEveryParsAll{% - \ClearEveryPars - \gdef\EveryParZ{}% -} -\ClearEveryParsAll diff --git a/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4abfbb54d6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.13, p. I-206. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2683. -\wlog{L: "evhvbox.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2683, p. I-206]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\newcount\HBoxCount -\everyhbox = {\global\advance\HBoxCount by 1 } -\newcount\VBoxCount -\everyvbox = {\global\advance\VBoxCount by 1 } -\def\EndEveryBox{% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{HBOXCOUNT \the\HBoxCount}% - \wlog{VBOXCOUNT \the\VBoxCount}% - \wlog{}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 50152e0363..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 37.1.2, p. IV-163. -% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 205. -\wlog{L: "ex-out2.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 205, p. IV-163]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\input inputd.tip -\InputD{out2-or.tip} -\InputD{samplepa.tip} -\InputD{alldate.tip} -\SetUpDC{29pc}{13pc}{35pc} -\raggedright -\SamplePar{A-1}{3} -\SamplePar{A-2}{2} -\SamplePar{A-3}{4} -\SamplePar{A-4}{3} -\SamplePar{A-5}{2} -\vfill\eject -\SamplePar{A-6}{4} -\bye diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip b/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5a595f141e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.1, p. III-465. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 910. -\wlog{L: "fexist.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 910, p. III-465]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@FileExistsS -\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer -\def\FileExistsConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \openin\@FileExistsS = #1 - \ifeof\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswerfalse - \else - \closein\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswertrue - \fi - \if@FileExistsAnswer -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 031d6cdb56..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.2, p. I-320. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 380. -\wlog{L: "figbox.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 380, p. I-320]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{emptybox.tip} -\def\FigureBox #1#2{% - \BoxingA{% - \EmptyBox{#1}{0pt}{#2}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc54ae60f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.3.2, p. II-116. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 558. -\wlog{L: "figinpar.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 558, p. II-116]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{sumhd.tip} -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{freespac.tip} -\def\FigureInPar #1#2#3#4#5{% - \par - \message{\string\FigureInPar: start}% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{#1} - \OverallSize{\dimen0}{0}% - \advance\dimen0 by #2 - \advance\dimen0 by #3 - \advance\dimen0 by #4 - \advance\dimen0 by #4 - \advance\dimen0 by \parskip - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - available space: \the\FreePageSpace}% - \setbox 0 = \HboxR{\EmptyBox{#2}{0pt}{\hsize}}% - \ifdim\FreeSpaceConditional < \dimen0 - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - insufficient space: make it a \string\topinsert.}% - #1\unskip - \space - #5% - \par - \topinsert - \box0 - \endinsert - \else - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - Sufficient space: put it here.}% - #1\unskip - \space - \vadjust{% - \vskip #4 - \box0 - \vskip #4 - }% - #5\par - \fi - } -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip b/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7e7a2ef31a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.6.4, p. II-135. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1322. -\wlog{L: "firstldi.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1322, p. II-135]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FirstLineSpecial #1{% - \par - \begingroup - #1 - \def\@FLDTemp{}% - \dimen0 = \parindent - \setbox0 = \hbox{ }% - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \@FLDOne -} -\def\@FLDOne #1 {% - \wlog{\string\@FLDOne: called with "#1".}% - \xdef\@FLDTempa{#1\ }% - \@FLDTwo -} -\def\@FLDTwo{% - \wlog{\string\@FLDTwo: called}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\@FLDTempa}% - \advance\dimen0 by \wd0 - \ifdim\dimen0 < \hsize - \edef\@FLDTemp{\@FLDTemp\@FLDTempa}% - \let\@FLDNext = \@FLDOne - \else - \leavevmode - \@FLDTemp - \unskip - \break - \aftergroup\@FLDTempa - \let\@FLDNext = \endgroup - \fi - \@FLDNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip b/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 84bc6a24c2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 15.2.4, p. II-233. -% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 350. -\wlog{L: "fo-char.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 350, p. II-233]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ReportCharSize #1#2{% - {% - \count0 = #2\relax - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1\char\count0}% - \wlog{\string\ReportCharSize: Font \string#1, - character code \the\count0}% - \wlog{ht / dp / wd: \the\ht0 \space / \the\dp0 - \space / \the\wd0}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip b/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c127d76ed5..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.2.11, p. II-283. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 1007. -\wlog{L: "font-cpp.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 1007, p. II-283]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{leadingz.tip} -\InputD{imodn.tip} -\def\CharactersPerPica #1{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - #1\relax - This paragraph has 423 characters. We know that - because we counted it. It is very simple to count, because - the Emacs editor we are using has a function ``advance - by one character.'' And with the prefix command (that's - Emacs terminology) you can execute ``advance by - one character'' 423~times. Now, let's hope that this text - is representative of ordinary text so that our average - number of characters per pica is correct. - }% - {% - \count1 = \wd0 - \divide\count1 by 100 - \count0 = 423 - \multiply\count0 by 65536 - \multiply\count0 by 12 - \divide\count0 by \count1 - \count2 = \count0 - \divide\count2 by 100 - \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count3}% - \the\count2.\LeadingZ{\count3}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip b/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 711e7db18e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 15.3.4, p. II-249. -% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 1238. -\wlog{L: "fontsam.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 1238, p. II-249]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\input inputd.tip -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{ts-dime3.tip} -\nonstopmode -\nopagenumbers -\def\FontTableComplete{% - \tabskip = 0pt - \halign{% - \global\font\SampleFont = ##& - \tt##\hfil \tabskip = 10pt& - \def\temp{##}% - \expandafter\SampleColumn\temp& - \setbox 0 = \vtop{% - \parindent = 0pt - \raggedright - \hsize = 0.75in - ## - }% - \dp0 = 0pt - \box0 \tabskip = 0pt - \cr - \omit& - \omit\bf Name\hfil& - \omit\HeadingThirdColumn& - \omit\hfil\bf Typical Size(s)\hfil - \cr - \omit& - \omit& - \omit& - \omit\hfil\bf (in points)\hfil - \cr - \noalign{\penalty -10000} - cmr10& cmr& Computer Modern Roman type:1& - 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr - cmsl10& cmsl& Computer Modern Slanted Roman type:1& - 8, 9, 10, 12\cr - cmb10& cmb& Computer Modern Boldface type:1& 10\cr - cmbx10& cmbx& Computer Modern Boldface Extended type:1& - 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr - cmtt10& cmtt& Computer Modern Typewriter type:1& - 8, 9, 10, 12\cr - cmsltt10& cmsltt& - Computer Modern Slanted Typewriter type:1& 10\cr - cmvtt10& cmvtt& - Computer Modern Variable Typewriter type:1& 10\cr - cmtex10& cmtex& Computer Modern \TeX{} - Extended ASCII type:1& 8, 9, 10\cr - cmss10& cmss& Computer Modern Sans Serif type:1& - 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr - cmssi10& cmssi& Computer Modern Slanted Sans Serif type:1& - 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr - cmssdc10& cmssdc& Computer Modern Sans Serif Demibold - Condensed type:1& 10\cr - cmssbx10& cmssbx& Computer Modern Sans Serif - Bold Extended type:1& 10\cr - cmssq8& cmssq& Computer Modern Sans Serif - Quotation Style type:1& 8\cr - cmssqi8& cmssqi& Computer Modern Sans Serif - Slanted Quotation Style type:1& 8\cr - cmdunh10& cmdunh& Computer Modern Dunhill Roman type:1& 10\cr - cmbxsl10& cmbxsl& Computer Modern - Bold Extended Slanted Roman type:1& 10\cr - cmff10& cmff& Computer Modern Funny Roman type:1& 10\cr - cmfib8& cmfib& Computer Modern Fibonacci type:1& 8\cr - cmti10& cmti& Computer Modern Text Italic type:1& - 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr - cmmi10& cmmi& Computer Modern Math Italic type:1& - 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr - cmbxti10& cmbxti& Computer Modern Bold - Extended Text Italic type:1& 10\cr - cmmib10& cmmib& Computer Modern Math Italic Bold type:1& - 10\cr - cmitt10& cmitt& Computer Modern Italic Typewriter type:1& - 10\cr - cmu10& cmu& Computer Modern Unslanted Text Italic type:1& - 10\cr - cmfi10& cmfi& Computer Modern Funny Italic type:1& 10\cr - cmcsc10& cmcsc& Computer Modern Caps and Small Caps type:1& - 10\cr - cmtcsc10& cmtcsc& Computer Modern Typewriter Caps and - Small Caps type:0& 10\cr - }% -} -\def\SampleColumn #1:#2{% - \wlog{XX: Arg1 = #1}% -} -\def\HeadingThirdColumn{} -\setbox 0 = \vbox{\FontTableComplete} -\def\SampleColumnText #1{% - :\space - here is some sample text to display this font, - not very long, but long enough to give you an - idea of what output in this font looks like.% - \ifnum #1 = 1 - \space That's it for this font.% - \fi -} -\dimen0 = \hsize -\advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 -\def\SampleColumn #1:#2{% - \wlog{Arg1: #1}% - \vtop{% - \parindent = 0pt - \rightskip = 0pt plus 30pt - \spaceskip = .3333em - \xspaceskip = .5em - \hsize = \dimen0 - \SampleFont - \strut #1\SampleColumnText{#2}\strut - }% -} -\def\HeadingThirdColumn{\hfil\bf Sample text\hfil} -\setbox 0 = \vbox{\FontTableComplete} -\newbox\HeaderBox -\setbox\HeaderBox = \vsplit 0 to 1000pt -\setbox\HeaderBox = \vbox{\unvbox \HeaderBox} -\vsize = 10in -\newdimen\SplitTableLength -\SplitTableLength = 7.0in -\def\APage{% - \vbox{% - \copy\HeaderBox - \smallskip - \vsplit 0 to \SplitTableLength - } - \vfill - \eject -} -\APage -\APage -\APage -\end diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip b/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4da8f97c5a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.9.2, p. II-303. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 2106. -\wlog{L: "fonttab.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 2106, p. II-303]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\input inputd.tip -\InputD{hex.tip} -\InputD{oct.tip} -\InputD{setstrut.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\nopagenumbers -\baselineskip = 13pt -\ComputeStrut -\def\VruleS{\MyStrut width 0.5pt} -\def\PrintCatCode #1{% - \ifnum `\@ = #1\relax - 11 / 12\relax - \else - \the\catcode #1\relax - \fi -} -\newcount\tcount -\newcount\bcount -\def\OneChar #1{% - \tcount = #1 - \advance\tcount by \bcount - \vtop{% - \hsize = 0.54in - \offinterlineskip - \hrule - \line{\VruleS\hfil \tt"\Hex{\tcount}\hskip0.3\hsize\VruleS} - \hrule - \line{\VruleS\hfil \tt'\Oct{\tcount}\hfil\VruleS} - \hrule - \line{\VruleS\hfil $\the\tcount_{\scriptscriptstyle 10}$% - \hfil\VruleS} - \hrule - \line{\VruleS\hfil \PrintCatCode{\tcount}\hfil\VruleS} - \hrule - \line{\VruleS \hfil - {\rm \char\tcount}\hskip 2.3pt - {\bf \char\tcount}\hskip 2.3pt - {\it \char\tcount}% - \hfil\VruleS} - \hrule - \line{\VruleS \hfil\tt \char\tcount\hfil\VruleS} - \hrule - }% -} -\def\TabLine #1{% - \bcount = #1 - \hbox{% - \vtop{% - \baselineskip = 14pt - \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt - \hbox{Hex} - \hbox{Octal} - \hbox{Decimal} - \hbox{\tt\string\catcode} - \hbox{{\tt\string\rm}, \dots} - \hbox{\tt\string\tt} - }% - \hskip 8pt - \OneChar{0}\OneChar{1}\OneChar{2}\OneChar{3}% - \OneChar{4}\OneChar{5}\OneChar{6}\OneChar{7} - } - \vskip 12pt -} -\TabLine{0} \TabLine{8} \TabLine{16} \TabLine{24} -\vfill\eject -\TabLine{32} \TabLine{40} \TabLine{48} \TabLine{56} -\vfill\eject -\TabLine{64} \TabLine{72} \TabLine{80} \TabLine{88} -\vfill\eject -\TabLine{96} \TabLine{104} \TabLine{112} \TabLine{120} -\vfill\eject -\end diff --git a/info/examples/tip/formline.tip b/info/examples/tip/formline.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a3f4984781..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/formline.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.10.3, p. I-202. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2455. -\wlog{L: "formline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2455, p. I-202]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\FormLine #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2}% - \dimen0 = #1% - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \hbox{% - \box0 - \hbox to 0pt{% - \vrule width \dimen0 height 0.4pt depth 0pt - \hss - }% - \raise 3pt \hbox to \dimen0 {\hfil #3\hfil}% - }% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip b/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5af38e251a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.8.1, p. II-298. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 1840. -\wlog{L: "fotable.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 1840, p. II-298]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@OctPrintFontTable#1{% - \hbox{% - \rm\'{}% - \kern-.2em - \it #1\/% - \kern.05em - }% -} -\def\@HexPrintFontTable#1{% - \hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}% -} -\def\@OddLineFontTable#1{% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} - \multispan{19}\hrulefill& - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \lower 2.3pt\hbox{% - \@HexPrintFontTable{#1x}% - }% - }% - \smash{\box0}% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} -} -\def\@EvenLineFontTable{\cr\noalign{\hrule}} -\def\@FontTableStrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to 14pt{}} -\def\BeginFontTable #1{% - $$ - \postdisplaypenalty = 0 - \global\count@=0 - #1 - \halign to\hsize\bgroup - \@FontTableStrut##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 10pt& - &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##% - \cr - \lower6.5pt\null - &&& - \@OctPrintFontTable0&& - \@OctPrintFontTable1&& - \@OctPrintFontTable2&& - \@OctPrintFontTable3&& - \@OctPrintFontTable4&& - \@OctPrintFontTable5&& - \@OctPrintFontTable6&& - \@OctPrintFontTable7& - \@EvenLineFontTable -} -\def\EndFontTable{% - \raise 11.5pt\null - &&& - \@HexPrintFontTable 8&& - \@HexPrintFontTable 9&& - \@HexPrintFontTable A&& - \@HexPrintFontTable B&& - \@HexPrintFontTable C&& - \@HexPrintFontTable D&& - \@HexPrintFontTable E&& - \@HexPrintFontTable F& - \cr - \egroup - $$% -} -\def\:{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \char\count@ - }% - \ifdim\ht0 > 7.5pt - \@RepositionFontTable - \else - \ifdim\dp0 > 2.5pt - \@RepositionFontTable - \fi - \fi - \box0 - \global\advance\count@ by 1 -} -\def\@RepositionFontTable{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - $ - \vcenter{% - \kern 2pt - \box0 - \kern 2pt - } - $% - }% -} -\def\NormalFontTable{% - &\@OctPrintFontTable{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable0 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable1 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable2 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable3 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable4 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable5 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable6 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable7 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable -} -\def\MoreFontTable{% - &\@OctPrintFontTable{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable8 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable9 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable A - &\@OctPrintFontTable{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable B - &\@OctPrintFontTable{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable C - &\@OctPrintFontTable{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable D - &\@OctPrintFontTable{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable E - &\@OctPrintFontTable{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable F - &\@OctPrintFontTable{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip b/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7d02336125..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.1.5, p. III-119. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 133. -\wlog{L: "fotok.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 133, p. III-119]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ForEachToken #1#2{% - \def\@ForEachTokenMacro{#2}% - \expandafter\@ForEachToken\the#1\@ForEachTokenDel -} -\def\@ForEachToken #1{% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\string\@ForEachTokenDel}{\string#1}% - \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \relax % Done. - \else - \@ForEachTokenMacro{#1}% % Call macro and continue. - \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \@ForEachToken - \fi - \@ForEachTokenNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/frac.tip b/info/examples/tip/frac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a00a7237d4..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/frac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 13.3.5, p. II-175. -% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 1345. -\wlog{L: "frac.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 1345, p. II-175]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\frac #1#2{% - {#1 \over #2}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip b/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 14de10fd60..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 32.2.4, p. IV-6. -% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 340. -\wlog{L: "freespac.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 340, p. IV-6]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{lpagetg.tip} -\newdimen\FreePageSpace -\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{% - \par - \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}% - \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt - \FreePageSpace = \vsize - \else - \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal - \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal - \fi -} -\def\FreeSpaceConditional{% - 0pt = 0pt \fi - \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage - \ifdim\FreePageSpace -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip b/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 433a5d1b92..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.7, p. II-270. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 373. -\wlog{L: "fsized.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 373, p. II-270]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newdimen\CurrentFontSize -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{% - \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}% - \NameDef{FontSize#1}{% - \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}% - \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}% - \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}% - \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}% - \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}% - \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}% - \CurrentFontSize = #2pt - \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize - \rm - } -} -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip b/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e0921ead1b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.10.1, p. III-271. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1710. -\wlog{L: "funospac.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1710, p. III-271]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{% - \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}% - \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}% - \@FutureLetOne -} -\def\@FutureLetOne{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }% - {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}% -} -\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}% -} -\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp -\def\@FutureLetOk{% - \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB -} -\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{% - #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNextNoSpace - }% - \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}% - {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}% -} -\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip b/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 354e3d2f18..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.3, p. III-256. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1021. -\wlog{L: "futlet.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1021, p. III-256]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecide{% - #1#2\@FutureLetToken - \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNext - }% - \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide -} -\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2c83d0d496..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.11, p. III-274. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1899. -\wlog{L: "futpar.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1899, p. III-274]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{funospac.tip} -\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}% - {#1}{#2}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip b/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 12132465f1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.9.7.1, p. III-192. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2196. -\wlog{L: "genaeol.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2196, p. III-192]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GenAeol #1{% - \edef #1{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\MakeEolActive - \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{% - \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}% - }% - \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1% -} -{ - \MakeEolActive - \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2 - {% - \egroup% - #1{#2}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip b/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 44588f7dfd..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.5.5, p. II-93. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2264. -\wlog{L: "genhead.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2264, p. II-93]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{vsmax.tip} -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{parin.tip} -\newtoks\EveryHeading -\EveryHeading = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@GenericHeadingCount -\newcount\@GenericHeadingIndent -\def\LineBreakHeading{% - \errmessage{% - \string\LineBreakHeading/\string\LineBreakToc: - can only be used inside a heading.}% -} -\let\LineBreakToc = \LineBreakHeading -\def\IgnoreInRunnningHead #1{% - #1% -} -\def\GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5{% - \par - \the\EveryHeading - \@GenericHeadingCount = #1 - \@GenericHeadingIndent = #5 - \MaxVskip{#2}% - \ifdim\leftskip = 0pt - \else - \message{\string\GenericHeading: \noexpand\leftskip - is non-zero, forgotten to terminate a list?}% - \fi - \begingroup - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = 0pt - \ifnum #4 = 1 - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \fi - \ifnum #3 = 1 - \rightskip = 0pt plus 50pt - \fi - \@GenericHeading -} -\def\@GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - #3% - \def\LineBreakHeading{\hfil\break}% - \def\LineBreakToc{ }% - \ifdim #4 > 0pt - \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0 - \hangindent = #4 - \hangafter = 1 - \leavevmode - \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}% - \else - \leavevmode - \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}% - \fi - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#5\hskip -#4} - \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0 - \hangindent = \wd0 - \hangafter = 1 - \leavevmode - \box0 - \else - \leavevmode - \box0 - \fi - \fi - #6% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{WriteToAuxSpecial}% - \def\LineBreakToc{\hfil\break}% - \def\LineBreakHeading{ }% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{\the\@GenericHeadingCount}% - {#5}{#7}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \fi - \par - \endgroup - \nobreak - \vskip #1 - \ifnum #2 = 0 - \SuppressNextParIndent - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip b/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e89580297d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.5.3, p. III-474. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1339. -\wlog{L: "genostr.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1339, p. III-474]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\GenericOStream -\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen -\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse -\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic - output stream currently open.}% - \else - \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue - \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1% - \fi -} -\def\CloseGenericOStream{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse - \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream - \else - \errhelp{Stream not in use.}% - \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream: - stream is NOT open for output.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip b/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7991ae9bb4..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.5.1, p. II-130. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1150. -\wlog{L: "getnuml.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1150, p. II-130]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newcount\ResultNumberOfLines -\def\GetNumberOfLines #1#2{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{% - \hsize = #2 - #1 - \par - \global\ResultNumberOfLines = \prevgraf - }% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip b/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7cbb9664d2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.8.6, p. III-186. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1836. -\wlog{L: "gobble.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1836, p. III-186]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\GobbleOne #1{} -\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{} -\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{} -\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{} -\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{} -\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{} -\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{} -\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{} -\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip b/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ac7bc75439..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.9.11, p. III-197. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2417. -\wlog{L: "gobblemo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2417, p. III-197]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{% - \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}% - \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip b/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 6cf2ba10d9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.2.1, p. I-314. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 79. -\wlog{L: "graphmac.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 79, p. I-314]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@ScaleLength -\def\SetScale #1{% - \@ScaleLength = #1 -} -\SetScale{1mm} -\newdimen\@LineThickness -\def\SetLineThickness #1{% - \@LineThickness = #1 -} -\SetLineThickness{0.3mm} -\newbox\@GraphDataBox -\def\SetGraphDataBox #1{% - \dimen0 = #1% - \setbox\@GraphDataBox = - \hbox{% - \hskip -0.5\dimen0 - \vrule height 0.5\dimen0 - depth 0.5\dimen0 - width 1.0\dimen0 - }% - \ZeroBox{\@GraphDataBox}% -} -\SetGraphDataBox{2mm} -\def\DrawDataBox (#1,#2){% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \raise #2\@ScaleLength\copy\@GraphDataBox - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\DrawHLine (#1,#2)#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \raise #2\@ScaleLength - \hbox{% - \vrule height 0.5\@LineThickness - depth 0.5\@LineThickness - width #3\@ScaleLength - }% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\DrawVLine (#1,#2)#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \hskip -0.5\@LineThickness - \raise #2\@ScaleLength - \hbox{% - \vrule height #3\@ScaleLength - depth 0pt - width \@LineThickness - }% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/hex.tip b/info/examples/tip/hex.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0f198cb9fb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/hex.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.4.1, p. III-404. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 400. -\wlog{L: "hex.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 400, p. III-404]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\Hex #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1% - \count1 = #1% - \divide\count0 by 16 - \count2 = \count0 - \multiply \count2 by -16 - \advance \count1 by \count2 - \ifnum \count0 > 0 - \Hex{\count0}% - \fi - \HexDigit{\count1}% - }% -} -\def\HexDigit #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1\relax - \ifnum \count0 < 10 - \number\count0 % or \the\count0 - \else - \advance\count0 by -10 - \advance\count0 by `A - \char\count0 - \fi - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5f26d121a0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.2.2, p. III-351. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1926. -\wlog{L: "ifeven.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1926, p. III-351]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newif\ifEvenConditionalResult -\def\EvenConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifodd #1\relax - \EvenConditionalResultfalse - \else - \EvenConditionalResulttrue - \fi - \ifEvenConditionalResult -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b9b9dd7259..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.21.1, p. III-345. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1595. -\wlog{L: "ifx-def.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1595, p. III-345]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@Def -\def\XDefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx #1\@AlwaysUndefinedToken - \@Deffalse - \else - \@Deftrue - \fi - \if@Def -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0af3f324b0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.20.1, p. III-344. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1529. -\wlog{L: "ifx-mac.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1529, p. III-344]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\IfXConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \def\@IfXConditionalOne{#1}% - \def\@IfXConditionalTwo{#2}% - \ifx\@IfXConditionalOne\@IfXConditionalTwo -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip b/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d8168abd52..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.13, p. I-58. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1566. -\wlog{L: "imodn.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1566, p. I-58]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@IModNCount -\newcount\@IModNCountCopy -\def\IModN #1#2#3{% - \@IModNCount = #1\relax - \@IModNCountCopy = #1\relax - \ifnum \@IModNCount < 0 - \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#1 - (value \the\@IModNCount) is negative.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2< 1 - \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#2 - (value #2) is negative or zero.}% - \fi - \divide\@IModNCount by #2\relax - \multiply\@IModNCount by #2\relax - #3 = \@IModNCountCopy - \advance #3by -\@IModNCount -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip b/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip deleted file mode 100644 index aacb366a2a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 36.1.1, p. IV-134. -% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 63. -\wlog{L: "index-or.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 63, p. IV-134]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{setstrut.tip} -\newinsert\indexins -\dimen\indexins = \maxdimen -\skip\indexins = 0pt -\count\indexins = 0 -\newwrite\indexwrite -\openout\indexwrite = \jobname.idxx -\def\index #1{% - \write\indexwrite{\noexpand\ix{#1}{\the\pageno}}% - \insert\indexins{% - \baselineskip = 7pt - \ComputeStrut - \hbox{\fiverm\MyStrut #1} - }% -} -\def\indexx #1{% - \index{#1}% - #1% -} -\output = {% - \shipout\hbox{% - \valign{ - #\vfil - \cr - \VtopR{\unvbox255}\cr - \hbox to 20pt{}\cr - \BoxR\indexins\cr - } - } - \global\advance\pageno by 1 -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip b/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bf41fd4958..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.3.7, p. III-462. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 774. -\wlog{L: "input-at.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 774, p. III-462]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\InputAt #1{% - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \input #1 - \catcode`\@ = 12 -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a05dcf1473..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.2, p. III-466. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 977. -\wlog{L: "inputc.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 977, p. III-466]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\InputC #1{% - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \input #1 - \else - \message{\string\InputC: there is no file "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\InputCWithAt #1{% - \catcode`@ = 11 - \InputC{#1}% - \catcode`@ = 12 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e4bd777482..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 10, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.3, p. III-468. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1076. -\wlog{L: "inputd.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-468]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\input namedef.tip -\newif\ifInputDVerbose -\InputDVerbosefalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@InputDList -\@InputDListfalse -\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-} -\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{} -\def\InputD #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}% - \ifInputDVerbose - \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}% - \fi - \else - \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}% - \input #1 - \if@InputDList - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\InputD{inputdl.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 696c2f029e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.3.3, p. III-470. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1175. -\wlog{L: "inputdl.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1175, p. III-470]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@InputDStream -\def\ListInputD{% - \@InputDListtrue - \immediate\openout\@InputDStream = \jobname.ipd - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputd.tip}% - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{namedef.tip}% - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputdl.tip}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e35bd6c9d1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.9, p. III-370. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 541. -\wlog{L: "isleapyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 541, p. III-370]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{imodn.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LeapYear -\def\LeapYearConditional #1{% - TT\fi - {% - \count0 = #1\relax - \IModN{\count0}{4}{\count1}% - \ifnum\count1 = 0 - \global\@LeapYeartrue - \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count2}% - \IModN{\count0}{400}{\count3}% - \ifnum\count2 = 0 - \global\@LeapYearfalse - \fi - \ifnum\count3 = 0 - \global\@LeapYeartrue - \fi - \else - \global\@LeapYearfalse - \fi - }% - \if@LeapYear -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip b/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9bdefdce10..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.18.1, p. III-302. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1096. -\wlog{L: "isprefix.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1096, p. III-302]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{strleng.tip} -\InputD{showx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@PrefixResult -\newcount\@LengthPrefixString -\newcount\@LengthMainString -\def\PrefixConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \StringLength{#1}% - \@LengthMainString = \StringLengthResult - \StringLength{#2}% - \@LengthPrefixString = \StringLengthResult - \ifnum\@LengthMainString < \@LengthPrefixString - \@PrefixResultfalse - \else - \@PrefixConditionalTwo{#1}{#2}% - \fi - \if@PrefixResult -} -\def\@PrefixConditionalTwo #1#2{% - \edef\@PrefixBoth{#1#2}% - \edef\@PrefixTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@TestPrefix ####1#2####2\noexpand\@Del{% - \noexpand\if\noexpand\EmptyStringConditional{####1}% - }% - }% - \ShowX\@PrefixTemp - \@PrefixTemp - \ShowX{\@TestPrefix}% - \expandafter\@TestPrefix\@PrefixBoth\@Del - \@PrefixResulttrue - \else - \@PrefixResultfalse - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip b/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 37bda46631..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.19.1, p. III-307. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1312. -\wlog{L: "issuffix.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1312, p. III-307]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{isprefix.tip} -\InputD{reverses.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SuffixConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \ReverseString{\@MainSuffixString}{#1}% - \ReverseString{\@SuffixSuffixString}{#2}% - \if\PrefixConditional{\@MainSuffixString}{\@SuffixSuffixString}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8ed23df9e8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.3, p. II-77. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1465. -\wlog{L: "itemizel.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1465, p. II-77]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{parv-1.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ItemListDepth -\@ItemListDepth = 0 -\def\BeginItemize{% - \begingroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1 - \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or - \@BeginItemizeLevelOne - \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo - \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelThree - \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelFour - \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of - 4 exceeded.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndItemize{% - \EndAList - \endgroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f4f13f319d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.1.6.1, p. II-61. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 671. -\wlog{L: "itemltw.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 671, p. II-61]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\def\ItemLLOne #1{% - \par - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd0 > \Delta@XY - \message{\string\ItemLL: warning, label "#1" too wide.}% - \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - #1% - \hfil - }% - \ignorespaces -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9dd2d94f2b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.4.7, p. II-88. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2011. -\wlog{L: "itemplan.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2011, p. II-88]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\hang{% - \hangindent = \parindent -} -\def\item{% - \par - \hang - \textindent -} -\def\itemitem{% - \par - \indent - \hangindent = 2\parindent - \textindent -} -\def\textindent #1{% - \indent - \llap{#1\enspace}% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\itemitemitem{% - \par - \indent - \indent - \hangindent = 3\parindent - \textindent -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 86bd1a78bc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.9.1, p. III-417. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1022. -\wlog{L: "ivpyr.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1022, p. III-417]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\InputD{wtolist.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth -\newdimen\@LineWidthLastLine -\newdimen\@LineWidthMinDiff -\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBox -\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry -\def\InvertedPyramid #1#2#3{% - \WordsToTeXList{\IVList}#3\EndWordsToTeXList - \def\LineLengthList{#1}% - \@LineWidthLastLine = 0pt - \@LineWidthMinDiff = #2 - \CarOfList{\IVList}{\@IVListTemp} - \DropFirstElementOfList{\IVList} - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{\@IVListTemp}% - \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}% - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp - \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}% - \ForEveryListElement{\IVList}{\@IVListTypeset}% - \ifvoid\@IPCurrentLineBox - \errmessage{\string\InvertedPyramid: - empty \string\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \else - \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \fi -} -\def\@IVListTypeset #1{% - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry = - \hbox{\copy\@IPCurrentLineBox \space#1}% - \ifdim\wd\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry < \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \box\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry - \else - \@LineWidthLastLine = \wd\@IPCurrentLineBox - \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{#1}% - \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}% - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp - \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}% - \dimen0 = \@LineWidthLastLine - \advance\dimen0 by -\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth - \ifdim\dimen0 < \@LineWidthMinDiff - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@LineWidthLastLine - \advance\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth by -\@LineWidthMinDiff - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip b/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cd666f8b6d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.15, p. I-61. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1742. -\wlog{L: "largdp.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1742, p. I-61]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{valdecpo.tip} -\InputD{absval.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount -\def\LargestDecimalPlace #1#2{% - \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount}% - \wlog{We make progress}% - #2 = 0 - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#2}% -} -\def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMore #1{% - \wlog{One round: \the#1}% - \ifnum\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount < 10 - \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{}% - \else - \advance #1 by 1 - \divide\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount by 10 - \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{% - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#1}% - }% - \fi - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c96c32ed3d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.10.6, p. II-43. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 2191. -\wlog{L: "lbpar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 2191, p. II-43]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\\{% - \hfil\break - \hbox{}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@HfilBreakHskip}{\ignorespaces}% -} -\def\@HfilBreakHskip [#1]{% - \hskip #1% - \ignorespaces -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip b/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c317c4c8ee..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 22.3.2, p. III-219. -% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 736. -\wlog{L: "lc0to9.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 736, p. III-219]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\LoadCountZeroToNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% - \count0 = #1\relax - \count1 = #2\relax - \count2 = #3\relax - \count3 = #4\relax - \count4 = #5\relax - \count5 = #6\relax - \count6 = #7\relax - \count7 = #8\relax - \count8 = #9\relax - \@LoadCountNine -} -\def\@LoadCountNine #1{% - \count9 = #1\relax -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip b/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ef668522d8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.8.1, p. I-50. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1126. -\wlog{L: "leadingz.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1126, p. I-50]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@LeadingZCount -\def\LeadingZ #1{% - \@LeadingZCount = #1\relax - \ifnum \@LeadingZCount < 10 - 0% - \fi - \the\@LeadingZCount -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip b/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fa6486a7e9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.6.2, p. I-186. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1662. -\wlog{L: "leadline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1662, p. I-186]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\RightLeaderLine #1{% - \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1}% -} - -\def\LeftLeaderLine #1{% - \line{#1\leaders\hrule\hss}% -} - -\def\CenterLeaderLine #1{% - \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1\leaders\hrule\hss}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip b/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1f09928a53..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 14.9.3, p. II-218. -% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 1656. -\wlog{L: "leftdm.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 1656, p. II-218]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\LeftDisplay #1$${% - \leftline{% - \hskip 20pt - $ - \displaystyle {#1} - $% - }% - $$ -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip b/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 336c8ecf27..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.8, p. III-367. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 495. -\wlog{L: "legdate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 495, p. III-367]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legmonth.tip} -\InputD{legyear.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{ndaysmo.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempCheckDate -\def\CheckDate #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalYear{#1}% - \CheckLegalMonth{#2}% - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempCheckDate}% - \CheckRange{#3}{1}{\@TempCheckDate}% - {\string\CheckDate: provided date #1-#2-#3 is illegal.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip b/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ee7776bf67..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.6, p. III-365. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 379. -\wlog{L: "legmonth.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 379, p. III-365]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\def\CheckLegalMonth #1{% - \CheckRange{#1}{1}{12}% - {\string\CheckLegalMonth: month #1 out of range.}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip b/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c952e42f79..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.5, p. III-365. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 362. -\wlog{L: "legyear.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 362, p. III-365]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{earliest.tip} -\def\CheckLegalYear #1{% - \ifnum #1 < \EarliestYearDate - \errmessage{\string\CheckLegalYear: year #1 - < \the\EarliestYearDate\space - encountered, illegal.}% - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip b/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip deleted file mode 100644 index eeb1039e08..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.2.2, p. II-265. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 121. -\wlog{L: "lfondem.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 121, p. II-265]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{% - \def #1{% - \global\font#1 = #2\relax - #1% - \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1 - (#2) loaded on demand.}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip b/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 53ff80db27..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.13, p. I-343. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1558. -\wlog{L: "linesr.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1558, p. I-343]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{boxing7.tip} -\def\LineR{\HboxR to \hsize} -\def\LeftlineR #1{\LineR{#1\hss}} -\def\RightlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1}} -\def\CenterlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1\hss}} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b8c1f6d72e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.2.2, p. III-121. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 263. -\wlog{L: "list-mac.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 263, p. III-121]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@EmptyRefList{} -\def\EmptyListConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx#1\@EmptyRefList -} -\newtoks\@AppendTokOne -\newtoks\@AppendTokTwo -\def\LeftAppendElement #1#2{% - \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}% - \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}% - \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}% - \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokOne \the\@AppendTokTwo}% -} -\def\RightAppendElement #1#2{% - \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}% - \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}% - \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}% - \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokTwo \the\@AppendTokOne}% -} -\def\CarOfList #1#2{% - \def\@CarTemp \\##1##2\@EndCarList{\def#2{##1}}% - \expandafter\@CarTemp#1\@EndCarList -} -\def\CdrOfList #1#2{% - \def\@CdrTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#2{##2}}% - \expandafter\@CdrTemp#1\@EndCdrList -} -\def\DropFirstElementOfList #1{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{#1}% - \errhelp = {\string\DropFirstElementOfList: list is - empty. No first element to drop.}% - \errmessage{\string\DropFirstElementOfList: List - \noexpand#1 is empty.}% - \else - \def\@DropFirstElementTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#1{##2}}% - \expandafter\@DropFirstElementTemp#1\@EndCdrList - \fi -} -\def\CarCarOfList #1#2{% - \let\@CarCarOfListList = #1% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}% - \CarOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}{#2} -} -\def\ForEveryListElement #1#2{% - \let\@ForEveryList = #1% - \let\@ForEveryListElementMacro = #2% - \@ForEveryListElement -} -\def\@ForEveryListElement{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ForEveryList}% - \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \relax - \else - \CarOfList{\@ForEveryList}{\@ForEveryListElementElement}% - \@ForEveryListElementMacro{\@ForEveryListElementElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ForEveryList}% - \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \@ForEveryListElement - \fi - \@ForEveryListElementNext -} -\newif\if@MemberList -\def\MemberOfListConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \@MemberListfalse - {% - \def\\##1{% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{##1}% - \global\@MemberListtrue - \fi - }% - #1% - }% - \if@MemberList -} -\def\ReverseList #1#2{% - \def\@ReverseListOut{}% - \ForEveryListElement{#1}{\@ReverseList}% - \let#2 = \@ReverseListOut -} -\def\@ReverseList #1{% - \LeftAppendElement{\@ReverseListOut}{#1}% -} -\def\LastElementOfList #1#2{% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% - \CarOfList{#1}{#2}% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% -} -\def\DropLastElementOfList #1{% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{#1}% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% -} -\def\NumberOfListElements #1#2{% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsList = #1% - \def\@NumberOfListElementsCount{#2}% - \@NumberOfListElementsCount = 0 - \@NumberOfListElements -} -\def\@NumberOfListElements{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{\@NumberOfListElementsList}% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \relax - \else - \advance\@NumberOfListElementsCount by 1 - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@NumberOfListElementsList}% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \@NumberOfListElements - \fi - \@NumberOfListElementsNext -} -\newcount\@NumberOfListElCCount -\def\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional #1{% - 0=0\fi - \NumberOfListElements{#1}{\@NumberOfListElCCount}% - \ifnum\@NumberOfListElCCount -} -\def\CombineTwoLists #1#2#3{% - \def\@CombineTwoLists{\def\@CombineTwoListsResult}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\@CombineTwoLists - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter#1#2}% - \let #3 = \@CombineTwoListsResult -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip b/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 295d0a66b7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-174. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1267. -\wlog{L: "loadedla.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1267, p. III-174]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{% - TT\fi - \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip b/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip deleted file mode 100644 index da5b968623..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 32.2.3, p. IV-5. -% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 298. -\wlog{L: "lpagetg.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 298, p. IV-5]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\LogPageTG #1{% - \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}% - \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal, - \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex b/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex deleted file mode 100644 index b8c62165b9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,296 +0,0 @@ -% This file contains the version numbers of the current release -% of the TeXIP macros. -& absdimen.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 614\cr -& absval.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1531\cr -& acronym.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 1052\cr -& advtabst.tip & 1.0& table3.TEX & 205\cr -& aevpar.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1838\cr -& alldate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1805\cr -& allocat.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1748\cr -& alwbase.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1305\cr -& angt.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 931\cr -& arbday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1170\cr -& arraymac.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 1467\cr -& atpos.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 875\cr -& be-env.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1908\cr -& bletpar.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1957\cr -& box-bb.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 503\cr -& box-bul.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 489\cr -& box-larg.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1255\cr -& box-mac.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1583\cr -& box-thck.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 414\cr -& box-zero.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1360\cr -& boxing1.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 343\cr -& boxing2.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 433\cr -& boxing3.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 536\cr -& boxing4.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 622\cr -& boxing5.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 940\cr -& boxing6.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1051\cr -& boxing7.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1362\cr -& boxrelim.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1545\cr -& boxrqu.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1595\cr -& centerlp.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1888\cr -& centerng.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2725\cr -& centpar.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 963\cr -& charbo.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 313\cr -& chboxd.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1234\cr -& clearb.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1028\cr -& collect.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 259\cr -& coltok.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 113\cr -& comfiles.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 2061\cr -& compst.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1077\cr -& compstca.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1249\cr -& condltr.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 2085\cr -& conval.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 861\cr -& copydate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 122\cr -& counters.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2546\cr -& countl.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1383\cr -& cref-1.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1101\cr -& cref-2.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1134\cr -& cref-2a.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1447\cr -& cref-3.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1225\cr -& cref-3a.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1420\cr -& cref-4.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1259\cr -& cref-5.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1535\cr -& crline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2571\cr -& csar.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 889\cr -& cssprint.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 822\cr -& cstostr.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 119\cr -& cstostrc.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 182\cr -& ctestcs.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1334\cr -& dateofw.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 216\cr -& dblarg.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1163\cr -& defauarg.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1597\cr -& dicentry.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 1058\cr -& doloop.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 910\cr -& droppre.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1256\cr -& droppt.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 777\cr -& dumppars.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1889\cr -& earliest.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 75\cr -& emprubox.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1522\cr -& emptybox.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1301\cr -& endn-mac.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1530\cr -& endrec.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 149\cr -& enum.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1265\cr -& enumlist.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1342\cr -& errmess.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 2185\cr -& evenprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 116\cr -& everyequ.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 1922\cr -& everypar.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 1765\cr -& evhvbox.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2698\cr -& ex-out2.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 233\cr -& fexist.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 951\cr -& figbox.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 387\cr -& figinpar.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 636\cr -& firstldi.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1403\cr -& fo-char.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 367\cr -& font-cpp.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 1074\cr -& fontsam.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 1458\cr -& fonttab.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 2211\cr -& formline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2493\cr -& fotable.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 2032\cr -& fotok.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 173\cr -& frac.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 1349\cr -& freespac.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 398\cr -& fsized.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 421\cr -& funospac.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1805\cr -& futlet.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1060\cr -& futpar.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1908\cr -& genaeol.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2254\cr -& genhead.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2444\cr -& genostr.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1380\cr -& getnuml.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1184\cr -& gobble.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1846\cr -& gobblemo.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2429\cr -& graphmac.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 205\cr -& hex.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 447\cr -& ifeven.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1950\cr -& ifx-def.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1622\cr -& ifx-mac.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1543\cr -& imodn.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1597\cr -& index-or.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 134\cr -& input-at.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 780\cr -& inputc.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1013\cr -& inputd.tip & 1.1& io1.TEX & 1150\cr -& inputdl.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1199\cr -& isleapyr.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 584\cr -& isprefix.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1172\cr -& issuffix.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1327\cr -& itemizel.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1515\cr -& itemltw.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 690\cr -& itemplan.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2053\cr -& ivpyr.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1147\cr -& largdp.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1790\cr -& lbpar.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 2221\cr -& lc0to9.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 757\cr -& leadingz.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1140\cr -& leadline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1677\cr -& leftdm.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 1678\cr -& legdate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 515\cr -& legmonth.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 385\cr -& legyear.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 371\cr -& lfondem.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 130\cr -& linesr.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1564\cr -& list-mac.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 660\cr -& loadedla.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1275\cr -& lpagetg.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 304\cr -& mathenv.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 292\cr -& maxmindi.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 936\cr -& mocal.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1463\cr -& mocal3.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1517\cr -& modonead.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1247\cr -& mondofda.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1282\cr -& mrdel.tip & 1.0& table4.TEX & 315\cr -& mspaces.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 798\cr -& namedef.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 542\cr -& nathd.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 205\cr -& nctest.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1365\cr -& ndaysmo.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 452\cr -& new-midi.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1652\cr -& newdef.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1334\cr -& newfont.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 62\cr -& newinput.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1692\cr -& newoutfr.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1630\cr -& newpage.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 1009\cr -& nextday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 708\cr -& nextmon.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 982\cr -& nlm.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1708\cr -& norpweek.tip & 1.1& macros6.TEX & 898\cr -& npright.tip & 1.0& ointro.TEX & 551\cr -& ntotext.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2022\cr -& numcond.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 2048\cr -& numdyr.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 637\cr -& numwhile.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 554\cr -& oblines.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1225\cr -& obspaces.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1100\cr -& oct.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 481\cr -& oddprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 145\cr -& oeprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 83\cr -& ola-1p.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 805\cr -& ola-2p.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 645\cr -& ola-comm.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 437\cr -& op-endin.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1496\cr -& op-pagec.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1422\cr -& optargx.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1270\cr -& orcards.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 723\cr -& ordbrule.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 171\cr -& orsimple.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 423\cr -& out-ds.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 1230\cr -& out2-or.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 198\cr -& outf-rad.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1677\cr -& outpsel.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 121\cr -& par-fl.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2829\cr -& par-lab.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 568\cr -& par-lcl.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 777\cr -& parin.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 1847\cr -& part-cr.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1808\cr -& part-lab.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 2364\cr -& part-mac.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 736\cr -& parv-1.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1143\cr -& pdollars.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 880\cr -& pickfs.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 257\cr -& pm-4.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1438\cr -& pm-auxco.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1491\cr -& pm-bas.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 817\cr -& pm-main.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1067\cr -& pm-pagen.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1549\cr -& pm-wrc.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1113\cr -& pmtime.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1175\cr -& poorbold.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1479\cr -& pralph.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1039\cr -& prevday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 806\cr -& prevmon.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1059\cr -& prhyph.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 2030\cr -& primmark.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 430\cr -& printast.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 87\cr -& printco.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2171\cr -& printreg.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 760\cr -& prmode.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1768\cr -& prmonth.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 323\cr -& prot.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1893\cr -& rangetst.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 695\cr -& rboxt.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1061\cr -& readnu.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 528\cr -& redtost.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1747\cr -& remtlsp.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1517\cr -& restring.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 942\cr -& reverses.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1054\cr -& rh-dict.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 1093\cr -& robust.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1774\cr -& samplepa.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 356\cr -& setstrut.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1726\cr -& shboxes.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1563\cr -& shiftudb.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 2429\cr -& showpll.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1771\cr -& showx.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1434\cr -& sigline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2419\cr -& spacefac.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 973\cr -& splitpar.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1169\cr -& ssmath.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 972\cr -& strleng.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 560\cr -& stswitch.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1479\cr -& substf.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 182\cr -& sumhd.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1251\cr -& swapbox.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1008\cr -& tabcent.tip & 1.0& table3.TEX & 1679\cr -& tabswb.tip & 1.1& table1.TEX & 705\cr -& testdef.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1206\cr -& testsubs.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 726\cr -& toc-mac.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 904\cr -& today.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 721\cr -& todayx.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1241\cr -& topinfix.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1292\cr -& ts-brefm.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 885\cr -& ts-bul.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 868\cr -& ts-chap.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 838\cr -& ts-chhe.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1378\cr -& ts-crm.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1348\cr -& ts-dime1.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 606\cr -& ts-dime2.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 652\cr -& ts-dime3.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 661\cr -& ts-enum.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1452\cr -& ts-float.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 2365\cr -& ts-fonts.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 608\cr -& ts-foot.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 859\cr -& ts-gnot.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 932\cr -& ts-hall.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 673\cr -& ts-hmore.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1104\cr -& ts-hyph.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 2083\cr -& ts-itize.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1560\cr -& ts-lazy.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 856\cr -& ts-loft.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1130\cr -& ts-logo.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 843\cr -& ts-main.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 564\cr -& ts-outpu.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 2149\cr -& ts-page2.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 2146\cr -& ts-pager.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1861\cr -& ts-robst.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1475\cr -& ts-set.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1386\cr -& ts-shead.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1063\cr -& ts-subst.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 257\cr -& ts-toc.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1087\cr -& ts-verb.tip & 1.1& tokens1.TEX & 3416\cr -& ts-verb1.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3272\cr -& ts-verb2.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3300\cr -& ts-vers.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1356\cr -& ts-vol.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 707\cr -& ts-wind.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 593\cr -& ts-writc.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1412\cr -& valdecpo.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1693\cr -& vcentx.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 2215\cr -& verb-bas.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1867\cr -& verb-mac.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 2498\cr -& verb.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 2128\cr -& verbdisp.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3210\cr -& verbwr.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1178\cr -& vsmax.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1697\cr -& vtbox.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 281\cr -& vwrt-mac.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1333\cr -& weekofyr.tip & 1.1& macros6.TEX & 1727\cr -& widestc.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 983\cr -& wl-parcp.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 2371\cr -& wrtoc.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 789\cr -& wrverbar.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1957\cr -& wtolist.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 953\cr -& x-parsh.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 272\cr -& yearcal.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1606\cr diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip b/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 098d040c40..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 13.1.4, p. II-158. -% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 211. -\wlog{L: "mathenv.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 211, p. II-158]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\BeginMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: already in math - mode, \string\BeginMath ignored.}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: in display math - mode, terminated and math mode started.}% - $$ - $ - \fi - \else - $\relax - \fi -} -\def\EndMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - $% - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndMath: you are in display math - mode! Should have used \string\EndDisplayMath!}% - $$ - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndMath: already in math - mode, \string\EndMath ignored.}% - \fi -} -\def\BeginDisplayMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: in inline - math mode, terminate it, start display math.}% - $ - $$ - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: already in math - mode, \string\BeginDisplayMath ignored.}% - \fi - \else - $$ - \fi -} -\def\EndDisplayMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: inline - math mode in effect, did you intend to - write \string\EndMath?}% - $% - \else - $$ - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: not in math - mode, \string\EndDisplayMath ignored.}% - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip b/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 239222ccd5..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.14, p. III-332. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 921. -\wlog{L: "maxmindi.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 921, p. III-332]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\MaxDimen #1#2#3#4{% - \ifdim #2<#3\relax - #4#1 = #3\relax - \else - #4#1 = #2\relax - \fi -} -\def\MinDimen #1#2#3#4{% - \ifdim #2<#3\relax - #4#1 = #2\relax - \else - #4#1 = #3\relax - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip b/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 240ceb9c9b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.19, p. III-385. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1327. -\wlog{L: "mocal.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1327, p. III-385]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{arbday.tip} -\InputD{nextday.tip} -\InputD{numdyr.tip} -\InputD{prmonth.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@InitialDayOfMonth -\newcount\@MCDays -\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp -\def\MonthlyCalendarBody #1#2#3{% - {% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#1}% - {#2}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - \gdef #3{}% - \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}% - {1}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - {\xdef#3{#3&}} - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@MCDays}% - \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}{1}{1}{\@MCDays}{% - \xdef#3{#3\the\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}% - \ifnum\@InitialDayOfMonth = \Saturday - \xdef#3{#3\cr}% - \else - \xdef#3{#3&}% - \fi - \advance\@InitialDayOfMonth by 1 - \IModN{\@InitialDayOfMonth}{7}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - }% - }% - \xdef#3{#3\crcr}% -} -\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarCount -\def\MonthlyCalendar #1#2#3{% - {% - \MonthlyCalendarBody{#1}{#2}{\TableBody}% - \vtop{ - \hsize = #3\relax - \ProvideMonth{#2}{0}{\MonthNameTemp}% - \@MonthlyCalendarCount = #1\relax - \centerline{\MyStrut\MonthNameTemp\space - \the\@MonthlyCalendarCount}% - \smallskip - \hrule - \smallskip - \tabskip = 0pt - \halign to \hsize{ - % So - \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil& - \hfil##& % Mo - \hfil##& % Tu - \hfil##& % We - \hfil##& % Th - \hfil##& % Fr - \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt - \cr - \omit\hfil So\hfil& - \omit\hfil Mo\hfil& - \omit\hfil Tu\hfil& - \omit\hfil We\hfil& - \omit\hfil Th\hfil& - \omit\hfil Fr\hfil& - \omit\hfil Sa\hfil\cr - \TableBody - }% - \smallskip - \hrule - }% - }% -}% -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip b/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 67dc386869..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.20, p. III-389. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1496. -\wlog{L: "mocal3.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1496, p. III-389]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{mocal.tip} -\def\ThreeMonthlyCalendars #1#2#3{% - \hbox{% - \count0 = #1 - \count1 = #2 - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - \hskip 10pt - \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}% - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}% - \hskip 10pt - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - } -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip b/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip deleted file mode 100644 index faf86ca38b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.9, p. I-52. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1227. -\wlog{L: "modonead.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1227, p. I-52]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond #1#2{% - 0=0\fi - \global\advance #1 by 1 - \ifnum #1 = #2\relax - \global #1 = 0 - \fi - \ifnum #1% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip b/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e6fd7c0fa3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.18, p. III-384. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1256. -\wlog{L: "mondofda.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1256, p. III-384]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{arbday.tip} -\InputD{prevday.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay -\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo -\def\ComputeMondayOfDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#4}{#5}{#6}{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}% - \ifnum\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = \Sunday - \@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = 6 - \else - \advance\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay by -1 - \fi - \DoLoop{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo} - {\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}{-1}{1}% - {\PrevDay{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip b/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3069f2913e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 41.2.3, p. IV-343. -% Original source in file "table4.TEX", starting line 260. -\wlog{L: "mrdel.tip" ["table4.TEX," l. 260, p. IV-343]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{% - {% - \mathsurround = 0pt - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - $% - \vcenter{% - \hbox{% - $ - \left#1% - \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt - \right. - $% - }% - }% - $% - }% - \ht0 = 0pt - \dp0 = 0pt - \box 0 - }% -} -\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{% - {% - \mathsurround = 0pt - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - $ - \left#1% - \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt - \right. - $% - }% - \ht0 = 0pt - \dp0 = 0pt - \box 0 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip b/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 42d65e8a62..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.7, p. III-165. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 795. -\wlog{L: "mspaces.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 795, p. III-165]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\edef\FourSpaces{\space\space\space\space} -\edef\EightSpaces{\FourSpaces\FourSpaces} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip b/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bc3906875a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.1.8, p. III-73. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 414. -\wlog{L: "namedef.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 414, p. III-73]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NameDef #1{% - \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameEdef #1{% - \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameGdef #1{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameXdef #1{% - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameNewDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameReDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname} -\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \NameUse{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1" - is undefined.}% - \fi -} -\newif\if@NameDefined -\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax - \@NameDefinedfalse - \else - \@NameDefinedtrue - \fi - \if@NameDefined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip b/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1e849c65ba..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.1.3, p. I-264. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 193. -\wlog{L: "nathd.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 193, p. I-264]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@NBox -\def\NaturalHeight #1#2{% - \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2} - #1 = \ht\@NBox -} -\def\NaturalDepth #1#2{% - \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2} - #1 = \dp\@NBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip b/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8b6fe53c93..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.6.1, p. III-262. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1335. -\wlog{L: "nctest.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1335, p. III-262]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{% - \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}% - \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip b/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b45b693426..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.7, p. III-366. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 401. -\wlog{L: "ndaysmo.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 401, p. III-366]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legyear.tip} -\InputD{legmonth.tip} -\InputD{isleapyr.tip} -\def\NumberOfDaysInMonth #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalYear{#1}% - \CheckLegalMonth{#2}% - \ifcase #2\relax - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 28 - \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}% - #3 = 29 - \fi - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip b/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1cdea3e140..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.7.2, p. IV-117. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1582. -\wlog{L: "new-midi.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1582, p. IV-117]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{op-pagec.tip} -\InputD{op-endin.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@TopInsertSize -\@TopInsertSize = 0pt -\def\ReportTopInsertSize #1{% - \wlog{\string\@TopInsertSize: "#1"}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces The value of \noexpand\@TopInsertSize is - \the\@TopInsertSize}% -} -\def\MidInsertFix{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFix}% - \ifdim\@TopInsertSize > 0pt - \@midfalse - \p@gefalse - \fi -} -\def\MidInsertFixPage{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \vsize - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[2]}% -} -\def\MidInsertFixTop{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \ht0 - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \dp0 - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[2]}% -} -\def\@UpdateTopInsertSize{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\ht\topins - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\dp\topins - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[2]}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip b/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 28f8cb3081..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.7, p. III-175. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1292. -\wlog{L: "newdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1292, p. III-175]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewDef #1{% - \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken - \else - \errhelp = {\string\NewDef: - The name of the macro to be defined which you - provided is already in use. Use \show to find out - what the name is used for. The macro definition - will nevertheless be executed.}% - \errmessage{\string\NewDef: "\string#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \def #1% -} -\def\ReDef #1{% - \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken - \errhelp = {\string\ReDef: - The name of the macro to be redefined which you - provided has never been used before. The macro definition - will nevertheless be executed. }% - \errmessage{\string\ReDef: "\string#1" never defined - before.}% - \fi - \def #1% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip b/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 26788f48cf..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.1, p. II-263. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 53. -\wlog{L: "newfont.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 53, p. II-263]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\def\NewFont #1{% - \if\DefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name - "\string#1" already used.} - \fi - \font #1% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip b/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0008943d0a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.9, p. III-270. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1670. -\wlog{L: "newinput.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1670, p. III-270]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\let\@input = \input -\def\input{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\bgroup}{\@InputA}{\@input}% -} -\def\@InputA #1{\@input #1} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip b/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5f1be0f30e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1610. -\wlog{L: "newoutfr.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1610, p. I-113]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} -\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt} -\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt} -\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi} -\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}} -\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi} -\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}% - \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false -\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip b/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 63a6daf3dc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3, p. IV-19. -% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 1004. -\wlog{L: "newpage.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 1004, p. IV-19]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\NewPage{% - \vfill - \eject -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip b/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c4d3760e94..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.11, p. III-372. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 676. -\wlog{L: "nextday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 676, p. III-372]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\InputD{ndaysmo.tip} -\InputD{copydate.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempNextDay -\def\NextDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \advance #6 by 1 - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempNextDay}% - \ifnum #6 > \@TempNextDay - #6 = 1 - \advance #5 by 1 - \ifnum #5 = 13 - #5 = 1 - \advance #4 by 1 - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip b/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 09005c9e01..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.14, p. III-378. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 958. -\wlog{L: "nextmon.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 958, p. III-378]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NextMonth #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - #3 = #1\relax - #4 = #2\relax - \advance #4 by 1 - \ifnum #4 = 13 - #4 = 1 - \advance #3 by 1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip b/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4f2519e6c1..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.5.4, p. III-523. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1701. -\wlog{L: "nlm.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1701, p. III-523]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\NewLineMessage #1{% - {% - \newlinechar = `\|% - \message{|#1}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip b/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 42b4e29e9d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 9, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.13, p. III-376. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 867. -\wlog{L: "norpweek.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 867, p. III-376]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{nextday.tip} -\InputD{prevday.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount -\def\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax - \DoLoop{\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount}{1}{1}{7}% - {#7{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% -} -\def\NextWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay - {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\NextDay}% -} -\def\PrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay - {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\PrevDay}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/npright.tip b/info/examples/tip/npright.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 17e7bb8737..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/npright.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 33.4.4, p. IV-47. -% Original source in file "ointro.TEX", starting line 508. -\wlog{L: "npright.tip" ["ointro.TEX," l. 508, p. IV-47]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\NewPageRightHand{% - \vfill\supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \else - \hbox{} - \vfill\eject - \fi -} -\def\ShouldBeRightHandPage{% - \ifodd\count0 - \else - \errmessage{\string\ShouldBeRightHandPage: - current page number is \the\count0. - Should be odd and NOT EVEN.}% - \NewPageRightHand - \fi -} -\def\NewPageLeftHand{% - \vfill\supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \hbox{} - \vfill\eject - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip b/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cd1f26a4d0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.16, p. I-63. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1835. -\wlog{L: "ntotext.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1835, p. I-63]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{imodn.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@OneDigitNumberText #1#2{% - \ifcase #2\relax - \ifnum #1=0 - \else - zero% - \fi - \or - one\or - two\or - three\or - four\or - five\or - six\or - seven\or - eight\or - nine% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@OneDigitNumberText: number - \number#2 out of range.}% - \fi -} -\newcount\@NumberToConvert -\newcount\@NumberToConvertTwo -\newcount\@NumberToConvertAndFlag -\def\NumberToText #1{% - \@NumberToConvert = #1\relax - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert < 0 - minus - \@NumberToConvert = -\@NumberToConvert - \fi - \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999999}% - {\string\NumberToText: numbers >= 1.000.000 - not handled.}% - \@NumberToConvertAndFlag = 0 - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 999 - \@NumberToConvertTwo = \@NumberToConvert - \divide\@NumberToConvert by 1000 - \@NumberToText - \space thousand and - \IModN{\@NumberToConvertTwo}{1000}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999}% - {\string\NumberToText: internal error 1}% - \@NumberToText -} -\newcount\@NumberToTextTmp -\def\@NumberToText{% - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 99 - \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{2}% - {\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \space hundred and - \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{100}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{1}% - {\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp > 1 - \ifcase\@NumberToTextTmp - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 1.}% - \or - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 2.}% - \or - twenty\or - thirty\or - forty\or - fifty\or - sixty\or - seventy\or - eighty\or - ninety% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 4.}% - \fi - \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{10}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \@OneDigitNumberText{0}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \else - \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp = 1 - \advance\@NumberToConvert by -10 - \ifcase\@NumberToConvert - ten\or - eleven\or - twelve\or - thirteen\or - fourteen\or - fifteen\or - sixteen\or - seventeen\or - eighteen\or - nineteen% - \fi - \else - \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip b/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 11efcaffc5..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.2.3, p. III-353. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 2013. -\wlog{L: "numcond.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 2013, p. III-353]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{ctestcs.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@NumberConditionalCounter -\def\@NumberConditional #1#2;{% - \@NumberConditionalCounter = `#1\relax -} -\def\NumberConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \edef\@NumberConditionalString{#1}% - \expandafter\@NumberConditional\@NumberConditionalString ; - \if\InRangeConditional{\@NumberConditionalCounter}{`\0}{`\9}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2732bf5aa9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.10, p. III-371. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 628. -\wlog{L: "numdyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 628, p. III-371]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{isleapyr.tip} -\def\NumberOfDaysInYear #1#2{% - \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}% - #2 = 366 - \else - #2 = 365 - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip b/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1f8bb00271..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.5, p. III-406. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 506. -\wlog{L: "numwhile.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 506, p. III-406]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WhileNesting -\@WhileNesting = 0 -\def\WhileNum #1#2{% - \global\advance\@WhileNesting by 1 - \edef\@WhileArgOne{{\the\@WhileNesting}}% - \expandafter\@WhileNum\@WhileArgOne{#1}{#2}% - \global\advance\@WhileNesting by -1 -} -\def\@WhileNum #1#2#3{% - \ifnum #2\relax - #3\relax - \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{\@WhileNum{#1}{#2}{#3}}% - \else - \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{}% - \fi - \NameUse{@WhileNum-#1}{}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip b/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c7b294cd9e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.2.5, p. III-19. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1211. -\wlog{L: "oblines.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1211, p. III-19]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ObeyLines{% - \catcode`\^^M = \active - \@EnableActiveEndOfLine -} -{ - \catcode`\^^M=\active % Lines must end with '%'. - \gdef\@EnableActiveEndOfLine{% - \def - {\leavevmode\par}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip b/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 13d883fee7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.2.3, p. III-17. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1081. -\wlog{L: "obspaces.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1081, p. III-17]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ObeySpaces{% - \catcode`\ = \active - \@InitActiveSpace -} -{\catcode`\ = \active -\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oct.tip b/info/examples/tip/oct.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8365ad591c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/oct.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.4.3, p. III-406. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 466. -\wlog{L: "oct.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 466, p. III-406]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\Oct #1{% - {% - \count4 = #1% - \count0 = \count4 - \divide\count0 by 8 - \ifnum \count0 > 0 - \Oct{\count0}% - \fi - \count2 = \count0 - \multiply \count2 by -8 - \advance \count4 by \count2 - \the\count4 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fe9f42bef9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.2, p. III-319. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 139. -\wlog{L: "oddprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 139, p. III-319]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintOdd #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - Number #1 is odd. - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip deleted file mode 100644 index be1c0eeba3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.1, p. III-318. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 70. -\wlog{L: "oeprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 70, p. III-318]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintOddEven #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - The number #1 is odd. - \else - The number #1 is even. - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 223c9d1124..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 36.2.5, p. IV-145. -% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 660. -\wlog{L: "ola-1p.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 660, p. IV-145]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{shboxes.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\InsertOtherBox -\def\FBOnePass #1#2#3{% - \PrepareFigureBoxes{#1}{#2}{#3} - \setbox\InsertOtherBox = \vbox{% - \offinterlineskip - \unvbox\InsertOtherBox - \penalty 0 - \hbox{% - \valign{% - ##\vfil - \cr - \copy 0\cr - \copy 1\cr - }% - } - } - \insert\FigureIns{% - \hbox{% - \valign{% - ##\vfil - \cr - \copy 1\cr - \copy 0\cr - }% - } - } -} -\def\OutCaptionGameOnePass{% - \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x - \ifodd\pageno - \dimen0 = 0pt - \let\Header = \RightHeader - \let\Footer = \RightFooter - \ifvoid\FigureIns - \else - \dimen1 = \ht\FigureIns - \setbox1 = \box\FigureIns - \setbox0 = \vsplit\InsertOtherBox to \dimen1 - \fi - \else - \dimen0 = \DiffWidth - \let\Header = \LeftHeader - \let\Footer = \LeftFooter - \ifvoid\FigureIns - \else - \dimen1 = \ht\FigureIns - \setbox1 = \vsplit\InsertOtherBox to \dimen1 - \setbox0 = \box\FigureIns - \fi - \fi - \shipout\vbox{% - \hrule height 1pt - \vskip 5pt - \Header - \vskip 12pt - \ifvoid 0 - \else - \box 0 - \vskip\skip\FigureIns - \fi - \moveright\dimen0 \BoxR 255 - \vskip 12pt - \Footer - } - \global\advance\pageno by 1 - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -20000 - \else - \dosupereject - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 69b86108fa..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 36.2.4, p. IV-141. -% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 444. -\wlog{L: "ola-2p.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 444, p. IV-141]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FigurePlacementFileName{\jobname.fip } -\newcount\Fco -\newread\FigurePlacementStreamIn -\newwrite\FigurePlacementStreamOut -\def\ReadTheFigurePlacementFile{% - \Fco = 1 - \openin\FigurePlacementStreamIn = \FigurePlacementFileName - \ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile - \immediate\openout\FigurePlacementStreamOut = - \FigurePlacementFileName -} -\def\ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile{% - \ifeof\FigurePlacementStreamIn - \closein\FigurePlacementStreamIn - \let\ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext = \relax - \else - \read\FigurePlacementStreamIn to \ALineFromTheFile - \def\ParMeansDone{\par}% - \ifx\ALineFromTheFile\ParMeansDone - \else - \NameEdef{Fig-\the\Fco}{\ALineFromTheFile} - \advance\Fco by 1 - \fi - \let\ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext = - \ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile - \fi - \ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext -} -\newcount\FBTwoCount -\FBTwoCount = 1 -\newif\ifLeftSideCaption -\def\FBTwoPass #1#2#3{% - \PrepareFigureBoxes{#1}{#2}{#3} - \insert\FigureIns{% - \write\FigurePlacementStreamOut{\the\pageno} - \if\NameDefinedConditional{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}% - \wlog{Figure \the\FBTwoCount: - \NameUse{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}}% - \expandafter\ifodd\NameUse{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}% - \LeftSideCaptionfalse - \else - \LeftSideCaptiontrue - \fi - \else - \LeftSideCaptiontrue - \fi - \ifLeftSideCaption - \hbox{% - \valign{% - ##\vfil - \cr - \copy 1\cr - \copy 0\cr - }% - }% - \else - \hbox{% - \valign{% - ##\vfil - \cr - \copy 0\cr - \copy 1\cr - }% - }% - \fi - } - \advance\FBTwoCount by 1 -} -\def\OutCaptionGameTwoPass{% - \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x - \setbox1 = \box\voidb@x - \ifodd\pageno - \dimen0 = 0pt - \let\Header = \RightHeader - \let\Footer = \RightFooter - \else - \dimen0 = \DiffWidth - \let\Header = \LeftHeader - \let\Footer = \LeftFooter - \fi - \shipout\vbox{% - \hrule height 1pt - \vskip 5pt - \Header - \vskip 12pt - \ifvoid\FigureIns - \else - \box\FigureIns - \vskip\skip\FigureIns - \fi - \moveright\dimen0 \BoxR 255 - \vskip 12pt - \Footer - } - \global\advance\pageno by 1 - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -20000 - \else - \dosupereject - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2f5ea1014f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 36.2.3, p. IV-139. -% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 321. -\wlog{L: "ola-comm.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 321, p. IV-139]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\topskip = 10pt -\vsize = 6.0in -\newdimen\LeftPageShift -\LeftPageShift = 0.25in -\newdimen\RightPageShift -\RightPageShift= -0.25in -\hsize = 24pc - -\newdimen\PageWidth -\PageWidth = 29pc - -\newdimen\DiffWidth -\DiffWidth = \PageWidth -\advance\DiffWidth by -\hsize -\def\PageLine{\hbox to \PageWidth} -\def\SetHeader #1{ - \def\RightHeader {\PageLine{\it\hfil #1}} - \def\LeftHeader {\PageLine{\it #1\hfil}} -} -\SetHeader{Some Header} -\def\SetFooter #1{ - \def\RightFooter {% - \PageLine{% - \hfil - \it #1% - \hskip 0.5in - \bf \the\pageno - }% - } - \def\LeftFooter {% - \PageLine{% - \bf \the\pageno - \hskip 0.5in - \it #1% - \hfil - }% - } -} -\SetFooter{Some Footer} -\newinsert\FigureIns -\count\FigureIns = 1000 -\dimen\FigureIns = \vsize -\skip\FigureIns = 12pt -\def\PrepareFigureBoxes #1#2#3{% - \setbox 0 = \VboxR to #2{ - \vfil - \centerline{\tt Figure~#1} - \vfil - } - \setbox 1 = \VboxR{ - \hsize = \DiffWidth - \raggedright - \noindent - \strut #3 - } -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip b/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 21b02f03cb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.6.2, p. IV-114. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1438. -\wlog{L: "op-endin.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1438, p. IV-114]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\endinsert{% - \egroup - \if@mid - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \dp0 - \advance\dimen@ by 12pt - \advance\dimen@ by \pagetotal - \ifdim\dimen@ > \pagegoal - \@midfalse - \p@gefalse - \fi - \fi - \NameUse{MidInsertFix}% - \if@mid - \bigskip - \box 0 - \bigbreak - \else - \insert\topins{% - \penalty 100 - \splittopskip = 0pt - \splitmaxdepth = \maxdimen - \floatingpenalty = 0 - \ifp@ge - \dimen@ = \dp0 - \vbox to \vsize{ - \unvbox 0 - \kern -\dimen@ - }% - \NameUse{MidInsertFixPage}% - \else - \NameUse{EndInsertTopInsFix}% - \NameUse{MidInsertFixTop}% - \box 0 - \nobreak - \bigskip - \fi - } - \fi - \endgroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip b/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 077231da6e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.6.1, p. IV-113. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1360. -\wlog{L: "op-pagec.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1360, p. IV-113]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\pagecontents{% - \wlog{\noexpand\pagecontents from op-pagec.tip called.}% - \NameUse{@ShowPlainLists}% - \ifvoid\topins - \wlog{\string\pagecontents: no topinserts.}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@TopInsertSize}% - \ifdim\@TopInsertSize < 20pt - \global\@TopInsertSize = 0pt - \fi - \fi - \else - \NameUse{ChangeBarPush}% - \NameUse{@UpdateTopInsertSize}% - \unvbox\topins - \NameUse{ChangeBarPop}% - \fi - \dimen@ = \dp 255 - \unvbox 255 - \ifvoid\footins - \else - \@PrintFootnotePlain - \fi - \ifr@ggedbottom - \kern -\dimen@ - \vfil - \fi -} -\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{% - \vskip\skip\footins - \footnoterule - \unvbox\footins -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip b/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9928fa32cb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.5.1, p. III-260. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1219. -\wlog{L: "optargx.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1219, p. III-260]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\OptArgX #1#2{% - \let\@OptArgXTemp = #1% - \def\@OptArgXDefault{[#2]}% - \DoLongFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@OptArgXTemp}{\@OptArgXB}% -} -\def\@OptArgXB{\expandafter\@OptArgXTemp\@OptArgXDefault} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip b/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 337a7d88b6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.5.1, p. IV-70. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 532. -\wlog{L: "orcards.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 532, p. IV-70]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{modonead.tip} -\InputD{nlm.tip} -\hsize = 3.0in -\baselineskip = 12pt -\topskip = 10pt plus 10pt -\vsize = 9\baselineskip -\countdef\PageNo = 0 -\newcount\CardCount -\CardCount = 0 -\def\Card #1{% - \vfill\eject - \advance\CardCount by 1 - \noindent - {\bf #1} - \par - \def\CardTitle{#1}% -} -\newdimen\RuleSpace \RuleSpace = 10pt -\newdimen\BetweenRules \BetweenRules = 20pt -\newdimen\BaseLineSkipSave -\BaseLineSkipSave = \baselineskip -\newcount\PositionCount -\PositionCount = 0 -\def\HeadLine{% - \line{% - \strut - {\it Cards, page \the\PageNo}% - \hfil - \tt\jobname - }% -} -\def\FootLine{% - \line{\strut*****\hfil*****}% -} -\newbox\OutTopBox -\newbox\OutMidBox -\newbox\OutBotBox -\def\CardOutputRoutine{% - \NewLineMessage{\string\CardOutputRoutine: - card number: \the\CardCount, - PositionCounter: \the\PositionCount,}% - \NewLineMessage{page number: \the\PageNo, - \string\outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty.}% - \ifnum\outputpenalty < -9999 - \setbox0 = \hbox{\strut} - \else - \setbox0 = \line{% - \strut - \hfil - \it - \CardTitle\space con't\/\dots - }% - \fi - \setbox 2 = \vbox{% - \offinterlineskip - \hrule - \vskip\RuleSpace - \VboxR to \vsize{\unvbox 255 \vfill} - \box0 - \vskip\RuleSpace - \hrule - } - \global\setbox - \ifcase\PositionCount - \OutTopBox \or - \OutMidBox \or - \OutBotBox - \fi - = \box2 - \ifnum\PositionCount = 2 - \shipout\vbox{% - \offinterlineskip - \VboxR{ - \HeadLine - \vskip\BaseLineSkipSave - - \box\OutTopBox - \vskip\BetweenRules - \box\OutMidBox - \vskip\BetweenRules - \box\OutBotBox - - \vskip\BaseLineSkipSave - \FootLine - } - } - \fi - \ifnum\outputpenalty = -20000 - \NewLineMessage{\string\supereject\space encountered.} - \ifnum\PositionCount < 2 - \line{} - \vfill - \supereject - \fi - \fi - \ifnum\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond{\PositionCount}{3} = 0 - \global\advance\pageno by 1 - \fi -} -\output = {\CardOutputRoutine} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip b/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cab5d682a8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.3, p. IV-59. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 148. -\wlog{L: "ordbrule.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 148, p. IV-59]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{box-larg.tip} -\hsize = 2.9in -\vsize = 6.0in -\output = { - \shipout\vbox{ - \HboxR{% - \BoxLarger - {\HboxR - {\BoxLarger - {\vbox to \vsize{\unvbox 255}}% - {10pt}% - }% - }% - {2pt}% - }% - } -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip b/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a49920d5c2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.4.1, p. IV-62. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 249. -\wlog{L: "orsimple.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 249, p. IV-62]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{pmtime.tip} -\InputD{graphmac.tip} -\newdimen\LeftPageShift \LeftPageShift = -10pt -\newdimen\RightPageShift \RightPageShift= -40pt -\def\HeadLine{% - \ifodd\PageNo - \HboxR to \hsize{% - \strut - \the\month/\the\day/\the\year, \PrintMilTime - \hfil - {\tt\jobname.tip}% - }% - \else - \HboxR to \hsize{% - \strut - {\tt\jobname.tip}% - \hfil - \the\month/\the\day/\the\year, \PrintMilTime - }% - \fi -} -\countdef\ChapNo = 0 -\countdef\PageNo = 1 -\def\FootLine{% - \ifodd\PageNo - \HboxR to \hsize{% - \strut - \hfil - \bf \the\ChapNo--\the\PageNo - }% - \else - \HboxR to \hsize{% - \strut - \bf - \the\ChapNo--\the\PageNo - \hfil - }% - \fi -} -\newbox\CropMarksBox -\setbox\CropMarksBox = \vbox{% - \offinterlineskip - \SetScale{1in} - \SetLineThickness{0.5pt} - \DrawHLine(-0.8,0){0.2} - \DrawVLine(-0.7,-0.1){0.2} - \DrawHLine(3.4,0){0.2} - \DrawVLine(3.5,-0.1){0.2} - \DrawHLine(-0.8,-6.5){0.2} - \DrawVLine(-0.7,-6.6){0.2} - \DrawHLine(3.4,-6.5){0.2} - \DrawVLine(3.5,-6.6){0.2} -} -\ZeroBox{\CropMarksBox} -\def\SimpleOutputRoutine{% - \ifodd\PageNo - \dimen0 = \RightPageShift - \else - \dimen0 = \LeftPageShift - \fi - \shipout\vbox{% - \offinterlineskip - \copy\CropMarksBox - \moveright\dimen0 \vbox{% - \HeadLine - \vskip 12pt - \VboxR to \vsize{% - \unvbox 255 - } - \vskip 12pt - \FootLine - } - } - \global\advance\PageNo by 1 -} -\def\OutputWithRules{% - \output = {\SimpleOutputRoutine}% -} -\def\OutputWithoutRules{ - \output = {% - \EliminateRuledBoxes - \SimpleOutputRoutine - } -} -\OutputWithoutRules diff --git a/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip b/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 04ca97b0bc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,443 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 37.2.7.1, p. IV-170. -% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 461. -\wlog{L: "out-ds.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 461, p. IV-170]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{maxmindi.tip} -\InputD{prot.tip} -\InputD{vtbox.tip} -\InputD{nathd.tip} -\InputD{shiftudb.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@PageWidth -\newdimen\@ColWidth -\newdimen\@ColIndent -\newdimen\@PageHeight -\newcount\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns -\newcount\@PageLayoutCodeDSC -\newcount\@DSCDebugging -\def\SetUpDSC #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \@DSCDebugging = #6 - \CheckZeroOneRange{\@DSCDebugging}% - {\string\SetUpDSC: debugging code wrong} - \ifnum\@DSCDebugging = 0 - \ProtWritefalse - \else - \ProtWritetrue - \fi - \InitProtWrite - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\SetUpDSC: begin}% - \@PageWidth = #1% - \@ColWidth = #2% - \@ColIndent = #3% - \@PageHeight = #4% - \@PageLayoutCodeDSC = #5% - \CheckZeroOneRange{\@PageLayoutCodeDSC}% - {\string\SetUpDSC: page layout code wrong}% - \hsize = \@PageWidth - \dimen0 = 2\@ColIndent - \advance\dimen0 by 2\@ColWidth - \ifdim\dimen0 > \hsize - \errmessage{\string\SetUpDSC: Initial values of - \string\hsize, \noexpand\@ColWidth and - \noexpand\@ColIndent do not make sense.}% - \fi - \vsize = \@PageHeight - \@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 1 - \@SetSingleColumnOutput{As part of \string\SetUpDSC}% - \ifcase \@PageLayoutCodeDSC - \topskip = 10pt % Top / bottom flush - \or - \topskip = 10pt plus 50pt % Ragged bottom - \else - \errmessage{\string\SetUpDSC: illegal - page layout parameter.}% - \fi - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\SetUpDSC: end}% -} -\def\UnDoDSC{% - \global\output = {\plainoutput}% -} -\newbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar -\newbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox -\newdimen\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight -\newbox\@DSCRightColumnBox -\newdimen\@DSCRightNaturalHeight -\newbox\@DSCTempBox -\def\@EliminateRulesConditional{% - \ifnum\@DSCDebugging = 0 - \EliminateRuledBoxes - \fi -} -\newif\if@CaseCPageBreak -\def\@EjectPenalty{-10000 } -\def\eject{\penalty\@EjectPenalty} -\def\@BalancePenalty{-10001 } -\def\@PageLine{\hbox to \@PageWidth} -\def\@PageLineR{\HboxR to \@PageWidth} -\def\@ProtDSC #1{ - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@ProtDSC: Begin (page \the\pageno)} - \WriteProtocol{2}{"#1", - number of cols: \the\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns} - \WriteProtocol{2}{\string\vsize: \the\vsize, - \string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal, - \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal} - \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}{} - \WriteProtocol{2}{\string\dimen0: \the\dimen0, - \string\outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty} - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@ProtDSC: End} -} -\def\@CaseReport #1{% - \WriteProtocol{0}{CASE #1}% - \message{CASE #1.}% -} -\def\@SetOutputRoutine #1#2#3{% - #1\output = {#2}% - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@SetOutputRoutine:}% - \WriteProtocol{1}{#3}% -} -\def\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine{% - \@EliminateRulesConditional - \WriteProtocol{0}{\noexpand\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine called, - \noexpand\outputpenalty is \the\outputpenalty} - \WriteProtocol{1}{Page number is \the\pageno} - \showboxdepth = 2 - \showboxbreadth = 1000 - \@ProtDSC{\string\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine: begin}% - \BoxToProtocol{1}{255}{}% - \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine}% - \@ShipAPageBox{% - \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0 - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\unvbox 255}% - \else - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\unvbox 255 \vfill}% - \fi - }% -} -\def\@SetSingleColumnOutput #1{% - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@SetSingleColumnOutput: set to single - column output!}% - \global\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 1 - \@SetOutputRoutine{\global}{\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine}{#1}% - \global\vsize = \@PageHeight - \global\pagegoal = \@PageHeight -} -\def\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine{% - \global\setbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar = \vbox{\unvbox 255}% - \BoxToProtocol{0}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}% - {\string\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine} -} -\newcount\@VsizeFactor -\def\@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns{% - \vsize = \@PageHeight - \advance\vsize by -\ht\@BoxOfPageSoFar - \advance\vsize by -\dp\@BoxOfPageSoFar - \multiply\vsize by 2 - \@VsizeFactor = \vsize - \divide\@VsizeFactor by \baselineskip - \ifodd\@VsizeFactor - \advance\@VsizeFactor by -1 - \fi - \global\vsize = \@VsizeFactor \baselineskip - \@ProtDSC{\string\@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns}% -} -\newdimen\@HalfVsize -\def\@ComputeHalfVsize{% - \@HalfVsize = \vsize - \divide\@HalfVsize by 2 -} -\def\BeginDoubleColumns{% - \par - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: begin} - \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\BeginDoubleOfColumns}% - \global\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 2 - \begingroup - \@CaseCPageBreakfalse - \@EliminateRulesConditional - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: put rest of page - into \string\@BoxOfPageSoFar}% - \@SetOutputRoutine{}{\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine}% - {\string\BeginDoubleColumns: save page built up to now.}% - \eject - \@ProtDSC{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: 2}% - \@SetOutputRoutine{}{\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine}% - {Double column output set up by \string\BeginDoubleColumns}% - \hsize = \@ColWidth - \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns - \@ProtDSC{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: 3}% -} -\def\EndDoubleColumns{% - \par - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\EndDoubleColumns: begin} - \@CheckNumberOfColumns{2}{\EndDoubleOfColumns} - \@ProtDSC{In \string\EndDoubleColumns} - \@CaseReport{A} - \penalty\@BalancePenalty - \@BuildPageSoFar - \@SetSingleColumnOutput{\string\EndDoubleColumns} - \endgroup -} -\def\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine{% - \@EliminateRulesConditional - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutineput: - begin (penalty: \the\outputpenalty)} - \if@CaseCPageBreak - \@CaseReport{D/E}% - \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine: - missing left column!}% - \else - \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox - \global\setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox = - \vbox{\unvbox 255}% - \global\@DSCRightNaturalHeight = - \ht\@DSCRightColumnBox - \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@EjectPenalty - \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutput: - \noexpand\eject in right column illegal.}% - \@CaseReport{D} - \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\@DSCRightNaturalHeight}% - {\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight}{}% - \else - \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@BalancePenalty - \@CaseReport{E} - \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\@DSCRightNaturalHeight} - {\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight}{}% - \else - \@CaseReport{D}% - \dimen0 = \vsize - \fi - \fi - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{}% - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}% - \Vtbox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{\global}% - \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{12pt}% - \Vtbox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{\global}% - \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{12pt}% - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000 - \@ShipAPageBox{% - \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0 - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar}% - \else - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar - \vfill}% - \fi - }% - \else - % It's \EndDoubleColumns! - \fi - \global\@CaseCPageBreakfalse - \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns - \global\pagegoal = \vsize - \else - \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine: - left / right columns messed up.} - \fi - \fi - \else - \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@EjectPenalty - \@CaseReport{C} - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutineput: - penalty \@EjectPenalty call.} - \global\@CaseCPageBreaktrue - \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \global\setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox = - \vbox{\unvbox 255} - \global\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight = \ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \@ComputeHalfVsize - \WriteProtocol{2}{*\string\vsize/2 is - \the\@HalfVsize}% - \dimen1 = \ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \advance\dimen1 by \dp\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \ifdim\dimen1 > \@HalfVsize - \message{WARNING: column is to long!}% - \fi - \global\pagegoal = \@HalfVsize - \global\vsize = \@HalfVsize - \else - \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine: - left column box already loaded!}% - \fi - \else - \@StandardBalanceColumns - \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@BalancePenalty - \@CaseReport{A}% - \else - \@CaseReport{B}% - \@ShipAPageBox{% - \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0 - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar}% - \else - \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar - \vfill}% - \fi - }% - \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns - \global\pagegoal = \vsize - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -\newcount\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount -\def\@BuildPageSoFar{% - \@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount = 0 - \ifvoid\@BoxOfPageSoFar - \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1 - \fi - \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1 - \fi - \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox - \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1 - \fi - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BuildPageSoFar: begin - (\noexpand\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount is - \the\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount)} - \ifnum\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount < 3 - \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}{} - \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{} - \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{} - \unvbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar % May be empty. - \wd\@DSCLeftColumnBox = \@ColWidth % Left column. - \wd\@DSCRightColumnBox = \@ColWidth % Right column. - \@PageLine{% - \hskip\@ColIndent - \BoxR\@DSCLeftColumnBox - \hfil - \BoxR\@DSCRightColumnBox - \hskip\@ColIndent - } - \smallskip - \fi - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BuildPageSoFar: end} -} -\def\@SetColumnBox #1#2{% - \global\setbox#1 = \vbox to \dimen0{\unvbox#1 #2}% - \Vtbox{#1}{\global}% - \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{#1}{12pt}% -} -\def\@StandardBalanceColumns{% - \setbox\@DSCTempBox = \vbox{\unvcopy 255} - \dimen0 = \ht\@DSCTempBox - \advance\dimen0 by \dp\@DSCTempBox - \advance\dimen0 by \topskip - \divide\dimen0 by 2 - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@StandardBalanceColumns: - \noexpand\dimen0 is \the\dimen0, page \the\pageno.} - \@BalanceColumns{\dimen0}% -} -\def\@BalanceColumns #1{% - \@ProtDSC{\string\@BalanceColumns: Start}% - \@EliminateRulesConditional - \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox\else - \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: left column box - not empty.}% - \fi - \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox\else - \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: right column box - not empty.}% - \fi - \ifvoid 255 - \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: box 255 is void.}% - \fi - \setbox\@DSCTempBox = \vbox{\unvbox 255} - \dimen0 = #1 - \splittopskip = \topskip - \BoxToProtocol{0}{\@DSCTempBox}{Before \noexpand\vsplit loop}% - {% - \vbadness = 10000 % Don't report underfull boxes. - \loop - \global\setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox = \copy\@DSCTempBox - \global\setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox = - \vsplit\@DSCRightColumnBox to \dimen0 - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\dimen0: \the\dimen0}% - \BoxToProtocol{1}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}% - {[1] (left column) in \noexpand\vsplit loop}% - \BoxToProtocol{1}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}% - {[2] (right column) in \noexpand\vsplit loop}% - \NaturalHeight{\dimen3}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}% - \NaturalHeight{\dimen4}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}% - \WriteProtocol{3}{\string\dimen3: \the\dimen3}% - \WriteProtocol{3}{\string\dimen4: \the\dimen4}% - \advance\dimen3 by 1sp - \ifdim\dimen4 > \dimen3 - \global\advance\dimen0 by 1pt - \repeat - } - \setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox = \vbox{\unvbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox}% - \setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox = \vbox{\unvbox\@DSCRightColumnBox}% - \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox}% - {\ht\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}% - \ifcase\@PageLayoutCodeDSC - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{}% - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}% - \or - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{\vfill}% - \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{\vfill}% - \fi - \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BalanceColumns: - balancing done.}% -} -\def\DSCHeader{% - \@PageLineR{% - \bf Header - \hfil - \tt \the\pageno - }% -} -\def\DSCFooter{% -% \@PageLineR{% -% \vrule width \@PageWidth height 1pt depth 2pt -% }% - \@PageLineR{% - \bf FOOTER - \hfil - \tt \the\pageno - }% -} -\def\@ShipAPageBox #1{% - \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@ShipAPageBox: - called (page \the\pageno)}% - \shipout\vbox{% - \@EliminateRulesConditional - \DSCHeader - \vskip 12pt - #1 - \vskip 12pt - \DSCFooter - } - \WriteProtocol{0}% - {\string\@ShipAPageBox: done (page \the\pageno)}% - \advancepageno -} -\def\@CheckNumberOfColumns #1#2{% - \ifnum \@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = #1\relax - \else - \errmessage{\string\@CheckNumberOfColumns: [\string#2]: - currently \the\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns\space columns, - should be #1.} - \fi -} -\def\bye{} -\def\bye{% - \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\string\bye: Still in double - column mode, forgotten a \string\EndDoubleColumns?}% - \vfill\supereject - \end -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip b/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b412be9f8b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 37.1.1, p. IV-160. -% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 69. -\wlog{L: "out2-or.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 69, p. IV-160]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@LeftColumnBox -\newbox\@RightColumnBox -\newdimen\@PageWidth -\def\SetUpDC #1#2#3{% - \@PageWidth = #1 - \hsize = #2 - \vsize = #3 -} -\def\@PageLine{\hbox to \@PageWidth} -\def\Header{% - \@PageLine{% - \it Some Header Text\hfil - \PrintCurrentMonth\space \the\day, \the\year, - Page~\the\pageno - }% -} -\topskip = 10pt plus 60pt -\let\@ColumnMode = L -\def\supereject{% - \eject - \if\@ColumnMode R - \hbox{} - \vfill\eject - \fi - \end -} -\output = { - \if\@ColumnMode L - \global\setbox\@LeftColumnBox = \vbox to \vsize{ - \unvbox 255 - \vfil - } - \global\wd\@LeftColumnBox = \hsize - \global\let\@ColumnMode = R - \else - \setbox\@RightColumnBox = \vbox to \vsize{ - \unvbox 255 - \vfil - } - \wd\@RightColumnBox = \hsize - \shipout\vbox{ - \Header - \vskip 24pt - \@PageLine{% - \box\@LeftColumnBox - \hfil - \box\@RightColumnBox - } - } - \advancepageno - \global\let\@ColumnMode = L - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip b/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee4b7640c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1639. -\wlog{L: "outf-rad.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1639, p. I-113]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} -\def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt} -\def\newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt} -\def\newmuskip{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi} -\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\def\newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi} -\def\newhelp#1#2{\newtoks#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}} -\def\newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newif#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}% - \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false -\def\newlanguage{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi} -\def^^L{\par} -\def\newinsert#1{\global\advance\insc@unt by\m@ne - \ch@ck0\insc@unt\count - \ch@ck1\insc@unt\dimen - \ch@ck2\insc@unt\skip - \ch@ck4\insc@unt\box - \allocationnumber=\insc@unt - \global\chardef#1=\allocationnumber - \wlog{\string#1=\string\insert\the\allocationnumber}} -\def\+{\tabalign} -\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip\z@ plus.3\vsize\penalty-250 - \vskip\z@ plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip - \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent} -\def\proclaim #1. #2\par{\medbreak - \noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}{\sl#2\par}% - \ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty55 - \medskip\fi} -\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip b/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 91b2f09882..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.2, p. IV-58. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 75. -\wlog{L: "outpsel.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 75, p. IV-58]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\newcount\FirstPageNo \FirstPageNo = -100000 -\newcount\LastPageNo \LastPageNo = 100000 -\output = {% - \global\deadcycles = 0 - \ifnum\pageno < \FirstPageNo - \setbox 255 = \box\voidbox - \NewLineMessage{Output routine discards page \the\pageno, - smaller than \string\FirstPageNo.}% - \else - \ifnum\pageno > \LastPageNo - \setbox 255 = \box\voidbox - \NewLineMessage{Output routine discards page \the\pageno, - larger than \string\LastPageNo.}% - \else - \shipout\box255 - \fi - \fi - \global\advance\pageno by 1 -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a1d7a58253..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.10.2, p. III-202. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2797. -\wlog{L: "par-fl.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2797, p. III-202]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ParFl #1#2\par{% - \par - $$ - \vbox{ - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1} - \hsize = \wd0 - \noindent - \unhbox 0 - \space - #2 - } - $$ - \par -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0c41944b69..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.1.3.1, p. II-56. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 411. -\wlog{L: "par-lab.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 411, p. II-56]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\Delta@XY -\newcount\@LabeledParNesting -\@LabeledParNesting = 0 -\def\BeginAListX #1#2#3{% - \par - \bgroup - \advance\leftskip by #1 - \advance\rightskip by #2 - \advance\@LabeledParNesting by 1 - \message{\string\BeginAListX: nesting level: - \the\@LabeledParNesting}% - \@LabelCounter = 0 - \Delta@XY = #3 - \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt - \message{\string\BeginAListX: negative Delta{xy}, - made positive.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndAListX{% - \par - \egroup -} -\def\ItemLL #1{% - \par - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - #1% - \hfil - }% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemLR #1{% - \par - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hss - #1% - \hskip\Delta@XY - }% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemRL #1{% - \par - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hskip\Delta@XY - #1% - \hss - }% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemRR #1{% - \par - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil - #1% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - }% - \ignorespaces -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5f503bcc51..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.1.7, p. II-62. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 737. -\wlog{L: "par-lcl.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 737, p. II-62]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{par-lab.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@LabelCounter -\def\CountingItem{% - \advance\@LabelCounter by 1 - \ifcase\@LabeledParNesting - \or - \ItemLR{\the\@LabelCounter.}% - \or - \ItemLR{% - \advance\@LabelCounter by `\a - (\char\@LabelCounter)% - }% - \or - \ItemLR{\romannumeral\@LabelCounter.}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\CountingItem: nesting level up to 3 - supported only.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/parin.tip b/info/examples/tip/parin.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b18b4cd20d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/parin.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.9.4, p. II-35. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1808. -\wlog{L: "parin.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1808, p. II-35]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{everypar.tip} -\newdimen\NormalParIndent -\def\SetParIndent #1{% - \NormalParIndent = #1% - \parindent = #1% -} -\def\SuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = 0pt - \gdef\EveryParA{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - % \hskip-\parindent - }% -} -\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - \gdef\EveryParA{}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0627218539..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.8.1, p. III-564. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1572. -\wlog{L: "part-cr.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1572, p. III-564]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{gobble.tip} -\InputD{pickfs.tip} -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{isprefix.tip} -\InputD{droppre.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LabelsOk -\def\@LabelRefPrefix{@REF-} -\def\@LabelIsDefined #1{% - TT\fi - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@LabelRefPrefix#1}% -} -\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{% - \if\@LabelIsDefined{#1}% - \wlog{\string\@NewLabel: warning: label "#1" - already defined.}% - \fi - \NameGdef{\@LabelRefPrefix #1}{{#2}{#3}}% -} -\let\Saved@NewLabel = \@NewLabel -\def\Ref #1{% - \@ref{0}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - {??}% - \else - \@TheExpandedLabel - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\PageRef #1{% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - {??}% - \else - \@TheExpandedLabel - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\@MostRecentLabel{} -\def\@ref #1#2{% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{}% - \DefaultArg{\@ThisLabel}{#2}{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{.}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{.}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{,}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{,}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{)}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{)}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{;}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{;}% - \fi - \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}% - \if\@LabelIsDefined{\@ThisLabel}% - \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix\@ThisLabel}}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{% - \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp}% - \or - \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{% - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp}% - \fi - \else - \def\@TheExpandedLabel{??} - \wlog{\string\@ref: Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1d8981dcd9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.8.7, p. III-575. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 2185. -\wlog{L: "part-lab.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 2185, p. III-575]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LabelNow -\def\@Label #1#2#3{% - \ifnum #3 = 0 - \@LabelNowtrue - \else - \ifvmode - \ifinner - \@LabelNowtrue - \else - \@LabelNowfalse - \fi - \else - \@LabelNowtrue - \fi - \fi - \bgroup - \let\RefCounterTwo = \relax - \xdef\@LabelTempA{% - \write\@PartAuxStream{% - \string\@NewLabel{#1}{#2}{\RefCounterTwo{PageNo}}}% - }% - \egroup - \if@LabelNow - \@LabelTempA - \else - \bgroup - \let\RefCounterTwo = \relax - \xdef\EveryParC{% - \EveryParC - \@LabelTempA - }% - \egroup - \fi - \ignorespaces -} -\def\CheckLabels{% - \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: checking labels started.}% - \global\@LabelsOktrue - \@IgnoreAuxStuff - \let\@NewLabel = \@NewLabelCompare - \@ReadInAuxFiles - \if@LabelsOk - \wlog{** All labels are ok **}% - \else - \wlog{** LABELS CHANGED, reprocess document **}% - \fi - \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: done.}% -} -\def\@NewLabelCompare #1#2#3{% - \if\@LabelIsDefined{##1}% - \def\@CheckLabelTemp{{##2}{##3}}% - \edef\@@CheckLabelTemp{% - \NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix ##1}% - }% - \ifx\@CheckLabelTemp\@@CheckLabelTemp - \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \relax - \else - \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \@StopCheckingLabels - \fi - \else - \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \@StopCheckingLabels - \fi - \@CheckLabelsNext -} -\def\@StopCheckingLabels{% - \global\@LabelsOkfalse - \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fa45b1fa10..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.1, p. III-547. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 727. -\wlog{L: "part-mac.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 727, p. III-547]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pm-bas.tip} -\InputD{pm-main.tip} -\InputD{pm-wrc.tip} -\InputD{pm-4.tip} -\InputD{ts-robst.tip} -\InputD{pm-pagen.tip} -\InputD{part-cr.tip} -\InputD{part-lab.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip b/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d2b26e0f56..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.2.1, p. II-67. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 956. -\wlog{L: "parv-1.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 956, p. II-67]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen \Delta@XY -\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter -\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels -\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel -\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0 -\newcount\@LabelCounter -\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \par - \bgroup - \advance\leftskip by #1 - \advance\rightskip by #2 - \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1 - \@LabelCounter = 0 - \Delta@XY = #3 - \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt - \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy}, - made positive.}% - \fi - \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4 - \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5 - \@ParListAfterLabel = #6 - \SetParIndent{#7} -} -\def\EndAList{% - \par - \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter - \egroup -} -\def\@GenLabel #1{% - \par - \advance\@LabelCounter by 1 - \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1 - \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter - \else - \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels - \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{#1}% - \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemLL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - #1% - \hfil - }% -} -\def\ItemLR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hss - #1% - \hskip\Delta@XY - }% -} -\def\ItemRL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip\Delta@XY - #1% - \hss - }% -} -\def\ItemRR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hfil - #1% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip b/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fdafa4044f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.13, p. III-331. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 838. -\wlog{L: "pdollars.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 838, p. III-331]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintInDollar #1{% - {% - \ifnum #1 < 0 - $-$% - \count0 = -#1\relax - \else - \count0 = #1\relax - \fi - \count2 = \count0 - \divide\count0 by 100 - \the\count0.% - \multiply\count0 by 100 - \advance\count2 by -\count0 - \ifnum\count2 < 10 - 0% - \fi - \the\count2 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip b/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b779b03e10..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.7, p. III-285. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 230. -\wlog{L: "pickfs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 230, p. III-285]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PickFirstOfTwo #1#2{#1} -\def\PickSecondOfTwo #1#2{#2} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 86721bf4f7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.5, p. III-555. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1123. -\wlog{L: "pm-4.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1123, p. III-555]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{robust.tip} -\InputD{input-at.tip} -\InputD{mspaces.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\let\@ex = \expandafter -\def\WriteToAuxSpecial #1#2#3#4#5{% - {% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \edef\@WriteTemp{% - \string\@ForSpecialFile{#1}{#2}{#3}% - }% - \@ex\@ex\@ex\@p@write\@ex{\@WriteTemp}% - \edef\@WriteTemp{\EightSpaces{#4}}% - \@ex\@ex\@ex\@p@write\@ex{\@WriteTemp}% - \@p@write{\EightSpaces{#5}}% - }% -} -\def\TableOfContents #1{% - \@TableOrListOfSomething{\TocFileNameExtension}{#1}% -} -\def\ListOfFigures #1{% - \@TableOrListOfSomething{\LofFileNameExtension}{#1}% -} -\def\ListOfTables #1{% - \@TableOrListOfSomething{\LotFileNameExtension}{#1}% -} -\def\@TableOrListOfSomething #1#2{% - \wlog{\string\@TableOrListOfSomething (#1: "#2")}% - \def\@SomethingFileList{}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces (whole document)}% - \edef\@SpecialFileBaseName{\jobname}% - \i@write\@TmpFileStream{% - \string\@BuildSpecialFile - {#1}% - {\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}% - }% - {% - \def\\##1{% - \i@write\@TmpFileStream - {\string\InputC{##1.\AuxFileNameExtension}}}% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentList - }% - \else - \wlog{\EightSpaces (some parts only)}% - \edef\@SpecialFileBaseName{\CurrentPartName}% - \i@write\@TmpFileStream{% - \noexpand\@BuildSpecialFile - {#1}% - {\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}% - } - \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@SomethingFileList}{#2}% - {% - \def\\##1{% - \i@write\@TmpFileStream - {\string\InputC{##1.\AuxFileNameExtension}}% - \if\MemberOfListConditional - {\@AllPartsOfDocumentList}{##1}% - \else - \wlog{\string\@TableOrListOfSomething: - WARNING: part "##1" does NOT - belong to this document!}% - \fi - }% - \@SomethingFileList - }% - \fi - \i@write\@TmpFileStream{\string\@EndBuildSpecialFile}% - \InputCWithAt{\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}% -} -\def\@BuildNewSpecialFiles{% - \wlog{\string\@BuildNewSpecialFiles: started.}% - \InputAt{\jobname.\TmpFileNameExtension}% - \wlog{\string\@BuildNewSpecialFiles: done.}% -} -\def\@BuildSpecialFile #1#2{% - \begingroup - \@MakeRobustMacros - \wlog{\string\@BuildSpecialFile: working on "#2".}% - \@IgnoreAuxStuff - \let\@ForSpecialFile = \@ForSpecialFileSave - \def\@ForSpecialFileExtension{#1}% - \OpenGenericOStream{#2}% -} -\def\@ForSpecialFileSave #1#2#3#4#5{% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@ForSpecialFileExtension}% - \i@write\GenericOStream{% - \string\EntryInto#1% - {#2}{#3}% - }% - \i@write\GenericOStream{% - \EightSpaces{#4}% - }% - \i@write\GenericOStream{% - \EightSpaces{#5}% - }% - \fi -}% -\def\@EndBuildSpecialFile{% - \CloseGenericOStream - \wlog{\string\@EndBuildSpecialFile: closed file}% - \endgroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 0b01f9455d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.7, p. III-562. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1483. -\wlog{L: "pm-auxco.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1483, p. III-562]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pm-bas.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WriteAuxFileComment #1{% - \@p@write{\PercentSignPure\space #1.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e979179547..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.2, p. III-548. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 743. -\wlog{L: "pm-bas.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 743, p. III-548]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{inputc.tip} -\InputD{gobble.tip} -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{conval.tip} -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\InputD{input-at.tip} -\InputD{genostr.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{tex} -\def\AuxFileNameExtension{aux} -\def\TocFileNameExtension{toc} -\def\LofFileNameExtension{lof} -\def\LotFileNameExtension{lot} -\def\TmpFileNameExtension{tmp} -\newwrite\@PartAuxStream -\newwrite\@TmpFileStream -\def\i@write{\immediate\write} -\def\i@openout{\immediate\openout} -\def\i@closeout{\immediate\closeout} - -\def\@ip@write{\i@write\@PartAuxStream} -\def\@p@write{\write\@PartAuxStream} -\def\@IgnoreAuxStuff{% - \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree - \let\@SetCounter = \GobbleTwo - \let\@ForSpecialFile = \GobbleFive -} -\def\@ReadInAuxFiles{% - {% - \def\\##1{\InputCWithAt{##1.aux}}% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentList - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2ec2287495..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.3, p. III-549. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 825. -\wlog{L: "pm-main.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 825, p. III-549]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{conval.tip} -\InputD{ts-wind.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifPartVerbose -\PartVerbosefalse -\def\InitialParts{% - \def\@AllPartsOfDocumentList{}% - \def\@ToProcessList{}% -} -\def\DocPart #1{% - \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@AllPartsOfDocumentList}{#1}% - \ifPartVerbose - {% - \wlog{\string\DocPart: List now current list of parts - of this document:}% - \def\\##1{\wlog{Document part "##1"}}% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentList - }% - \fi -} -\def\ProcessPart #1{% - \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@ToProcessList}{#1}% - \ifPartVerbose - {% - \wlog{\string\ProcessPart: List of parts which will - be processed.}% - \def\\##1{% - \wlog{Part which will be processed: "##1"}% - }% - \@ToProcessList - }% - \fi -} -\def\ProcessNow{% - \wlog{\string\ProcessNow: Start reading - all auxiliary files.}% - \@IgnoreAuxStuff - \let\@NewLabel = \Saved@NewLabel - \@ReadInAuxFiles - \wlog{\string\ProcessNow: Done reading all auxiliary files.}% - \i@openout\@TmpFileStream = \jobname.\TmpFileNameExtension - \let\@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy = \@AllPartsOfDocumentList - {% - \def\\{\noexpand\@DoPart}% - \xdef\@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy{% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy - }% - }% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy -} -\newif\if@ProcessThisPart -\def\@DoPart #1{% - \gdef\CurrentPartName{#1}% - \@ProcessThisPartfalse - \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ToProcessList}% - \@ProcessThisParttrue - \fi - \if\MemberOfListConditional{\@ToProcessList}{\CurrentPartName}% - \@ProcessThisParttrue - \fi - \if@ProcessThisPart - \@DoPartProcess - \else - \@DoPartNotProcess - \fi -} -\def\@DoPartProcess{% - \wlog{\string\@DoPartProcess: process part "\CurrentPartName".} - \i@openout\@PartAuxStream = - \CurrentPartName.\AuxFileNameExtension - \OpenIndexFiles{\CurrentPartName}% - \input \CurrentPartName.\PartSourceFileNameExtension - \EvalEveryParsCE - \vfill\supereject - \WriteCountersToAuxFile - \wlog{\string\@DoPart: "\CurrentPartName" was processed.}% - \i@closeout\@PartAuxStream - \NameUse{CloseIndexFiles}% -} -\def\@DoPartNotProcess{% - \wlog{\string\@DoPartNotProcess: - "\CurrentPartName.\PartSourceFileNameExtension" not - processed.}% - \@IgnoreAuxStuff - \let\@SetCounter = \SetCounter - \InputCWithAt{\CurrentPartName.\AuxFileNameExtension} - \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs -} -\def\EndProcessing{% - \i@closeout\@TmpFileStream - \@BuildNewSpecialFiles -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8ee88fc978..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.8, p. III-562. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1499. -\wlog{L: "pm-pagen.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1499, p. III-562]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{counters.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}{\TheCounter{PageNo}}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}} -\NewCounter{SWPageNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}{\TheCounter{SWPageNo}} -\def\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs{% - \CounterToRegister{\global\pageno}{PageNo}% -} -\SetCounter{PageNo}{1} -\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs -\def\advancepageno{% - \StepCounter{PageNo}% - \StepCounter{SWPageNo}% - \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs -} -\def\folio{% - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a6cc96c4d7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.4, p. III-554. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1076. -\wlog{L: "pm-wrc.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-554]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{counters.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{% - \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{PageNo}% -} -\def\@WriteCounter #1{% - \@ip@write{% - \noexpand\@SetCounter - {#1}% - {\expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip b/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 98042556e5..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.8.2, p. I-51. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1154. -\wlog{L: "pmtime.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1154, p. I-51]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{leadingz.tip} -\newcount\Hour -\newcount\Minute -\def\PrintMilTime{% - \Hour = \time - \divide\Hour by 60 - \Minute = \Hour - \multiply\Minute by 60 - \advance\Minute by -\time - \Minute = -\Minute - \LeadingZ{\the\Hour}:\LeadingZ{\the\Minute}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip b/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 6c336e0c1f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.5.3, p. I-183. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1471. -\wlog{L: "poorbold.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1471, p. I-183]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\BoldfaceFake #1#2{% - \hbox{% - \hbox to #2{#1\hss}% - \hbox to #2{#1\hss}% - \hbox {#1}% % Last time print text with reg. width. - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip b/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f7f92f7615..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.5, p. I-48. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1017. -\wlog{L: "pralph.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1017, p. I-48]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintAlph #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1% - \advance\count0 by -1 - \advance\count0 by `\a - \char\count0 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip b/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2e4c8829be..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.12, p. III-374. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 773. -\wlog{L: "prevday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 773, p. III-374]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\InputD{ndaysmo.tip} -\InputD{copydate.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempPrevDay -\def\PrevDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \advance #6 by -1 - \ifnum #6 = 0 - \advance #5 by -1 - \ifnum #5 = 0 - #5 = 12 - \advance #4 by -1 - \fi - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip b/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9513222954..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.15, p. III-379. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1035. -\wlog{L: "prevmon.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1035, p. III-379]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legdate.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PrevMonth #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - #3 = #1\relax - #4 = #2\relax - \advance #4 by -1 - \ifnum #4 = 0 - #4 = 12 - \advance #3 by -1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip b/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1d7737a5c3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.7.13, p. II-146. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1929. -\wlog{L: "prhyph.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1929, p. II-146]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{shboxes.tip} -\def\PrintHyphens #1{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{% - \pretolerance = -1 - \hyphenpenalty = -10000 - \hsize = 0pt - \leftskip = 0pt - \rightskip = 0pt - \parfillskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \hfuzz = \maxdimen - \interlinepenalty = 0 - \clubpenalty = 0 - \widowpenalty = 0 - \brokenpenalty = 0 - \hskip 0pt - #1 - }% - \setbox2 = \hbox{}% - \setbox 9 = \vbox{% - \unvbox 0 - \loop - \unskip - \setbox 1 = \lastbox - \ifhbox 1 - \global\setbox 2 = \hbox{% - \unhbox 1 - \discretionary{}{}{}% - \unhbox 2 - }% - \repeat - }% - \unhbox 2 - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip b/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2e0e5dff76..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.2.3, p. I-216. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 418. -\wlog{L: "primmark.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 418, p. I-216]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrimitiveMarker{% - \leavevmode - {% - \footnotesize\tt - \llap{*}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printast.tip b/info/examples/tip/printast.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3ad5263963..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/printast.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.1, p. III-397. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 37. -\wlog{L: "printast.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 37, p. III-397]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newcount\AstCount -\def\PrintAsterisk #1{% - \AstCount = #1 - \ifnum\AstCount < 0 - \errmessage{\string\PrintAsterisk: negative counter.}% - \AstCount = 0 - \fi - \PrintAsteriskRec -} -\def\PrintAsteriskRec{% - *% - \advance\AstCount by -1 - \ifnum\AstCount = 0 - \let\next = \relax - \else - \let\next = \PrintAsteriskRec - \fi - \next -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printco.tip b/info/examples/tip/printco.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2c41b3dc3c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/printco.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.4.1, p. I-68. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 2088. -\wlog{L: "printco.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 2088, p. I-68]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\arabic #1{\number#1} -\def\roman #1{% - \romannumeral #1% -} -\def\Roman #1{% - \ifcase #1\or - I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\or - VI\or VII\or VIII\or IX\or X\or - XI\or XII\or XIII\or XIV\or XV\or - XVI\or XVII\or XVIII\or XIX\or XX\or - XXI\or XXII\or XXIII\or XXIV\or XV% - \else - \errmessage{\string\Roman: argument \number#1 out - of range, larger than 25.}% - \fi -} -\def\alph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i% - \else - \@Morealph{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\@Morealph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or - \or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r% - \or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@Morealph: argument too large.}% - \fi -} -\def\Alph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I% - \else - \@MoreAlph{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\@MoreAlph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or - \or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R% - \or S\or T\or U \or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@MoreAlph: argument too large.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip b/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e7e3335b5b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.6.1, p. III-164. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 740. -\wlog{L: "printreg.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 740, p. III-164]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintRegister #1{% - The current value of {\tt\string #1} is \the#1.% -} -\def\LogRegister #1{% - \message{The current value of \string#1 is \the#1.} -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip b/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5576e88c83..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.23.1, p. III-348. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1756. -\wlog{L: "prmode.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1756, p. III-348]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PrintMode{% - \ifinner - \ifvmode \message{Current mode: inner vertical}\fi - \ifhmode \message{Current mode: restricted horizontal}\fi - \ifmmode \message{Current mode: (inline) math}\fi - \else - \ifvmode \message{Current mode: (regular) vertical}\fi - \ifhmode \message{Current mode: (regular) horizontal}\fi - \ifmmode \message{Current mode: display math}\fi - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip b/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip deleted file mode 100644 index dd9ea460f8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.4, p. III-362. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 250. -\wlog{L: "prmonth.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 250, p. III-362]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{legmonth.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ProvideMonth #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalMonth{#1}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \or - \def#3{January}\or - \def#3{February}\or - \def#3{March}\or - \def#3{April}\or - \def#3{May}\or - \def#3{June}\or - \def#3{July}\or - \def#3{August}\or - \def#3{September}\or - \def#3{October}\or - \def#3{November}\or - \def#3{December}% - \fi - \ifnum #2 = 1 - \def\@TempProvideMonth ##1##2##3##4\@Del{% - \xdef#3{##1##2##3}% - }% - \expandafter\@TempProvideMonth#3\@Del - \fi -} -\def\PrintMonth #1#2{% - {% - \ProvideMonth{#1}{#2}{\@PrintMonth}% - \@PrintMonth - }% -} -\def\PrintCurrentMonth{% - \PrintMonth{\month}{0}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prot.tip b/info/examples/tip/prot.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 771a25fd2f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/prot.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.6.1, p. III-525. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1774. -\wlog{L: "prot.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1774, p. III-525]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{mspaces.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifProtWrite -\ProtWritetrue -\newcount\@ProtCount -\newcount\@ProtCountX -\newwrite\@ProtWrite -\def\InitProtWrite{% - \ifProtWrite - \immediate\openout\@ProtWrite = \jobname.prt - \fi -} -\def\CloseProtWrite{% - \immediate\closeout\@ProtWrite -} -\def\WriteProtocol #1#2{% - \ifProtWrite - {% - \@ProtCount = #1\relax - \def\@WriteSpace{}% - \DoLoop{\count1}{1}{1}{\@ProtCount}% - {\edef\@WriteSpace{\@WriteSpace\FourSpaces}}% - \immediate\write\@ProtWrite{\@WriteSpace #2}% - }% - \fi -} -\def\BoxToProtocol #1#2#3{% - \ifProtWrite - {% - \WriteProtocol {#1}{\string\BoxToProtocol: #3}% - \@ProtCountX = #1\relax - \advance\@ProtCountX by 1 - \ifvoid #2% - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is void.}% - \else - \ifhbox #2% - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is an hbox.}% - \else - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is a vbox.}% - \fi - \fi - \ifvoid #2% - \else - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}% - {Dimensions: (\the\ht#2+\the\dp#2)*\the\wd#2.}% - \fi - }% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip b/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b4966fd908..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.9, p. III-328. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 668. -\wlog{L: "rangetst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 668, p. III-328]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@InRange -\def\InRangeConditional #1#2#3{% - TT\fi - \@InRangetrue - \ifnum #1<#2\relax - \@InRangefalse - \fi - \ifnum #1>#3\relax - \@InRangefalse - \fi - \if@InRange -} - -\def\CheckRange #1#2#3#4{% - \ifnum #1 < #2\relax - \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}% - \fi - \ifnum #1>#3\relax - \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}% - \fi -} -\def\CheckZeroOneRange #1#2{% - \CheckRange{#1}{0}{1}{#2}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip b/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d3e45a3599..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.7, p. I-99. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1054. -\wlog{L: "rboxt.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1054, p. I-99]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ReportBoxType #1{% - \message{\string\ReportBoxType: }% - \ifvoid #1\message{Box register #1 is void.}\fi - \ifhbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a horizontal box.}\fi - \ifvbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a vertical box.}\fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/readme b/info/examples/tip/readme deleted file mode 100644 index eaaeda142b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/readme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -This is release 1.0 of the bug report with all macros (some of which -have been fixed). Run {\tt tip-bugs.tex} through {\tt tex} -(plain format is what you want to use!), print the file and -you are in business. - -And if you do a "initex texipexp.tex" you get fmt file -"texipexp.fmt". Rename this file to "texip.fmt." You now have -a .fmt file with all the relevant macros preloaded. - -And before I forget it: texip.idx contains an ASCII version of the -index which you can bring up in your favorite editor if you search -for a term in the index. Please tell me whether you found a machine -readable index a useful feature. - -Thank you. - -For you PC people ------------------ -On your diskette you find three files: - readme - lha.exe - texip.lzh - -1. If you execute "lha l texip" you can see the contents - of "texip.lzh" -2. If you execute "lha x texip" you can extract the contents - of "texip.lzh" diff --git a/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip b/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bf55ecd290..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.2.7, p. III-455. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 470. -\wlog{L: "readnu.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 470, p. III-455]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@ReadNumberStream -\newcount\ReadANumberResult -\def\InitReadNumbers #1{% - \openin\@ReadNumberStream = #1 -} -\def\@ReadANumberPar{\par} -\def\ReadANumber{% - \ifeof\@ReadNumberStream - \ReadANumberResult = -1 - \else - \read\@ReadNumberStream to \@ReadANumberTemp - \ifx\@ReadANumberTemp\@ReadANumberPar - \ReadANumberResult = -1 - \else - \ReadANumberResult = \@ReadANumberTemp - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip b/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip deleted file mode 100644 index acbbfcf59e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.4.4, p. I-241. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1737. -\wlog{L: "redtost.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1737, p. I-241]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@ReduceToStrutBox -\def\ReduceToStrut #1{% - \setbox\@ReduceToStrutBox = \hbox{#1}% - \vrule height \ht\@ReduceToStrutBox - depth \dp\@ReduceToStrutBox - width 0pt -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip b/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 87bac0dd08..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.20.1, p. III-309. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1412. -\wlog{L: "remtlsp.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1412, p. III-309]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{% - \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}% -} -\def\RemTsp #1#2{% - \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }% - \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}% - \def#1{#2}% - \else - \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}% - \@RemTspTempA - \fi -} -\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}} -\def\RemLsp #1#2{% - \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}% - \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}% - \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}% - \else - \def#1{#2}% - \fi -} -\edef\@RemLspTwo{% - \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{% - \def##2{##1}% - }% -} -\@RemLspTwo -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/restring.tip b/info/examples/tip/restring.tip deleted file mode 100644 index f83e586b72..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/restring.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.16, p. III-298. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 866. -\wlog{L: "restring.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 866, p. III-298]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testsubs.tip} -\InputD{endrec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}% - \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}% - \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{% - \RecursionMacroEnd - {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}% - {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}% -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{% - \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1% -}% -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub - ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}% - }% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain - \@EndReplaceSubStrings - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{% - \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip b/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 08921b4d9b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.17.1, p. III-301. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1003. -\wlog{L: "reverses.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1003, p. III-301]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{showx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ReverseString #1#2{% - \def\@ReverseStringName{#1}% - \def\@ReversedString{}% - \edef\@ReverseTemp{#2}% - \ShowX\@ReverseTemp - \expandafter\@ReverseString\@ReverseTemp\@Del -} -\def\@ReverseString #1{% - \ifx #1\@Del - \expandafter\edef\@ReverseStringName{\@ReversedString}% - \let\@ReverseStringNext = \relax - \else - \edef\@ReversedString{#1\@ReversedString}% - \let\@ReverseStringNext = \@ReverseString - \def\@ReverseStringNext{\@ReverseString}% - \fi - \@ReverseStringNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip b/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a2c4315613..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 34.7.4.3, p. IV-84. -% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 1068. -\wlog{L: "rh-dict.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 1068, p. IV-84]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\raggedright -\hsize = 11pc -\vsize = 19pc -\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt -\headline = {% - \ifodd\pageno - \RightlineR{\it\botmark}% - \else - \LeftlineR{\it\firstmark}% - \fi -} -\EliminateRuledBoxes diff --git a/info/examples/tip/robust.tip b/info/examples/tip/robust.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 925a2a2606..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/robust.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.5.7, p. III-481. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1716. -\wlog{L: "robust.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1716, p. III-481]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{fotok.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\MakeRobust{} -\def\TreatAsRobust #1{% - \def #1{% - \noexpand #1% - }% -} -\newtoks\@RobustTokenList -\@RobustTokenList = {} -\def\AddToRobustList #1{% - \@RobustTokenList = \expandafter{\the\@RobustTokenList #1}% -} -\def\Robusting{% - \ForEachToken{\@RobustTokenList}{\TreatAsRobust}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip b/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 814f269405..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.3.3, p. III-402. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 309. -\wlog{L: "samplepa.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 309, p. III-402]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@SampleParCounter -\newcount\@SampleParSentenceCounter -\@SampleParCounter = 1 -\def\SamplePar #1#2{% - \@SampleParSentenceCounter = 0 - Identification of this paragraph: {\it #1}. - {\it Sample paragraph~\the\@SampleParCounter, - with~#2 sentences}. So here we go, - and when you check the number of sentences, then note - that these first two sentences do {\it not\/} count. - \loop - \advance\@SampleParSentenceCounter by 1 - This is one of the many sentences this macro - generates, to be more specific it is sentence - number~\the\@SampleParSentenceCounter\space of~#2. - \ifnum\@SampleParSentenceCounter < #2 - \repeat - \par - \global\advance\@SampleParCounter by 1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip b/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 441ec442b7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.4.3.1, p. I-239. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1639. -\wlog{L: "setstrut.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1639, p. I-239]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@StrutBaseDimension -\newdimen\@StrutSkipTemp -\def\ComputeStrut{% - \@StrutBaseDimension = \baselineskip - \ifdim\baselineskip < 0pt - \errhelp = {You probably called \string\offinterlineskip - before \string\ComputeStrut} - \errmessage{\string\ComputeStrut: negative - \string\baselineskip (\the\baselineskip)}% - \fi -} -\def\MyStrut{% - \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - width 0pt -} -\def\HigherStrut #1{% - \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1% - \vrule height \@StrutSkipTemp - depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - width 0pt -} -\def\DeeperStrut #1{% - \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1% - \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - depth \@StrutSkipTemp - width 0pt -} -\ComputeStrut -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip b/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 6137e5ab7e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.15, p. I-111. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1524. -\wlog{L: "shboxes.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1524, p. I-111]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ShowBoxAll #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 10000 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} -\def\ShowBoxDepthOne #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 1 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} -\def\ShowBoxDepthTwo #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 2 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip b/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index b2554b525a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.5.7, p. I-254. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2416. -\wlog{L: "shiftudb.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2416, p. I-254]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{chboxd.tip} -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\def\ShiftRefPointUpOrDown #1#2{% - \AdvanceBoxDimension{\ht#1}{#2}% - \ifdim\ht#1 < 0pt - \ht#1 = 0pt - \fi - \AdvanceBoxDimension{\dp#1}{-#2}% - \ifdim\dp#1 < 0pt - \dp#1 = 0pt - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip b/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 896edbf166..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.8, p. IV-120. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1726. -\wlog{L: "showpll.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1726, p. IV-120]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{shboxes.tip} -\InputD{op-pagec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifShowPlainLists -\ShowPlainListsfalse -\def\@ShowPlainLists{% - \ifShowPlainLists - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: main vertical list ***}% - \wlog{*** Page number (\string\count0): \the\count0 - \space***}% - \ShowBoxDepthOne{255}% - \ifvoid\footins - \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no footnotes.}% - \else - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: footnote box ***}% - \ShowBoxDepthOne{\footins}% - \fi - \ifvoid\topins - \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no topinserts.}% - \else - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: top inserts ***}% - \ShowBoxDepthTwo{\topins}% - \fi - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: end dump of - page: \the\count0 \space ***}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/showx.tip b/info/examples/tip/showx.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7a02c3ef1f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/showx.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.11, p. III-178. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1413. -\wlog{L: "showx.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1413, p. III-178]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newif\ifShowX -\ShowXfalse -\def\ShowX #1{% - \ifShowX - {% - \nonstopmode - \show #1% - }% - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip b/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1fe31c966c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 6.10.2, p. I-201. -% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2409. -\wlog{L: "sigline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2409, p. I-201]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\SignatureLine #1#2{% - \hbox{% - \hbox to 0pt{% - \vrule width #1 height 0.6pt depth 0pt - \hss % Equivalent to \hskip -#1. - }% - \lower 10pt \hbox to #1{\hfil #2\hfil}% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip b/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4e9488cc27..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.2.9, p. II-282. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 958. -\wlog{L: "spacefac.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 958, p. II-282]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SaveSpaceFactor{% - \xdef\@SavedSpaceFactor{% - \spacefactor = \the\spacefactor - }% -} -\def\RestoreSpaceFactor{% - \@SavedSpaceFactor -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d40236d2df..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.2.12, p. I-296. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1096. -\wlog{L: "splitpar.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1096, p. I-296]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PPLineNumber -\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox -\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp -\def\PrintParWithLineNumbers #1{% - \par - \@PPLineNumber = 1 - \splittopskip = 0.6666\baselineskip - \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox = \vbox{#1} - \@PrintParWithLineNumbers -} -\def\@PrintParWithLineNumbers{ - \ifvoid\@PrintParWithLinesBox - \let\@PPNext = \relax - \else - \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp = - \vsplit\@PrintParWithLinesBox to 0.666\baselineskip - \hbox{% - \llap{% - \the\@PPLineNumber:% - \hskip 10pt - }% - \box \@PrintParWithLinesTemp - }% - \advance\@PPLineNumber by 1 - \wlog{Line \the\@PPLineNumber}% - \let\@PPNext = \@PrintParWithLineNumbers - \fi - \@PPNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip b/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 395661358e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 14.5.7, p. II-206. -% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 951. -\wlog{L: "ssmath.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 951, p. II-206]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\SameSizeMath{ - \textfont0 = \tenrm - \scriptfont0 = \tenrm - \scriptscriptfont0 = \tenrm - \textfont1 = \tenit - \scriptfont1 = \tenit - \scriptscriptfont1 = \tenit - \textfont2 = \tensy - \scriptfont2 = \tensy - \scriptscriptfont2 = \tensy - \textfont3 = \tenex - \scriptfont3 = \tenex - \scriptscriptfont3 = \tenex - \textfont\itfam = \tenit - \textfont\slfam = \tensl - \textfont\bffam = \tenbf - \scriptfont\bffam = \tenbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam = \tenbf - \textfont\ttfam = \tentt -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip b/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 053de2ca60..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 15.2.6, p. II-237. -% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 538. -\wlog{L: "strleng.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 538, p. II-237]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newcount\StringLengthResult -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@StringLengthBoxA -\newbox\@StringLengthBoxB -\def\StringLength #1{% - \setbox\@StringLengthBoxA = \hbox{\tt #1}% - \setbox\@StringLengthBoxB = \hbox{\tt A}% - \StringLengthResult = \wd\@StringLengthBoxA - \divide\StringLengthResult by \wd\@StringLengthBoxB -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip b/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 76d8c936d3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.19.1, p. III-341. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1398. -\wlog{L: "stswitch.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1398, p. III-341]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@StringSwitchMatchCount -\def\StringSwitch #1#2{% - \edef\@StringSwitchMasterString{#1}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: master string - must not be the empty string.}% - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode{#2}% - \@StringSwitchMatchCount = 0 - \@StringSwitch -} -\def\@StringSwitchOne #1#2{% - \def\@StringSwitchString{#1}% - \def\@StringSwitchAction{#2}% -} -\def\@StringSwitch #1{% - \@StringSwitchOne #1% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@StringSwitchString}% - \ifcase\@StringSwitchMatchCount - \@StringSwitchAction - \or - \else - \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: double match.}% - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchNext{}% - \else - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@StringSwitchMasterString}% - {\@StringSwitchString}% - \advance\@StringSwitchMatchCount by 1 - \@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode - \@StringSwitchAction - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchNext{\@StringSwitch}% - \fi - \@StringSwitchNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/substf.tip b/info/examples/tip/substf.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d091324c5f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/substf.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.3, p. II-265. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 159. -\wlog{L: "substf.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 159, p. II-265]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{% - \def#1{% - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of - #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\let #1 = #4% - #1% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip b/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fd81044f0a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.10, p. I-102. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1246. -\wlog{L: "sumhd.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1246, p. I-102]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\OverallSize #1#2{% - #1 = \ht#2\relax - \advance#1 by \dp#2\relax -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a5bdcd9b15..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.5, p. I-98. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 987. -\wlog{L: "swapbox.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 987, p. I-98]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@SwapBox -\def\SwapBoxRegs #1#2{% - \setbox\@SwapBox = \box#1% - \setbox#1 = \box#2% - \setbox#2 = \box\@SwapBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip b/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c84cae05af..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 40.6.8, p. IV-333. -% Original source in file "table3.TEX", starting line 1654. -\wlog{L: "tabcent.tip" ["table3.TEX," l. 1654, p. IV-333]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\TableBeginCentered{% - $$ - \vbox\bgroup - \offinterlineskip - \tabskip = 0pt - \halign\bgroup -} -\def\TableEndCentered{% - \crcr - \egroup - \egroup - $$ -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip b/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 87d9698106..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 38.3.7, p. IV-212. -% Original source in file "table1.TEX", starting line 684. -\wlog{L: "tabswb.tip" ["table1.TEX," l. 684, p. IV-212]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{maxmindi.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@WidthSavingBox -\def\WidthSavingBox #1#2{% - \setbox\@WidthSavingBox = \hbox{#1}% - \MaxDimen{#2}{#2}{\wd\@WidthSavingBox}{\global}% - \box\@WidthSavingBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip b/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d9bff77499..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-173. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1179. -\wlog{L: "testdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1179, p. III-173]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@Defined -\def\DefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1% - \@Definedfalse - \else - \@Definedtrue - \fi - \if@Defined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip b/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip deleted file mode 100644 index dc5bcf2691..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.15.1, p. III-293. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 661. -\wlog{L: "testsubs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 661, p. III-293]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{showx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@TestSubString -\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@MainString{#1}% - \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}% - \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp -} -\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{% - \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{% - \def\@TestTemp{##1}% - }% - \ShowX{\@TestSubS}% - \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del - \ShowX{\@TestTemp}% - \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp - \@TestSubStringfalse - \else - \@TestSubStringtrue - \fi - \if@TestSubString -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/texip.idx b/info/examples/tip/texip.idx deleted file mode 100644 index 3283cc0306..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/texip.idx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3918 +0,0 @@ -% This is an ASCII version of the index of all four volumes -% of "TeX in Practice", Copyright (C) 1993 Springer-Verlag New York. -% The index is provided to you in machine readable form for your own -% convinience so you can bring up the index in a text editor to -% search for a term. - - - \,, II-185 - \;, II-185 - \>, II-185 - \BackslashTt\LeftQuoteTt, I-20 - \VisibleSpaceTt, I-23, I-24 - \BackslashTt\BackslashTt, II-37, II-43 - \DollarSignTt\DollarSignTt, II-156 - \PercentSignTt, I-17, III-10 - \BackslashTt\DoubleQuoteTt, I-21 - \AmpersandTt, I-17, I-24, I-199, IV-201 - spaces, IV-229 - \RightQuoteTt, I-20, III-24 - \AcuteAccentTt, I-20 - \RightQuoteTt\RightQuoteTt\space(''), I-20 - \LeftQuoteTt\space (reverse apostrophe or left quote), I-20 - \BackslashTt\VisibleSpaceTt, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17 - \LeftQuoteTt\LeftQuoteTt\space (``), I-20 - \DoubleQuoteTt, I-20, I-40 - \LeftParenthesisTt\RightParenthesisTt, I-19 - \LeftBracketTt\RightBracketTt, I-19 - \PoundSignTt, I-18 - \BackslashTt\LeftBraceTt, I-19 - \LeftBraceTt\RightBraceTt, I-4, I-18 - \BackslashTt\RightBraceTt, I-19 - \PlusSignTt, I-19 - \BackslashTt\PlusSignTt, I-19, I-198 - \HyphenTt, I-21, I-23 - \MinusSignTt, I-19, I-23 - \-, II-139 - \EnDashTt\space (en-dash), I-21, I-23 - \EmDashTt\space (em-dash), I-21, I-23 - {$\pm$}, II-167 - $\mp$, II-167 - \BackslashTt/ (italic correction), II-256 - $|$, I-154 - \BackslashTt, I-4, I-16, III-10, III-65 - \LessThanSign, I-20 - \GreaterThanSign=, II-168 - =/, III-24 - \GreaterThanSign, I-20 - \BackslashTt,, II-207 - \PeriodTt, I-21 - $\cdots$ {\it see\/} \cdots, I-22 - $\cdots$ {\it see\/} \ldots, I-22 - \QuestionMarkTt, I-19 - \OpenQuestionTt, I-19 - \ExclamationPointTt, I-19 - \OpenExclamationTt, I-19 - \UnderscoreTt, I-18, II-160 - \DollarSignTt, I-17, II-155 - \BackslashTt\UnderscoreTt, I-18, III-24 - \CaretTt, I-4 - \BackslashTt\CaretTt, I-18 - \TildeTt, I-22, I-25, I-159, III-15 - \BackslashTt\TildeTt, I-22 - \ddag, I-23 - \AtSignTt, I-16, III-13 - category code, III-13 - \BackslashTt\ExclamationPointTt, II-185 - - - 255 - box register, I-37, IV-2, IV-45, IV-51, IV-58 - - - 256, I-44 - - - \AA, I-22 - \aa, I-22 - abbreviations, I-22 - *\above, II-172, II-173 - *\abovedisplayshortskip, I-93, - II-217, IV-14 - *\abovedisplayskip, I-93, II-217, - IV-9, IV-14 - *\abovewidthdelims, II-172 - absolute value - dimension, I-81, I-91 - number, I-57 - \AbsoluteValue, I-57 - Acc, II-192 - *\accent, II-12, II-294 - accents, II-294 - acute, I-20 - bar-under, IV-354 - cedilla, IV-354 - circumflex, I-18 - dot-under, IV-354 - grave, I-20 - math, II-177, II-197, II-294 - text, II-294 - wide, II-177 - \AccessArrayElement, III-136, III-137 - \active, III-15 - active characters, I-24, I-25, III-15, III-16 - end-of-line, I-25 - delimiters, III-191 - math mode, III-23 - plain format, III-24 - space, I-25 - tilde, III-15 - \acute, II-177 - acute accent, I-20 - \AcuteAccentText, III-28 - \AcuteAccentTt, III-28 - \AddBoxToQueue, III-423, III-426 - \AddCounterToResetList, I-75 - \AddInfo, III-118, III-119, III-210 - \AddToRobustList, III-482 - *\adjdemerits, I-54, II-143, - II-149 - administrative files, I-10, III-541 - *\advance, I-39 - \AdvanceBoxDimension, I-102 - \AdvanceByTabStops, IV-299 - \advancepageno, III-563, IV-50, IV-93 - .afm, II-324 - *\afterassignment, I-235, I-336, - I-338, II-108, III-112, III-235, III-236, - III-315 - grouping, III-239 - multiple, III-238 - \AfterEveryPar, III-349 - *\aftergroup, I-338, III-111, III-112, - III-315, IV-99 - \aleph, II-167 - algorithm - page breaking, IV-1--IV-38 - alignment - columns, IV-200 - vboxes, I-256 - vertical, IV-355 - allocation - box registers, I-95 - \allowbreak, I-159, IV-17 - \Alph, I-68 - \alph, I-68, I-69, II-62 - \alpha, II-166 - alphabet - calligraphic, II-167 - \AlwaysBaseLineSkip, I-232 - \amalg, II-168 - American Mathematical Society, I-14 - ampersand, I-17, I-24, I-199, IV-201 - spaces, IV-229 - \AmpersandText, III-28 - \AmpersandTt, III-28 - AMS, I-14 - AMSFonts, II-247 - \AmSTeX, I-9 - \AmSTeX, III-166 - amstex, II-315 - \angle, II-167 - \angt, I-20, II-223 - Apollo system, I-2 - apostrophe, I-20, III-24 - \ApostropheText, III-28 - \ApostropheTt, III-28 - \Appendix, III-601 - \AppendixRef, III-610 - \AppendVerbatimL, III-44, III-54 - \AppendVerbWrite, III-512 - \approx, II-169, II-170 - \arabic, I-68 - Arabic numerals, I-16, I-47 - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek, III-381 - \arccos, II-165 - \arcsin, II-165 - \arctan, II-165 - \arg, II-165 - arguments, III-181, III-218 - default, III-265 - delimited, III-99 - empty, III-182 - delimited parameters, III-195 - formal, I-35 - normalizing of, III-347 - optional, III-253, III-260 - spaces in, III-185 - arithmetic - absolute value, I-57 - counter registers, I-50 - modular, I-51, I-58 - registers, I-37--I-39 - array macros, III-77--III-83, III-135--III-149 - associative memory, III-77 - \ArrayIndexCheck, III-136 - ASCII code, I-40, I-43, III-3, III-4 - \AssignCounterToReg, I-70, I-76 - associative memory, III-77 - \ast, II-168 - \asymp, II-169 - at, II-242 - atoms, II-191 - field, II-191 - nucleus, II-192 - types, II-191, II-192 - *\atop, II-172, II-173 - *\atopwithdelims, II-173 - \AtPage, III-608 - \AtSignText, III-28 - \AtSignTt, III-28 - automatic - footnote numbering, IV-102, IV-156 - list numbering, II-62 - .aux, II-324 - auxiliary part files, III-541, III-542 - - - \B, III-434, III-435 - \b, IV-354 - \Backslash, III-28 - \backslash, I-17, II-167 - \BackslashTt, III-28 - *\badness, I-56, I-129 - badness, I-127--I-135 - 1,000,000, I-128 - 10,000, I-128 - computation, I-128 - zero badness, I-128 - \bar, II-177 - base name, I-5, III-447 - baseline, I-218 - *\baselineskip, I-28, I-93, - I-217--I-235, II-11, II-91, II-110, - II-112, II-269, II-270, II-274, IV-3, IV-13, - IV-171, IV-255, 70 - \topskip, I-257 - typical settings, I-220 - *\batchmode, I-106, III-442, III-521 - .bbl, II-324 - beautiful, I-2 - *\beforedisplayskip, IV-36 - \BeginAList, II-55, II-67 - \BeginAListX, II-55, II-56 - \Beginalt, III-57 - \BeginCenter, II-101 - \BeginDisplayMath, II-159 - \BeginDoubleColumns, IV-176 - \BeginEndNote, III-518 - \BeginEnumerate, II-73, II-76 - \BeginEnv, III-104, III-105 - \BeginFigure, IV-129, IV-130 - \BeginFontTable, II-298, II-299 - *\begingroup, III-53, III-99, III-106 - \BeginItemize, II-77 - \BeginMath, II-158 - \BeginTable, IV-129, IV-131 - \BeginTestInsert, IV-31 - \BeginVerbatim, III-36, III-40, III-43, III-45, III-53, III-54, - III-56, III-198 - \BeginVerbWr, III-507 - \BeginVerbWrite, III-511 - *\belowdisplayshortskip, I-93, - II-217, IV-14 - *\belowdisplayskip, I-93, II-217, - IV-9, IV-14 - \beta, II-166 - \bf, I-4, II-256 - \bgroup, I-167, II-162, II-172, III-99, III-104, III-106, IV-31, - IV-324 - \egroup and insertions, III-103 - \egroup and tables, III-103 - horizontal boxes, I-167 - .bib, II-324 - bibliography - generation with TeX, II-321 - typesetting of, II-21 - bibtex, II-321 - big point, I-82 - \bigbreak, IV-15, IV-16 - \bigcap, II-178 - \bigcirc, II-168 - \bigcup, II-178 - \bigl, II-180 - \BigLetPar, II-85 - \Bigm, II-181 - \bigm, II-181 - \bigodot, II-178 - \bigoplus, II-178 - \bigotimes, II-178 - \Bigr, II-180 - \bigr, II-180 - \bigskip, I-142, II-152, IV-3, IV-14, IV-15 - \bigsqcup, II-178 - \bigtriangledown, II-168 - \bigtriangleup, II-168 - \biguplus, II-178 - \bigvee, II-178 - \bigwedge, II-178 - Bin, II-192 - *\binoppenalty, I-54, II-144, - II-187 - boldface - font, II-256 - poor man's, I-183 - \BoldfaceFake, I-183 - boolean, III-320 - borderlines, I-313 - \bordermatrix, II-222 - \bot, II-167 - *\botmark, IV-82 - bottom flush page layout, IV-9 - \bowtie, II-169 - *\box, I-96, I-211, - I-261, I-319, I-336 - boxes, I-161--I-207 - base line - marking of, I-322--I-343 - borderlines, I-313 - boundary, II-191 - characters, I-164, I-168, II-231 - comparing horizontal and vertical boxes, I-210 - contents - registers, I-96 - depth - natural, I-264 - zero, I-185 - dimension registers, I-87 - dimensions, I-162 - discardable items, I-180 - enlarging, I-298 - font changes, I-168 - height - natural, I-264 - zero, I-185 - horizontal, I-161 - \bgroup, I-167 - dimensions, I-176, I-242 - \egroup, I-167 - horizontal glue, I-163 - horizontal leaders, I-163 - hyphenation, I-189 - input format, I-165 - math material, I-164 - rules, I-174 - vertical rules, I-164 - implicit grouping, I-164, III-106 - leaders, I-145, I-147 - loose, I-131 - lowering, I-169 - main vertical list, IV-1 - math mode, I-164, I-175 - nested, I-164, I-168, I-172, I-214 - overfull, I-131, I-132 - raising, I-169 - reference point, I-162, I-243 - marking of, I-322--I-343 - registers, I-36, I-95, I-99, I-168 - 255, I-37, IV-2, IV-45, IV-51, IV-58 - allocation, I-95 - analyzing TeX's computation, I-226 - clearing, I-98 - conditionals, III-322 - dimensions, I-100 - empty, I-103 - exchanging, I-97 - grouping, III-110 - loading of, I-97 - queues, III-423 - retrieving contents, I-96 - setting dimensions zero, I-104 - states, I-96 - void, I-103, III-322 - writing to log file, I-105 - ruled, I-318--I-343 - tight, I-131 - types, I-161 - underfull, I-131 - unwrapping, I-261 - vertical, I-161, I-209--I-312 - comparing, I-209 - curly braces, I-210 - depth, I-243 - first item, I-227 - glue, I-211, I-213 - height, I-243 - insertions, I-211 - limitation of depth, I-246 - marks, I-211 - moving horizontally, I-217 - paragraphs, I-212, II-8 - penalties, I-211 - shifting reference point, I-254, I-264 - table entries, IV-304--IV-311 - vertical list, I-210 - visible, I-209 - visible, I-163 - output routines, IV-44 - width, I-176, I-242 - natural, I-125, I-176 - zero, I-180 - \BoxingA, I-319 - \BoxingB, I-319, I-321 - \BoxingC, I-319, I-323 - \BoxingD, I-319, I-324 - \BoxingE, I-319, I-332 - \BoxLarger, I-298 - *\boxmaxdepth, I-89, I-246, - I-293, IV-28 - \BoxR, I-319, I-334, I-336 - \BoxRuleThickness, I-321 - \BoxToProtocol, III-526 - bp, I-82 - braces, I-4, I-18, III-170 - math mode, II-207 - brackets, I-19 - \break, I-158, I-159, II-36, II-43, IV-17--IV-19 - break point - glue, I-270 - \Bref, III-167 - \breve, II-177 - British Currency Pound Sign, I-17 - *\brokenpenalty, I-54, - III-597, III-598, IV-20, IV-22, - IV-25 - \btex, III-56 - \ @BuildNewSpecialFiles, III-559 - \bullet, II-168 - \BVerbB, III-54 - \bye, I-4, III-156, III-169, III-180, III-442, IV-53, IV-108 - - - C, 6 - \c, IV-354 - C++, III-340, 6 - calendar - Gregorian, III-357 - macros, III-357--III-396 - monthly, III-385--III-389 - yearly, III-390--III-391 - calligraphic alphabet, II-167 - \CancelSuppressNextParIndent, II-36 - \cap, II-168 - \Caption, IV-129 - \CarCarOfList, III-123 - \Card, IV-70 - \CardOutputRoutine, IV-71 - caret, I-18, II-160 - \CaretTabfalse, III-44 - \CaretTabtrue, III-44 - \CaretText, III-28 - \CaretTt, III-28 - \CarOfList, III-122, III-126 - \CArrayAccess, III-77, III-80 - \CArrayAccessInterval, III-77, III-81 - case sensitive, I-16 - \cases, II-207, II-208 - *\catcode, III-5 - category codes, III-3, III-5 - \AtSignTt, III-13 - arguments, III-221 - curly braces, III-101 - initial, III-10 - math, III-7 - replacement text, III-8 - string comparison, III-337 - strings, III-12 - table, III-5 - tilde, III-15 - \CCheckIndex, III-77, III-80 - \CCreateArray, III-77, III-78 - \cdot, II-168 - \cdots, I-22 - \CdrOfList, III-123 - cedilla accent, IV-354 - centered - columns, IV-200, IV-204 - centering, II-100 - paragraphs, II-9 - tables, IV-295--IV-303, IV-333 - \centerline, IV-297 - display math mode, IV-295 - \tabskip, IV-296 - text, I-135, II-100 - \CenterLeaderLine, I-186 - \centerline, I-7, I-186, II-100, III-13, III-439, IV-2, IV-91, - IV-297 - \CenterLineR, I-343 - \CenterOrParagraph, III-333 - \CenterRightLines, I-203 - centimeter, I-82 - .ch, II-324 - change files, II-317 - changed labels, III-96 - changing - fonts - groups, II-239 - templates, IV-331 - \Chapter, III-600 - chapter title page, I-299 - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP, I-299, III-601 - \ChapterRef, III-610 - \ChapterSample, III-582 - *\char, I-15, I-41, - I-44, I-48, II-12, II-195, - II-296, II-302 - hyphenation, I-41 - characters, I-15--I-23, III-66 - boxes, I-164, I-168, II-231 - case sensitive, I-16 - character based constants, I-43 - code, III-3 - printing, I-44 - codes, I-48, II-230, II-295, III-4 - comment, III-18 - comparison, III-333 - computing character code, II-296 - depth, I-165, II-231 - dotless, II-170, II-295 - double dagger, I-23 - fonts, II-231 - Greek letters, II-166 - height, I-165, II-231 - ignoring of, III-8 - lower case, I-16 - number of in fonts, II-296 - number of per pica, II-282 - overprinting, I-181 - return, I-24, III-10, III-14 - size, II-232 - space, III-36 - tab character, I-17, I-18, I-24, I-25, I-28 - tokens, III-3 - uppercase, I-16 - width, I-165, II-231 - \CharactersPerPica, II-282 - *\chardef, I-41, II-195, - III-151, III-314 - \check, II-177 - \CheckDate, III-367 - \CheckLabels, III-96, III-538, III-546, III-577 - \CheckLegalMonth, III-365 - \CheckLegalYear, III-364 - \CheckRange, III-327 - checksums, II-323 - \CheckZeroOneRange, III-327 - *\choose, II-172, II-173 - Cicero, I-82 - \circ, II-168 - circumflex accent, I-18 - *\cleaders, I-145, I-148 - \ClearBoxReg, I-98 - \ClearEveryPars, II-34 - \ClearEveryParsAll, II-34 - \CLoadArrayElement, III-77, III-81 - \CLoadArrayElementEdef, III-82 - Close, II-192 - \CloseGenericOStream, III-474 - *\closein, III-450 - \CloseIndexFiles, III-491, III-494 - \closeout, III-473, III-478 - \CloseProtWrite, III-525 - \CloseVerbWrFile, III-507 - \CloseVerbWriteFile, III-512 - club line, IV-20 - *\clubpenalty, I-54, III-597, III-598, - IV-20--IV-22, IV-24, IV-25 - \clubsuit, II-167 - cmmex, II-200 - cmmi, II-199 - cmsy, II-200 - code, I-40 - characters, III-3 - collecting information with \edef, III-209 - \CollectTokens, III-118 - \columns, I-199 - columns - alignment, IV-200 - changing justification, IV-226 - eliminating, IV-211 - implicit grouping, IV-210 - left and right-justified columns, IV-268 - left-justified, IV-200, IV-204 - narrow, II-150 - omitting, IV-222 - predetermined width, IV-251 - spacing, IV-230 - spacing of, IV-240 - spanning multiple, IV-263 - static, IV-227 - \CombineTwoLists, III-128 - \CommaPage, III-608 - \CommaPageComma, III-609 - comments, I-17 - characters, III-18 - compact - glue specification, III-232 - rule specification, III-232 - \CompareFilesConditional, III-528, III-529 - comparing - characters, III-333 - strings, III-334 - token lists, III-343 - vertical boxes, I-209 - complexity, I-2 - compound words, I-21 - hyphenation, II-145 - \ComputeFreePageOnSpace, IV-7 - \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage, II-116, IV-6, IV-8, IV-27 - \ComputeMondayOfWeek, III-384 - \ComputeParSkip, II-30 - Computer Modern - fonts, I-13, I-21 - Math Extension, II-200 - Math Italic, II-199 - Math Symbol, II-200 - text fonts, II-248 - Computers and Typesetting, I-13 - \ComputeStrut, I-239, IV-272, IV-274 - conditional - input, III-466 - verbatim listing of file, III-42, 81 - conditionals, III-317 - box register related, III-322 - conforming, III-350, III-351 - \expandafter, III-311 - false text, III-317 - grouping, III-323 - list of, III-320 - mode testing, III-321, III-348 - numerical, I-56, III-320 - prefix resting, III-302 - skipping text, III-323 - suffix testing, III-307 - switch statement, III-340 - TeX in Practice, III-351 - token related, III-321 - true text, III-317 - user defined, III-324 - conforming conditionals, III-350, III-351 - \cong, II-169 - constants - character code based, I-43 - hexadecimal, I-40 - numerical, I-39, I-44 - octal, I-39 - control - sequences, I-16, III-3 - printing, III-166 - testing, III-339 - writing to a file, III-479 - space, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17 - symbols, I-27, III-4, III-66 - spaces after, III-4 - words, I-27, III-3, III-65 - spaces after, III-3 - \ControlSequenceConditional, III-339 - \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend, III-131 - \ConvertStringIntoArray, III-77, III-79 - \coprod, II-178 - *\copy, I-96, I-211, - I-261, I-319, I-336 - \CopyDate, III-360 - \CopyFirstBoxFromQueue, III-423, III-427 - \CopyR, I-319, I-334, I-336 - \copyright, IV-353 - \cos, II-165 - \cosh, II-165 - \cot, II-165 - \coth, II-165 - *\count, I-49 - *\countdef, I-49, III-152, - III-314, IV-49, IV-51, IV-63 - counters - parameters, I-53 - part processing, III-581 - registers, I-35, I-49 - 0 to 9, I-49 - macros, I-68--I-79 - \CounterToRegister, I-75 - counting lines - in a file, III-21, 78 - \CountingItem, II-62 - *\cr, I-199, IV-201, IV-373 - cramped styles, II-195 - *\crcr, IV-201, IV-332, IV-373 - crop marks, IV-60, IV-63, IV-64 - cross-references, III-89 - cross-referencing, I-10, III-85, III-607 - extended, III-98 - nearby pages, III-569 - part processing, III-563 - TeX in Practice, III-607 - to page numbers, III-89 - two paths approach, III-98 - \csc, II-165 - \CShowArray, III-77, III-82 - *\csname, III-3, III-69, III-77, - III-282 - applications, III-69 - \CSToString, III-66 - \CSToStringCat, III-67 - \cup, II-168 - curly braces, I-4, I-18, III-170 - expansion, III-290 - open - gobbling, III-240 - overview, III-99 - parameters - delimited, III-182, III-194 - vertical boxes, I-210 - current date parameters, I-35 - \CurrentFontSize, II-270 - \CurrentPartName, III-541, III-552 - Cyrrilic fonts, II-248 - - - \d, IV-354 - \dag, I-23 - \dagger, II-168 - dagger, I-23 - \dashv, II-169 - date - copying, III-359 - current date, I-35 - day of week, III-361 - format, III-359 - macros, III-357--III-396 - printing of, III-383 - related parameters, I-35 - validity, III-367 - years - number of days, III-371 - *\day, I-35, I-53, - IV-62 - day - days in year, III-371 - of week computation, III-361 - previous, III-374 - \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate, III-357 - \DblArg, III-257, III-259 - \ddag, I-23 - \ddagger, II-168 - \ddot, II-177 - \ddots, II-223 - *\deadcycles, I-56, III-532, IV-58 - debugging TeX, III-439 - decimal - constant, I-39 - representation of number, I-59--I-63 - \DeeperStrut, I-239, I-241, IV-284, IV-288 - *\def, III-172, III-205, - III-314, III-315 - \edef, III-208 - default - argument, III-265 - hyphenation character, II-142 - output routine, IV-2, IV-57 - rules - depth, I-154, I-155 - height, I-154, I-155 - width, I-154, I-155 - \DefaultArg, III-266 - *\defaulthyphenchar, I-55, II-143 - *\defaultskewchar, I-55, II-207 - \DefinedConditional, III-173 - \DefineFontSizeGroup, II-269 - definitions - macros, I-5, I-7, I-28, III-151, III-159 - basics, III-168 - nested, III-222 - defying - grouping, III-113 - \deg, II-165 - delayed writes, III-473, III-476, IV-3 - \DeleteArrayElement, III-136, III-140 - \DeleteArrayElementRange, III-136, III-141 - *\delimiterfactor, I-56, II-184 - delimiters, II-180--II-184 - active characters - end-of-line, III-191 - macro argument, III-99 - null, II-182 - *\delimitershortfall, I-89, - II-184 - \Delta, II-166 - demand loading - of fonts, II-264 - of macros, III-230 - demerits, II-143, II-149 - depth, I-28, I-156 - depth - boxes - natural, I-264 - characters, I-165, II-231 - horizontal box - zero, I-185 - keyword depth, I-28, I-156 - maximum in \vsplit, I-293 - rules, I-154 - default, I-154, I-155 - vertical box - limitation, I-246 - vertical boxes, I-243 - \det, II-165 - detex, I-12 - device drivers, I-11, I-14, II-322, IV-48 - diagrams in TeX, I-3, II-320 - \diamond, II-168 - \diamondsuit, II-167 - \DicEntry, IV-83, IV-84 - dictionaries - running head, IV-83 - typesetting of, II-22 - didot point, I-82 - dieresis, I-21 - diesis, I-23 - digits, I-16 - \dim, II-165 - *\dimen, I-87 - \dimen0, III-48 - *\dimendef, I-87, III-152, - III-314 - dimensions, I-28 - box registers, I-87 - boxes, I-162 - horizontal, I-176, I-242 - registers, I-100 - largest, I-88 - maximum, III-332 - pages, IV-46 - parameters, I-88 - registers, I-36, I-87 - rules, I-154 - TeX in Practice, III-597 - units, I-81 - big points, I-82 - centimeter, I-82 - didot points, I-82 - em, I-83 - inch, I-82 - infinite, I-85, I-124 - millimeter, I-82 - mu, II-185 - notation, I-84 - pica, I-82 - scaled points, I-38, I-81, I-82 - true dimension units, I-86, II-229 - \vsplit, I-288 - discardable items, IV-4 - glue, I-139 - horizontal boxes, I-180 - *\discretionary, II-139 - discretionary - hyphens, II-139 - display math mode, I-17, II-156, II-216, III-438 - horizontal positioning, II-218 - tables, IV-209 - vertical spacing, II-216 - display verbatim mode, I-25, III-26, III-36 - advanced, III-43 - line numbers, III-44, III-54 - displayed equations - related penalties, IV-21 - *\displayindent, I-89, II-220 - *\displaystyle, I-164, I-175, - II-195, II-196, II-198, IV-209 - \DisplayVerbatimSkip, III-45, III-46 - \DisplayVerbatimVskip, III-44 - *\displaywidowpenalty, I-54, - IV-21 - *\displaywidth, I-89, II-220 - \div, II-168 - *\divide, I-39 - \DocPart, III-536, III-537, III-544, III-550 - document processing, I-5 - \DoFutureLet, III-256, III-272 - \DoFutureLetNoSpace, III-271 - dollar sign - printing dollar amounts, III-331 - \DollarSignText, III-29 - \DollarSignTt, III-29 - \DoLongFutureLet, III-256, III-272 - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace, III-271 - \DoLoop, III-412, IV-299 - \dosupereject, IV-91, IV-96, IV-108 - \dot, II-177 - dot-under accent, IV-354 - \doteq, II-169 - \dotfill, I-150, I-152, IV-207 - dotless characters, II-170, II-295 - \dots, I-22 - double - column output, IV-45 - output routines, IV-159--IV-198 - dagger, I-23 - dollar signs, I-17 - quotation mark, I-20, I-40 - tables, IV-357--IV-371 - double column output - output routines, IV-166 - double crs, IV-224 - double-sided printing, IV-43, IV-62 - *\doublehyphendemerits, I-54, - II-143, II-149 - \DoubleQuoteTt, III-29 - \DoubleTableVtop, IV-366 - \Downarrow, II-170 - \downarrow, II-170 - \downbracefill, I-150, I-153 - *\dp, I-87, I-100 - \DrawDataBox, I-314, I-315 - \DrawHLine, I-314, I-316 - \DrawVLine, I-314, I-316 - \DropFirstBoxOfQueue, III-423, III-428 - \DropFirstElementOfList, III-123 - \DropLastElement, III-127 - \DropPoints, III-12 - \DropPrefix, III-305 - \DSCFooter, IV-182 - \DSCHeader, IV-182 - \dump, II-314 - \DumpAllPars, I-116 - .dvi, II-324 - dvi files, I-5, II-323 - dimensions, II-323 - merging, IV-42 - previewing, I-7 - processing, IV-136 - structure, II-323 - writing to, III-531 - dvipr, I-7, I-11, I-12 - dviselect, I-11, IV-49, IV-58 - dvitype, II-321, II-323 - dynamic loading - fonts, II-264 - macros, III-230 - - - \E, III-434, III-435 - \EachCharacter, III-410 - easy, I-2 - *\edef, III-17, III-63, - III-73, III-205, III-207, III-283, - III-313--III-315 - applications, III-209 - \def, III-208 - \expandafter, III-283 - \lowercase, III-212 - macro definitions, III-205 - registers, III-213 - suppression of expansion, III-207, III-251 - templates, IV-328 - \the, III-208 - undefined tokens, III-207 - \uppercase, III-212 - editing, I-5 - editor, I-11 - \egroup, I-167, II-162, II-172, III-32, III-33, III-99, III-104, - III-106, IV-31, IV-324 - horizontal boxes, I-167 - \EightSpaces, III-165 - \eject, I-159, II-115, IV-18, IV-27, IV-72, IV-167, IV-173 - electronic mailing lists, I-15 - \EliminateRuledBoxes, I-342, IV-44, IV-65 - \ell, II-167, II-170 - ellipsis, I-22, II-170 - *\PrintElse, III-317, III-318, III-497 - em, I-83 - em-dash, I-21, I-23 - Emacs, I-11 - \EmDashText, III-29 - \EmDashTt, III-29 - *\emergencystretch, I-93, II-152 - empty - box registers, I-103 - groups, I-27, I-45, I-123, I-169, III-4, III-102 - glue, I-124 - lines - in math mode, II-157 - in text, II-1 - strings, III-335 - \EmptyBox, I-103 - \EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional, III-428 - \EmptyListConditional, III-121 - \emptyset, II-166, II-167 - \EmptyStringConditional, III-335 - \EmptyStringConditionalISpaces, III-335 - en-dash, I-21, I-23 - *\end, III-153, III-169, - III-442, IV-53 - end-of-line - active, I-25 - delimiters, III-191 - character, III-7, III-18, III-36 - \EndAList, II-68 - \EndAListX, II-55--II-57 - \Endalt, III-57 - \EnDashText, III-29 - \EnDashTt, III-29 - \EndCenter, II-101, II-102 - *\endcsname, III-282 - \EndDisplayMath, II-159 - \EndDoubleColumns, IV-169, IV-176 - \EndEndNote, III-518 - \EndEndNoteWriting, III-518 - \EndEnumerate, II-74, II-78 - \EndEnv, III-105 - \EndEveryBox, I-206 - \EndEveryMath, II-223 - \EndFigure, IV-129, IV-130 - \EndFontTable, II-299 - \EndGeneralNotes, III-603 - \endgraf, II-13, III-245, III-349 - *\endgroup, III-39, III-53, III-99, - III-106 - ending a document, IV-53 - *\endinput, III-10, III-458, - III-462, III-463 - \endinsert, IV-91, IV-103, IV-104, IV-106, IV-110, IV-111, - IV-113, IV-114, IV-117 - \EndInsertTopInsFix, IV-111, IV-112, IV-115 - \EndItemize, II-78 - \EndLabels, III-87, III-88 - *\endlinechar, I-55, III-15 - \EndMath, II-158 - endnotes, III-505, III-516 - \EndProcessing, III-538, III-544, III-545 - \EndTable, IV-131 - \EndTestInsert, IV-31 - \EndVerbatim, III-36, III-37, III-40, III-43, III-53, III-54, III-198 - \EndVerbWrite, III-511 - \EndWhile, III-408 - \enskip, I-83, I-142 - \enspace, I-83, I-142 - \EntryIntolof, II-129, II-130 - \EntryIntolot, II-129 - \EntryIntotoc, II-128, II-129 - \Enum, III-421 - \EnumerateLevelOneExtended, II-76 - enumeration - macros, III-420 - environment variables, II-318 - environments, III-104, III-432 - macros, III-434 - nested, III-433 - \epsilon, II-166 - \eqalign, II-184, II-220 - \eqalignno, II-221 - \eqno, II-218 - equation numbers, II-218 - \equiv, II-169 - *\errhelp, III-118, III-440 - \ErrMessage, III-440 - *\errmessage, III-440 - errors - messages, I-5 - *\errorstopmode, III-442 - escape character, I-16, I-41 - *\escapechar, I-55, III-66 - \etex, III-56 - Euler family, II-248 - \EvalEveryPars, II-34 - \EvalEveryParsCE, II-34 - \EVerbB, III-54 - *\everycr, III-118, IV-201, - IV-238, IV-239, IV-373 - *\everydisplay, II-157, II-219, - II-223, II-224, III-118, III-199 - delimited parameters, III-200 - *\everyhbox, I-206, III-118, - III-238 - \EveryHeading, II-92 - *\everyjob, III-118 - *\everymath, II-157, II-223, - III-118 - *\everypar, II-12, II-13, II-27, - II-30, II-112, III-38, III-52, - III-118, III-315, III-349, III-439 - multiple, II-33 - \EveryParA, II-34, II-35 - \EveryParB, II-34, II-35 - \EveryParC, II-34, II-35, III-576 - \EveryParD, II-35 - \EveryParE, II-34, II-35 - \EveryParZ, II-34, II-35, III-38, III-39, III-52 - *\everyvbox, I-206, III-118, - III-238 - \ExclamationPointText, III-29 - \ExclamationPointTt, III-29 - execution - after a group, III-111 - *\exhyphenpenalty, I-54, I-159, - II-144 - \exists, II-167 - \exp, II-165 - *\expandafter, III-69, III-281--III-312, III-315 - conditionals, III-311 - \edef, III-283 - input, III-286 - macro calls, III-282 - primitives, III-288 - expansion, III-159 - curly braces, III-290 - multiple reversal of, III-289 - none, III-314 - order, III-281 - repeated, III-214 - suppression in \edef, III-207, III-251 - suppression of, III-312 - tables, IV-376 - explicit - horizontal glue, I-121, I-123 - penalties, IV-17, IV-19 - vertical glue, I-123 - extended space, I-21 - Extra math symbol fonts, II-248 - \ExtractSubArray, III-136, III-143 - - - false text, III-317 - *\fam, I-55, II-204 - families, II-192, II-199 - fonts, II-201 - index, II-199 - number, II-192 - \FBOnePass, IV-146 - \FBTwoPass, IV-143 - *\PrintFi, III-317, III-497 - \FigRef, III-610 - \FigureBox, I-320 - \FigureInPar, II-115, II-116 - \FigureIns, IV-140, IV-146 - \FigureRef, III-610 - figures - captions - output routine, IV-137 - fil, I-85, I-135 - \filbreak, I-159, IV-18, IV-21 - \FileExistsConditional, III-465 - \FileNotExistsConditional, III-465 - files - fmt files, II-314 - administrative, I-10, III-541 - auxiliary - writing comments to, III-562 - auxiliary part, III-541, III-542 - base name, I-5, III-447 - change files, II-317 - closing of, III-450 - comparing of, III-528 - counting lines, III-21, 78 - end of file determination, III-322 - extension, I-5, III-447 - numerical, II-288 - file names, III-447 - fonts, I-9 - formats, I-9, II-314 - gf files, II-288 - input, III-448--III-472 - label file, III-87 - list of figure file, III-541 - list of table file, III-541 - log file, I-5 - macros, I-9 - pixels, II-286 - pk files, II-288, II-289 - protocol file, III-525 - pxl files, II-288, II-290 - reading, III-448, III-449, III-458 - reading numbers, III-455 - source files, I-5, I-9 - style files, I-9, III-437 - table of contents, III-499, III-541 - tfm files, I-9 - tip, I-xxxv, II-xxxv, III-lxi, IV-xxxi, xxv - verbatim listing, III-41, III-42, 80, 81 - writing to, III-472 - fill, I-85, I-135 - filll, I-85, I-135 - *\finalhyphendemerits, I-54, - II-144, II-149 - \FindWidestChar, II-75, III-415 - \FirstLineSpecial, II-134 - *\firstmark, IV-82 - \flat, II-167 - floating, IV-199--IV-379 - bodies, IV-29 - tables, IV-199 - *\floatingpenalty, I-54, IV-35 - .fmt, II-324 - \folio, III-327, III-563, IV-50, IV-91 - folio, IV-50 - *\font, II-199, II-201, II-238, - III-152, III-315 - \fontdimen, II-243 - *\fontname, II-245 - fonts - fmt files, II-314 - AMS fonts, II-247 - at, II-242 - boldface, II-256 - poor man's, I-183 - changes, II-239, IV-92 - grouping, II-239 - in boxes, I-168 - in tables, IV-208 - characters, II-231 - checksums, II-323 - Computer Modern, I-13, I-21 - Math Extensions, II-200 - Math Italic, II-199 - Math Symbol, II-200 - text fonts, II-248 - Cyrrilic, II-248 - dimension parameters, II-243 - dynamic loading, II-264 - Euler family, II-248 - family, II-201 - files, I-9, II-288 - fixed-spaced fonts, I-20 - gf files, II-288 - groups of, II-269 - italic, II-256 - italic correction, II-256 - ligatures, II-291 - line breaking, II-269 - loading of, II-230, II-238, II-240 - on demand, II-264 - magnification, II-227 - true dimensions, I-86 - math, II-199 - monospaced, II-246 - names - logical, II-271 - naming of, II-238 - none, II-230 - number of characters, II-296 - per pica, II-282 - numerical file extension, II-288 - overview, II-247 - pixel files, II-286 - pk files, II-288, II-289 - plain format, II-258 - {\sc PostScript}, II-247, II-309 - proportionally spaced, I-20, II-245, II-256 - pxl files, II-288, II-290 - relative dimension units, I-83 - scaled, II-240 - scaling, II-242, II-275 - sizes, II-257, II-263 - typical, II-248 - substitution, II-265 - table macros, II-297--II-309 - tfm, II-238 - third party, II-247 - typefaces, II-263 - typewriter font, I-4, II-256 - virtual, 68 - \FontTableComplete, II-249 - \footins, IV-97--IV-100 - \FootLine, IV-63, IV-71 - \footline, IV-90, IV-91 - \FootNote, IV-90, IV-102 - \footnote, II-282, IV-90, IV-97--IV-99, IV-102 - footnotes, IV-29, IV-156 - math, II-206 - plain format, IV-98--IV-102 - tables, IV-313 - \footstrut, IV-102 - \forall, II-167 - forced page breaks, IV-19 - \ForEachToken, III-119 - \ForEveryListElement, III-124 - \FormatIsLaTeXConditional, III-37 - formats, I-8, II-313, IV-2 - files, I-9, II-314 - plain format, I-7, I-8, II-314 - TeX IP, III-612 - \FormLine, I-202 - \@ForSpecialFile, III-542 - four way choice, II-191 - \FourSpaces, III-165 - \frac, II-175 - fractions, III-99 - generalized fractions, II-191 - fragile, III-481 - Free Software Foundation, I-11 - \FreePageSpace, II-116, IV-6, IV-105 - \FreeSpaceConditional, IV-7 - French ligature \oe and \OE, I-22 - French spacing, II-246 - \frenchspacing, II-278, II-281 - \frown, II-169 - \FunnyOmit, IV-221 - *\futurelet, III-50, III-252, - III-314, III-315 - overview, III-253 - \FutureLetNoSpace, III-270, III-275 - - - \Gamma, II-166 - \gcd, II-165 - *\gdef, III-73, III-172, - III-314, III-315, IV-218 - \GenAeol, III-192 - generalized fractions, II-191 - \GeneralNotes, III-602 - \GenericHeading, II-90, II-93, II-96, III-605 - \GenTocEntry, II-121, II-122 - \geq, II-169 - German es-zet, \ss, I-23 - Germany, I-11, I-155 - \GetNumberOfLines, II-130 - .gf, II-325 - gf files, II-288 - gfread, II-322 - gftodvi, II-322 - gftopk, II-322 - gftopxl, II-322 - gftype, II-322 - \gg, II-169 - *\global, III-172, III-326, - IV-57, IV-72, IV-210 - global, III-108 - definitions, III-107 - \gdef, III-107 - magnification, II-227 - nested groups, III-109 - *\globaldefs, I-56, III-108 - glue, I-121--I-145 - basics, I-121 - between templates, IV-230 - break point, I-270 - compact specification, III-232 - empty group, I-124 - horizontal, I-121 - examples, I-124--I-127 - explicit, I-121, I-123 - implicit, I-122, I-123 - implicit, I-123, I-142 - interline, I-217--I-235 - suppression of, I-228 - interword, I-24, I-27 - kerning and, I-141 - keywords, I-122 - leaders, I-124, I-145 - main vertical, IV-10 - math, II-185 - minus, I-122 - moving down, I-122 - moving left, I-122 - moving right, I-122 - moving up, I-122 - multiple, I-133 - natural length of, I-122, I-123 - none versus zero, I-139 - notation, I-122 - spaces, I-125 - overshrinking, I-126 - overstretching, I-126 - parameters, I-92, I-122 - plus, I-122 - reduction rule, I-137 - registers, I-36, I-91 - \relax, I-123 - removal of, I-191 - shrinkability, I-122 - default, I-123 - exceeding, I-124 - hierarchy, I-137 - infinite, I-135 - none, I-124 - shrinking, I-125 - simplification rule, I-137 - stretchability, I-122 - default, I-123 - exceeding, I-124 - infinite, I-135 - none, I-124 - stretching, I-125 - multiple, I-133 - templates, IV-226, IV-230 - thin space, II-207 - top of page, IV-13 - vertical, I-121, I-142--I-145, IV-3 - explicit, I-123 - implicit, I-122, I-123, I-142 - vertical boxes, I-211, I-213 - visible, I-147 - GNU Emacs, I-11 - \GobbleDoMore, III-196 - gobbling, III-186, III-196 - curly braces, III-240 - \goodbreak, I-159, IV-18, IV-107 - grandparents, I-xxix - graph drawing macros, I-313--I-316 - \grave, II-177 - grave accent, I-20 - greater than sign, I-20 - \GreaterThanSign, III-29 - \GreaterThanSignTt, III-29 - Greek alphabet, II-166 - Gregor XIII, III-357 - Gregorian calendar, III-357 - grouping, I-5, III-20, III-99, III-100 - \afterassignment, III-239 - box registers, III-110 - conditionals, III-323 - defying, III-113 - empty, I-27, I-45, I-123, I-169, III-4, III-102 - execution after a group, III-111 - font changes, II-239 - implicit, I-210, II-156, III-106 - boxes, I-164, III-106 - \let, III-247 - nested, III-101 - replacement text - macros, III-171 - \GSection, III-603 - gullet, III-1 - - - hacker, II-318 - *\halign, I-191, I-192, I-267, - III-153, III-315, IV-2, IV-199--IV-379 - basics, IV-201, IV-204 - \bgroup, IV-324 - \bgroup and \egroup, IV-201 - computation of, IV-203 - \egroup, IV-324 - \hfil, IV-206 - \hfill, IV-206 - initialized, IV-238 - pound sign, IV-201 - tab character, IV-201 - spread, IV-201, IV-249 - to, IV-201, IV-249 - *\hangafter, I-56, II-8, - II-28, II-80, II-87, II-112, - II-133, IV-84 - *\hangindent, I-89, II-8, - II-28, II-80, II-81, II-87, II-112, - II-131, II-133, IV-84 - hanging indentation, II-80, II-133 - ragged right, II-133 - happiness, I-xxix, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii - hard space, I-27 - \hat, I-18, II-160, II-177 - *\hbadness, I-55, I-130, I-131 - \hbar, II-167 - *\hbox, I-162, I-163, I-210, - I-319, II-4, II-23 - spread, I-130, I-133, I-173, I-177, I-182 - to, I-126, I-135, I-173, I-177, I-180--I-183, I-186, I-204 - \HboxR, I-319, I-334, I-335 - headers - over left and right justified columns, IV-268 - page breaking, IV-25, IV-27 - heading, II-90 - macros - generic, II-90 - tables, IV-214 - \HeadLine, IV-62, IV-71 - \headline, IV-90, IV-91 - \heartsuit, II-167 - height, I-28, I-156 - height - boxes - natural, I-264 - characters, I-165, II-231 - horizontal boxes - zero, I-185 - keyword height, I-28, I-156 - rules, I-154, I-243 - default, I-154, I-155 - vertical - boxes, I-243 - \Hex, I-48, III-404 - hexadecimal - constants, I-40 - numbers, III-404 - printing, I-48 - \HexDigit, III-405 - *\hfil, I-136, II-43 - \halign, IV-206 - templates, IV-226 - *\hfill, I-136, I-199 - \halign, IV-206 - templates, IV-226 - *\hfilneg, I-136 - *\hfuzz, I-88, I-132 - \hidewidth, I-204, IV-263, IV-264 - \HigherStrut, I-239, I-240, IV-288 - *\hoffset, I-12, I-28, - I-89, IV-46, IV-54 - *\holdinginserts, I-56, IV-35 - \hom, II-165 - \hookleftarrow, II-170 - \hookrightarrow, II-170 - horizontal - boxes, I-161 - horizontal glue, I-163, I-173 - horizontal leaders, I-163 - math material, I-164 - vertical rules, I-164 - glue, I-121 - hboxes, I-173 - horizontal boxes, I-163 - math mode, II-185 - lines, I-154 - mode, III-438 - \leavevmode, I-216 - penalties, I-158 - restricted, I-210, III-438 - rules, I-154 - rules, I-154 - inserting with \noalign, IV-256 - interline glue, I-233 - over selective columns in a table, IV-289 - tables, IV-258 - vboxes, I-211 - shifting - pages, I-12 - *\hrule, I-146, I-154, - I-233, III-438, IV-2 - \hrulefill, I-150, IV-207 - *\hsize, I-28, I-155, - I-210, II-3, II-7, II-8, - II-10, II-220, III-597, IV-46, - IV-161, IV-170, IV-304 - \HsizeTeXIP, III-597 - *\hskip, I-38, I-87, I-94, - I-121, II-11 - *\hss, I-136, II-53 - *\ht, I-87, I-100 - *\hyph, II-145 - hyphen, I-21, I-23 - *\hyphenation, II-141, II-145 - hyphenation, I-21, II-137 - \char, I-41 - character, II-142 - compound words, II-145 - determination of, II-139 - discretionary, II-139 - exception, II-141 - hboxes, I-189 - hyphenation character - default, II-142 - printing, II-145 - showing of, II-138 - suppression of, II-144 - *\hyphenchar, II-142, II-145 - *\hyphenpenalty, I-54, II-144 - \HyphenText, III-29 - \HyphenTt, III-29 - - - \i, II-295 - \ialign, IV-238 - .idx, III-493 - .idx2, III-493 - \IdxStream, III-494 - \IdxStreamSource, III-494 - *\PrintIf, III-321, III-329, III-497 - *\PrintIfCase, I-57, III-321, III-329, - III-497, IV-72 - \IfCat, III-497 - *\PrintIfCat, III-6, III-321, III-329, - III-497 - \IfDim, III-497 - *\PrintIfDim, III-321, III-497 - \IfEmptyBoxRegisterQueue, III-423 - \IfEof, III-497 - *\PrintIfEof, III-322, III-450, III-452, - III-497 - \IfFalse, III-497 - *\PrintIfFalse, III-322, III-497 - \IfHbox, III-497 - *\PrintIfHbox, I-99, III-322, III-497 - \IfHmode, III-497 - *\PrintIfHmode, III-321, III-348, - III-497 - *\PrintIfInner, III-321, III-348, - III-497 - \IfMmode, III-497 - \IfNum, III-497 - *\PrintIfNum, I-56, III-320, III-497 - *\PrintIfOdd, I-57, III-318, III-320, - III-497, IV-62 - \IfTrue, III-497 - *\PrintIfTrue, III-322, III-497 - \IfVbox, III-497 - *\PrintIfVbox, I-99, III-322, III-497 - \IfVmode, III-497 - *\PrintIfMmode, III-348 - *\PrintIfVmode, III-321, III-348, - III-497 - \IfVoid, III-497 - *\PrintIfVoid, I-99, III-322, IV-30 - *\PrintIfX, III-322, III-497 - \IfXConditional, III-343, III-344 - *\ignorespaces, II-44, II-58, - III-184, III-203, III-610 - ignoring characters, III-8 - \Im, II-167 - \imath, II-167, II-170 - \immediate, III-476, III-478 - immediate writes, III-473, III-475, III-476 - \IModN, I-58 - implicit - glue, I-122 - grouping, I-210, III-106 - boxes, I-164, III-106 - groups, II-156 - boxes, I-164, III-106 - output routines, IV-54, IV-57 - tables, IV-210 - horizontal glue, I-122, I-123 - kerning, I-141 - penalties, I-158 - vertical, IV-19 - vertical glue, I-122, I-123, I-142 - \in, II-166, II-169 - inch, I-82 - *\indent, II-11, II-19, - II-87 - indentation - negative, II-20 - paragraphs, II-18 - indented paragraphs, II-15 - \Index, III-491, III-492, III-494, III-495 - \index, IV-134 - index - composition of, III-489 - generation of in TeX, II-321 - macros, III-492 - output routine, IV-133 - registers, I-33, I-34 - \IndexBye, III-497 - \IndexCS, III-492, III-495 - \IndexCSX, III-496 - \IndexElse, III-497 - \IndexFi, III-497 - \IndexIf, III-497 - \IndexIfCase, III-497 - \IndexIfOdd, III-497 - \IndexIfX, III-497 - \indexins, IV-134 - \IndexLastElement, III-135, III-136 - \IndexP, III-491, III-495 - \IndexPar, III-497 - \IndexPbf, III-499 - \IndexPit, III-499 - \IndexPrim, III-496 - \IndexPSet, III-491, \IndexPit{III-498} - \IndexRepeat, III-497 - \inf, II-165 - infinite - dimension units, I-85 - shrinkability, I-135 - stretchability, I-135 - units, I-124 - \infty, II-167 - initex, II-141, II-313, II-314, III-10 - \InitialCollectInfo, III-210 - \InitialParts, III-537, III-544, III-550 - \InitProtWrite, III-525 - \InitReadNumbers, III-456 - inline - math - in tables, IV-208 - math mode, I-17, II-156, III-438 - verbatim - mode, III-26, III-31 - verbatim mode - advanced, III-35 - Inner, II-192 - *\input, III-21, III-269, - III-442, III-448, III-458 - input - files, III-448--III-472 - nested, III-459 - stream - number, III-448 - \InputAt, III-462, III-466 - \InputC, III-466 - \InputCWithAt, III-466 - \InputD, III-69, III-229, III-467, 57--59 - \InputDPrevent, 57, 58, 60, 64 - *\inputlineno, I-56, III-460 - *\inputnoex, 78 - inputting - fractions, II-175 - horizontal boxes, I-165 - math equations, II-209, II-210 - tables, IV-291 - *\insert, III-107, IV-31, IV-32 - \InsertArrayElement, III-136, III-139 - insertions, IV-2, IV-28--IV-36, IV-133--IV-158 - \bgroup and \egroup, III-103 - class index, IV-29 - classes, IV-29 - limitations, IV-157 - oversized, IV-109, IV-112 - \pagegoal, IV-7, IV-32 - plain format, IV-97 - registers, IV-30 - topinsertions - plain format, IV-103 - vertical boxes, I-211 - *\insertpenalties, IV-34, IV-108 - \int, II-178 - interface macros, III-13 - \interfootnotelinepenalty, IV-98 - \interfootnotepenalty, IV-100 - interline glue, I-217--I-235 - computation of, I-221 - disabling, I-230 - empty, I-230 - horizontal rules, I-233 - suppression of, I-228 - \unvbox, I-263 - \vskip, I-226 - *\interlinepenalty, I-54, II-94, - III-597, III-598, IV-21, IV-22, IV-24, IV-25 - internal macros, III-13 - interword - glue, I-24, I-27 - spaces, II-275 - spacing, II-246, II-275 - related characters, I-23--I-28 - inverted pyramids, III-416 - \InvertedPyramid, III-416 - \InvertedPyramidA, III-419 - \it, I-4 - italic - correction, II-256 - font, II-256 - math, II-167 - \Item, II-73 - \item, II-87 - item labels, II-49 - macros, II-68 - \itemitem, II-87 - \itemitemitem, II-88 - itemized lists, II-77 - \ItemLL, II-56, II-57, II-60, II-61, II-69 - \ItemLLOne, II-60 - \ItemLLTwo, II-61 - \ItemLR, II-56--II-58, II-62, II-70 - \ItemRef, III-610 - \ItemRL, II-56--II-58, II-70 - \ItemRR, II-56--II-58 - - - \j, II-295 - \jmath, II-167, II-170 - *\jobname, III-432, III-448, III-541, - IV-62, IV-71 - - - \ker, II-165 - *\kern, I-140, III-438 - kerning, I-140, I-178, II-185, II-291, IV-3 - explicit, I-140 - glue and, I-141 - implicit, I-141 - math, I-141, II-185 - suppression, II-292 - vertical, IV-4 - keywords - depth, I-28, I-156 - glue, I-122 - height, I-28, I-156 - minus, I-28 - parameters, III-232 - plus, I-28 - spaces after, I-28 - width, I-28, I-156 - kludge, II-271, III-605 - Knuth, Donald E., I-xxv, I-13, II-xxv, III-xxxi, IV-xxi - - - \L, I-23 - \l, I-23 - \Label, II-73, III-86, III-87, III-90, III-582, III-601 - label, III-88 - file, III-87 - \LabelLR, II-88 - labels - duplicate, III-96 - \Lambda, II-166 - Lamport, Leslie, I-xxv, II-xxv, III-xxxi, IV-xxi - landscape mode, I-12, IV-48 - *\language, I-56, II-140, II-141 - \Large, II-271 - large operators, II-161, II-178--II-180 - largest dimension, I-88 - \LargestDecimalPlace, I-61 - laser printers, I-1, II-285, II-323 - last line - paragraphs, II-45 - *\lastbox, I-301, I-302, I-303, - II-147 - \LastElementOfList, III-126 - *\lastkern, I-301, I-306 - *\lastpenalty, I-301, I-306 - *\lastskip, I-301, I-306, II-30, - IV-17 - \LaTeX, I-xxv, I-xxxviii, I-3, I-9, II-xxv, II-xxxviii, III-xxxi, III-lxiv, III-540, - IV-xxi, IV-xxxiv, xxviii - fonts, II-248 - \halign, III-439 - insertions, IV-157 - picture environment, I-314, II-320 - plain format, III-438 - \LaTeX, III-166 - latex, II-315 - layout - of pages, IV-8, IV-54 - \lbrace, I-19, II-207 - *\lccode, III-62 - \ldots, I-22, II-223 - *\leaders, I-145, I-147, I-148, - II-124 - leaders, I-145--I-154, II-123 - based on boxes, I-145, I-147 - based on rules, I-146 - glue, I-124, I-145 - horizontal boxes, I-163 - macros, I-150 - matrices, II-223 - replication box, I-145, I-147 - rule based, I-145 - tables, IV-207 - vertical, I-145, I-211 - visible glue, I-147 - \vsplit, I-280 - leading, II-258 - leading zeros, I-50 - \LeadingZ, I-50 - leap year, III-369 - \LeapYearConditional, III-369 - learning TeX, I-30 - \leavevmode, I-214, II-11, II-12, II-24, II-110, II-123, III-19, - III-38 - horizontal mode, I-216 - *\left, II-181, II-182, II-184 - left - bracket, I-19 - double quotation mark, I-20 - flush item labels, II-50 - justified columns, IV-200, IV-204 - justified item labels, II-24 - quotation mark, I-43 - quote, I-20 - \LeftAppendElement, III-122 - \Leftarrow, II-170 - \leftarrow, II-170 - \leftarrowfill, I-150, I-153 - \LeftBraceText, III-28 - \LeftBraceTt, III-29 - \LeftBracketText, III-29 - \LeftBracketTt, III-29 - \LeftDisplay, II-218, II-219 - \LeftFooter, IV-140 - \leftharpoondown, II-170 - \leftharpoonup, II-170 - \LeftHeader, IV-140 - *\lefthyphenmin, I-55, II-141, - II-145 - \LeftLeaderLine, I-186 - \leftline, I-186, III-439 - \LeftLineR, I-343 - \LeftParenthesisText, III-29 - \LeftParenthesisTt, III-29 - \LeftQuoteText, III-30 - \LeftQuoteTt, III-30 - \Leftrightarrow, II-170 - \leftrightarrow, II-170 - *\leftskip, I-93, II-7, - II-13, II-14, II-42, II-52, - II-55, II-56, II-67, II-81, - II-94, II-99, II-106, II-107, - II-110, II-112, II-121, II-122, - II-133, II-134, II-152, II-218, - II-220 - with stretchability, II-99 - \LeftSkipVerbatim, III-43, III-45, III-46, III-51 - \leq, II-169 - \leqalignno, II-221 - \leqno, II-218 - \LessThanSign, III-30 - \LessThanSignTt, III-30 - *\let, III-152, III-244, III-245, - III-314, III-315, III-322 - equal sign, III-248 - grouping, III-247 - macros, III-244 - spaces, III-248 - undefined tokens, III-245 - \LetterConditional, III-354 - \Letterhead, III-160 - letters, I-16, III-11 - letterhead, I-190 - macros, III-160 - \lg, II-165 - liability, I-xxxviii, II-xxxviii, III-lxiv, IV-xxxiv, xxviii - library card output routine, IV-66 - ligatures, II-291 - suppression, II-292 - \lim, II-165 - \liminf, II-165 - limitations of insertions, IV-157 - \limits, II-179 - \line, III-439, IV-2 - line - groups, II-107 - spacing, I-217--I-235 - line breaking - comparing with page breaks, IV-36 - computations, II-3, II-137, IV-36 - demerits, II-143, II-149 - horizontal glue, II-42 - manual, II-36 - penalties, II-144 - spaces, I-25 - user controlled, II-36 - line numbers, III-460 - line spacing - font sizes, II-269 - \LineBreakHeading, II-92, II-94 - \LineBreakToc, II-92, II-94 - *\linepenalty, I-54, II-144 - \LineR, I-343 - lines, I-154 - counting in a file, III-21, 78 - overlapping, I-217 - tight, II-143 - vertical, I-154 - *\lineskip, I-93, I-221, I-230, - I-235, IV-13 - *\lineskiplimit, I-89, - I-220, I-221, I-230, I-235 - \LineSpaceMultFactor, II-269--II-271, II-274, 70 - list of figures - file, III-541 - TeX in Practice, II-129 - typesetting of, II-128 - list of tables - file, III-541 - TeX in Practice, II-129 - typesetting of, II-128 - \ListInputD, III-469, III-470, 61 - \ListOfFigures, III-540 - \ListOfTables, III-540 - lists, II-22, II-49, III-120 - appending elements, III-122 - converting words to, III-133 - dropping elements, III-123 - empty list testing, III-121 - general macros, II-72 - itemized, II-77 - items - oversized, II-60 - label - duplicate, III-96 - macros, II-55 - numbered, II-72 - processing, III-119 - TeX lists, III-120 - \ListVerb, III-36, III-37, III-41, III-43, III-58, III-505, 80, - 82 - \ListVerbAndSource, III-42, III-60, 81 - \ListVerbIfFileExists, III-42, 81 - \ListVerbTeXIP, III-58, 82 - literate programming, II-317 - \ll, II-169 - \llap, I-182, II-88 - \LlapX, I-185 - \LoadCountZeroToNine, III-219 - \LoadFontOnDemand, II-264 - loading - fonts, II-230, II-238, II-240 - macros, I-8, III-229, 57 - .lof, II-324 - log file, I-5 - writing - parameters, I-116 - logical page, IV-45, IV-66 - \LogPageTG, IV-5 - \LogRegister, III-164 - *\long, III-227, III-322 - \LongCard, IV-73 - \Longleftarrow, II-170 - \longleftarrow, II-170 - \Longleftrightarrow, II-170 - \longleftrightarrow, II-170 - \longmapsto, II-170 - \Longrightarrow, II-170 - \longrightarrow, II-170 - \loop, III-399, III-400 - loops - do loop, III-413 - macros, III-226, III-399, III-412 - while - logical, III-408 - numerical, III-406 - loose - boxes, I-131 - lines, II-143 - *\looseness, I-54, II-149 - .lot, II-324 - *\lower, I-164, I-169, - I-211 - *\lowercase, III-62, III-212, - III-315 - \edef, III-212 - lowercase, I-16 - lowering boxes, I-169 - \lq, I-20 - - - \mac, III-166 - macros, I-1 - arguments, III-181, III-218 - category codes, III-221 - default, III-265 - delimited, III-99 - empty, III-182 - formal, I-35 - optional, III-253 - spaces in, III-185 - array, III-77--III-83, III-135--III-149 - calendar related, III-357--III-396 - calls, III-159 - \expandafter, III-282 - comparison with primitives, III-154 - counter register, I-68--I-79 - date related, III-357--III-396 - definitions, I-5, I-7, I-28, III-151, III-157, III-159 - active characters, I-24, I-25, III-15, III-16, III-23 - basics, III-168 - \edef, III-205 - enumeration, III-420 - global, III-107 - nested, III-222, III-223 - enumeration, III-420 - environments, III-434 - expansion, III-159 - repeated, III-214 - tracing of, III-216 - expansion of, I-3, III-215 - for templates, IV-327 - gobbling, III-186, III-196 - interface, III-13 - internal, III-13 - leaders, I-150 - \let, III-244 - letterhead, III-160 - loading - dynamic, III-230 - loading of, I-8, III-229, 57 - loops, III-226, III-399, III-412 - macro files, I-9 - macro packages, I-7, I-8 - names, I-7 - organization, III-228 - parameters, I-18 - delimited, III-181, III-186, III-187 - maximum number of, III-163 - part processing, III-535 - preamble, IV-324 - recursion, III-249, III-397, III-399 - picking up characters, III-410 - redefining, III-171 - \edef, III-215 - redefinition, III-175 - replacement text, I-7, III-99, III-154, III-158, III-159, III-170 - grouping, III-171 - robust, III-481, III-561 - self-redefining, III-224 - source files, III-168 - table - format, IV-351 - templates, IV-200, IV-324 - undefined, III-177 - vertical spacing, I-309 - *\mag, I-55, II-228 - \magnification, I-28, II-229, III-235 - magnification, I-86, II-227, II-275, III-235 - fonts, II-227 - global, II-227 - table, II-243 - \magstep, II-228 - \magstephalf, II-228 - main document file, III-536 - main temporary file, III-541 - main token list, III-158 - main vertical list - current page part, IV-7 - vertical glues, IV-10 - \MakeActive, III-27 - \MakeEolActive, III-27 - \makefootline, IV-90, IV-93, IV-95 - \makeheadline, IV-90, IV-93, IV-94 - makeindex, III-490 - \MakeOther, III-27 - \MakeRobust, III-481, III-483, III-484 - \MakeTabActive, III-27 - \mapsto, II-170 - *\mark, II-35, IV-81, IV-82 - marking of overfull boxes, I-132 - marks, IV-3, IV-81--IV-87 - vboxes, I-211 - \m@th, I-150, II-186 - \math, III-14 - math, II-156 - \DollarSignTt\DollarSignTt, II-156 - \DollarSignTt, I-17, II-155 - accents, II-177, II-197, II-294 - atoms, II-191 - field, II-191 - nucleus, II-192 - types, II-191, II-192 - basics, II-155 - boxes, I-164, I-175, I-211 - braces, II-207 - category code of, III-7 - code, II-194 - cramped styles, II-195 - display, I-17, II-156, II-216, III-438 - display mode - horizontal positioning of equation, II-218 - double dollar sign, I-17 - empty lines, II-157 - equation numbers, II-218 - families, II-192, II-199 - index, II-199 - numer, II-192 - plain format, II-204 - fonts, II-199 - Computer Modern, I-13, I-21 - Computer Modern Math Extensions, II-200 - Computer Modern Math Italic, II-199 - Computer Modern Math Symbol, II-200 - footnotes, II-206 - fractions, III-99 - generalized fractions, II-191 - inputting, II-175 - glue, II-185 - registers, I-36 - Greek letters, II-166 - horizontal boxes, I-164 - horizontal glue, II-185 - inline, IV-208 - inputting equations, II-209, II-210 - italic, II-167 - kerning, I-141, II-185 - lists, II-189, II-191 - mathcode, II-193, II-194 - mode - inline, I-17, II-156, III-438, IV-208 - overlining, II-170 - overlining of, II-170 - roots, II-169 - script size, II-196 - scriptscript size, II-196 - shift character, II-156, III-5 - spaces, I-27, II-156 - style - change, II-191 - selection, II-196, II-197 - subformula, III-99 - subscripts, I-4, II-160--II-162 - superscripts, I-4, I-18, II-160--II-162, IV-98 - uncramped style, II-195 - underlining, II-170 - \mathaccent, II-177 - *\mathbin, II-191, II-193 - *\mathchar, II-194, II-195 - *\mathchardef, II-195, III-314 - *\mathchoice, II-198 - *\mathclose, II-193 - *\mathcode, II-194 - *\mathinner, II-195 - *\mathop, II-190, II-193 - *\mathopen, II-193 - *\mathord, II-190, II-193 - \mathpalette, II-198 - *\mathpunct, II-193 - *\mathrel, II-193 - \mathstrut, II-208, II-209 - *\mathsurround, I-89, I-150, - I-248 - matrices - leaders, II-223 - \matrix, II-221 - \max, II-165 - *\maxdeadcycles, I-56, III-532 - *\maxdepth, I-89, I-247, IV-28 - \MaxDimen, III-332, IV-212 - \maxdimen, I-88, I-230, I-247, IV-5, IV-6 - maximum - depth in \vsplit, I-293 - dimensions, III-332 - \MaxVskip, I-309, II-90, II-93, II-94 - *\meaning, III-61, III-156, - III-315 - \medbreak, IV-15, IV-16 - \medmuskip, II-185 - \medskip, I-142, IV-14, IV-15 - \MemberOfListConditional, III-125 - Mercedes, I-11 - merging dvi files, IV-42 - *\message, I-37, II-27, - III-440, III-521, III-522 - \the, I-37 - \MF, I-13, II-246, II-315, II-316 - \MF, III-166 - .mf, II-325 - \mid, II-169 - \midinsert, IV-90, IV-97, IV-104--IV-106, IV-113, IV-116 - \MidInsertFix, IV-117, IV-118 - \MidInsertFixPage, IV-117, IV-118 - \MidInsertFixTop, IV-118 - millimeter, I-82 - \min, II-165 - \MinDimen, III-332 - minus, I-28 - minus plus, II-167 - \MinusSignText, III-30 - \MinusSignTt, III-30 - \mit, II-167, II-199 - *\mkern, I-141 - \MkOthers, III-26, III-27 - \MkOthersNoCB, III-27 - \models, II-169 - modes, III-437 - conditionals, III-321, III-348 - horizontal, III-438 - restricted, I-210, III-438 - vertical, III-437 - \ModifyArrayElement, III-136, III-138 - modulo arithmetic, I-51, I-58 - \ModuloOneAdvanceConditional, IV-73 - \ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond, I-51, I-52 - monospaced fonts, II-246 - *\month, I-35, I-53, - IV-62 - month - previous, III-379 - monthly calendar, III-385--III-389 - \MonthlyCalendar, III-386 - \MoreFontTable, II-300 - most recent contributions, IV-2 - mouth, III-1, III-2, III-153 - *\moveleft, I-211, I-217 - *\moveright, I-211, I-217, - IV-64 - \mp, II-168 - *\mskip, I-94 - mu dimension unit, II-185 - multiline displays, II-220 - multilingual, II-140 - plain format, II-142 - multiple - \afterassignment, III-238 - \everypar, II-33 - glues, I-133 - plain format, IV-278 - reversal of expansion, III-289 - rule dimension specifications, I-155 - spaces, I-24 - printing, III-165 - *\multiply, I-39 - \MultiRowDel, IV-342 - \multispan, IV-221, IV-263, IV-264 - *\muskipdef, I-93, III-152, - III-314 - \MyStrut, I-240, IV-272 - - - \nabla, II-167 - \NameDef, III-73, III-74 - \NameDefinedConditional, III-71, III-74, III-75 - \NameEdef, III-73 - \NameGdef, III-73 - \NameNewDef, III-74 - \NameReDef, III-74 - names - files, III-447 - registers, I-33 - \NameUse, III-74 - \NameUseFlagUndefined, III-74 - \NameXdef, III-73 - \narrower, II-14, II-17, II-152, III-433, IV-100 - \natural, II-167 - natural - boxes - depth, I-264 - height, I-264 - width, I-125, I-176 - glue - length, I-122, I-123 - \NaturalDepth, I-264 - \NaturalHeight, I-264 - nearby pages, III-569 - \nearrow, II-170 - \neg, II-167 - \negthinspace, I-83, I-142 - nested - boxes, I-164, I-168, I-172, I-214 - environments, III-433 - groups, III-101 - global, III-109 - input, III-459 - macro definition - with parameters, III-223 - macro definitions, III-222 - tables, IV-309--IV-311 - \new..., I-113 - \newbox, I-95, I-112 - \newcount, I-34, I-49, I-112, IV-30 - \NewCounter, I-70--I-72 - \NewDef, III-13, III-171, III-172, III-175, III-439 - \newdimen, I-87, I-112, IV-30 - \NewEnvironment, III-435 - \newfam, I-112, II-204, II-207 - \NewFont, II-263 - \newif, I-112 - \newinsert, I-112, IV-29 - \BackslashTt @NewLabel, III-542 - \newlanguage, I-112, II-141 - *\newlinechar, I-55, III-522 - \NewLineMessage, III-522 - \newmskip, I-93, I-112 - \NewPage, IV-19 - \NewPageLeftHand, IV-48 - \NewPageRightHand, IV-46, IV-48 - \NewPageRightHandSpecial, IV-123 - \newread, I-112, III-449 - \newskip, I-92, I-112 - \newtoks, I-112, III-117 - \newwrite, I-112, III-473 - \NextCharTest, III-262 - \NextDay, III-372 - \NextMonth, III-378 - \NextWeekSameDay, III-376 - \ni, II-169 - *\noalign, II-221, III-107, - IV-256, IV-257, IV-283, IV-355, IV-373 - \nobreak, I-158, I-159, II-115, II-124, IV-17, IV-19, IV-25 - \NoBreakSpace, III-15 - *\noexpand, III-207, III-283, III-284, - III-312, III-314, III-315 - *\noindent, II-11, II-19, - II-28, II-35, II-38, II-52 - \nointerlineskip, I-222, I-228, I-231 - \nolimits, II-179 - non equal sign, III-24 - none - expansion, III-314 - font, II-230 - glue versus zero glue, I-139 - \nonfrenchspacing, II-278, II-281 - \nonscript, II-191 - *\nonstopmode, I-106, I-112, II-189, - III-155, III-442 - \nopagenumbers, IV-50, IV-90, IV-92 - \normalbaselines, I-230, I-231, IV-304 - \normalbottom, IV-10 - \NormalFontTable, II-300 - \NormalParIndent, II-35 - \normalsize, II-271 - \NoSpecialPageRef, III-571 - nucleus, II-192 - nul.tex, III-22, 79 - \null, I-165 - null delimiter, II-182 - null.tex, III-22, III-461, 79 - *\nulldelimiterspace, I-89, - II-182 - *\nullfont, II-230 - *\number, I-43, I-47 - number of macro arguments, III-219 - \NumberConditional, III-353 - \NumberOfDaysInMonth, III-365 - \NumberOfDaysInYear, III-371 - \NumberOfLinesInFile, III-21, 78 - \NumberOfLinesInFiles, III-21, 78 - \NumberOfListElements, III-127, III-136 - numbers - decimal, I-59--I-63 - hexadecimal, III-404 - octal, I-48, III-404 - printing in textual form, I-63 - printing numerical values, I-47 - Roman, I-47 - termination of, I-45 - \NumberToText, I-63 - numerical - alignment, IV-242 - computations in tables, IV-337 - conditionals, I-56, III-320 - constants, I-39, I-44 - spaces after, I-27 - \nwarrow, II-170 - - - \O, I-22 - \o, I-22 - \oalign, IV-351 - obelisk, I-23 - \ObeyLines, III-19, III-20 - \obeylines, I-25, II-36, II-38, III-16, III-18--III-20, III-36 - \ObeySpaces, III-17, III-20, III-32, III-35 - \obeyspaces, I-25, III-16, III-20 - \Oct, I-48, III-404, III-405 - octal - constants, I-39 - numbers, I-48, III-404 - \odot, II-168 - \OE, I-22 - \oe, I-22 - \offinterlineskip, I-230, I-231, IV-80, IV-272, IV-273, IV-304 - tables, IV-273 - \oint, II-178 - \Omega, II-166 - \ominus, II-168 - *\omit, IV-201, IV-220 - \cr, IV-224 - omitting of, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210 - \OnPage, III-608 - \ooalign, IV-353 - Op, II-192 - Open, II-192 - open exclamation, I-19 - open question, I-19 - \OpenExclamationText, III-29 - \OpenExclamationTt, III-29 - \OpenGenericOStream, III-474 - \openin, III-449 - \OpenIndexFiles, III-491, III-493, III-494 - \openout, III-473, III-478 - \OpenQuestionText, III-30 - \openup, IV-256 - \OpenVerbWrFile, III-507 - operators - large, II-161, II-178--II-180 - \oplus, II-168 - \OptArgX, III-260, III-261 - optional arguments, III-260 - Ord, II-192 - organizing part processing, III-539 - orientation - page of, IV-48 - \oslash, II-168 - \otimes, II-168 - \OutCaptionGameOnePass, IV-146 - \OutCaptionGameTwoPass, IV-144 - *\outer, I-113, III-179, III-322 - plain format, III-179 - *\output, III-107, III-118, - IV-2, IV-44 - output routines, IV-39--IV-198 - basics, IV-2 - boxes - visible, IV-44 - default, IV-2, IV-57 - double column and single column, IV-166 - double rules, IV-59 - figure caption placement, IV-137 - implicit groups, IV-54, IV-57 - index printing, IV-133 - left hand pages, IV-46 - library card printing, IV-66 - logical page, IV-45 - overview, IV-39 - page breaking, IV-2, IV-41 - penalties, IV-52 - physical pages, IV-45, IV-66 - plain format, IV-89, IV-96, IV-132 - simplified, IV-93 - restoring an output routine, IV-172 - right hand pages, IV-46 - running heads, IV-60 - setting up, IV-44 - shifting output, I-12, IV-53 - simple, IV-57, IV-59 - specific positioning, IV-76 - TeX in Practice, IV-121 - vertical material, IV-53 - output streams, III-472 - number, III-472 - *\outputpenalty, I-54, IV-19, - IV-28, IV-41, IV-52, IV-72, - IV-96 - \OutputWithoutRules, IV-65 - \OutputWithRules, IV-65 - Over, II-192 - *\over, II-171--II-173, III-153 - \OverallSize, I-102 - overfull boxes, I-131, I-132 - *\overfullrule, I-89, I-132 - overlapping lines, I-217 - \overline, II-170, II-197 - overlining - math mode, II-170 - overprinting, I-199 - characters, I-181 - overshrinking glue, I-126 - oversized insertions, IV-109, IV-112 - oversized item labels, II-60 - overstretching glue, I-126 - *\overwithdelims, II-173 - - - \P, I-23 - .p, II-325 - page - current, IV-1, IV-2 - dimensions, IV-46 - glue on top, IV-13 - horizontal shifting, I-12 - layout, IV-8, IV-54 - numbering of, IV-48 - partial processing, III-562 - page breaking - after hyphenated line, IV-20 - algorithm, IV-1--IV-38 - around headings, IV-25, IV-27 - \bigbreak, IV-15 - comparing with line breaks, IV-36 - computations, IV-4, IV-36 - explicit, IV-19 - forced, IV-19 - hyphenated lines, IV-20 - implicit vertical glue, IV-13 - logical pages, IV-45, IV-66 - \medbreak, IV-15 - output routine, IV-41 - output routines, IV-2 - parameters, IV-28 - penalties, IV-15 - preventing of, I-210 - \smallbreak, IV-15 - tables with horizontal rules, IV-351 - page layout - bottom flush, IV-9 - plain format, IV-10 - ragged bottom, IV-9, IV-66 - page numbering - double, IV-51, IV-60 - folio, IV-50 - incrementing, IV-57 - odd versus even, IV-62 - printing, III-327 - Roman, IV-49 - suppression, IV-92 - \pagebody, IV-90, IV-93 - \pagecontents, IV-90, IV-95, IV-96, IV-113, IV-117, IV-118 - *\pagefilllstretch, IV-28 - *\pagefillstretch, IV-28 - *\pagefilstretch, IV-28 - *\pagegoal, IV-4--IV-6, IV-8, - IV-31, IV-32, IV-37, IV-106, IV-166 - updating of, IV-5 - \pageinsert, IV-90, IV-97, IV-104, IV-105, IV-109, IV-118, IV-130 - \PageLine, IV-140 - \pageno, I-50, III-327, IV-49--IV-51, IV-57 - \PageRef, III-86, III-87, III-89, III-565, III-566, III-568 - pages - left hand, IV-46 - nearby, III-569 - orientation, IV-48 - landscape mode, I-12, IV-48 - portrait mode, I-12, IV-48 - physical, IV-45, IV-66 - right hand, IV-46 - selective printing, IV-58 - shifting, I-12, IV-53 - size, II-196 - vertical shifting, I-12 - \PageShortForm, III-609 - *\pageshrink, IV-28 - \PagesRef, III-611 - \PagesShortForm, III-609 - *\pagestretch, IV-28 - *\pagetotal, IV-4--IV-6, IV-8, - IV-37, IV-106 - updating of, IV-5 - \PrintParPrimitive, III-19, III-153, III-201, III-349, III-438, III-439, III-450, IV-7 - par, IV-18 - paragraph sign, \P, I-23 - paragraphs, II-1--II-153 - arbitrary shapes, II-105 - as table entries, IV-304, IV-306 - between table rows, IV-316 - big letter start, II-85 - centering of, I-135, II-9, II-100 - club line, IV-20 - empty lines, II-1 - ending of, II-1, II-12 - first line special, II-134 - hanging, II-80, II-133 - hanging indentation - ragged right, II-133 - indentation, II-18 - negative, II-20 - suppression of, II-19, II-35 - indented, II-15 - last line, II-45 - line numbers in, I-296 - lines - loose, II-143 - lists, II-22, II-49, III-120 - number of lines in, II-130 - parameters - timing, II-110 - predetermined first line, II-10 - processing of, II-3 - pyramids, III-416 - ragged right, II-99, II-246 - related parameters, II-7 - related penalties, IV-22 - vertical, IV-20 - samples, III-402 - spaces, II-1 - starting, II-1, II-11 - tables, IV-311--IV-320 - vboxes, I-212 - vertical - boxes, II-8 - vertical spacing between, II-25 - widow line, IV-20 - \parallel, II-169 - parameter - definition of term, I-35 - \angt{parameter text}, III-181 - parameters, I-35, III-180 - counters, I-53 - delimited, III-181, III-186, III-187 - delimiters, III-189 - empty, III-195 - \everydisplay, III-200 - gobbling, III-196 - gobbling macros, III-196 - space, III-190 - tabs, III-190 - dimensions, I-88 - glue, I-92, I-122 - keywords, III-232 - macros, I-18 - maximum number of, III-163 - mixed types, III-201 - page breaking, IV-28 - tokens, III-4 - undelimited, III-181 - spaces, III-183 - writing to log file, I-116 - parentheses, I-19 - tables, IV-339 - *\parfillskip, II-8, II-42, - II-45, II-100, II-112, II-123, - II-134 - \ParFl, III-201 - *\parindent, I-28, I-89, - II-7, II-11--II-13, II-17, II-18, - II-81, II-112, II-123, II-152, - III-18 - *\parshape, II-8, II-105, II-106, - II-131, II-220 - extended command, II-107 - *\parskip, I-28, I-93, - I-211, II-7, II-11--II-13, - II-25, II-29, II-30, II-69, - II-94, II-110, II-112, II-217, - III-18, IV-3, IV-9, IV-14, - IV-36 - dynamic computation, II-29 - part processing - auxiliary files, III-536, III-541, III-542 - counters, III-581 - cross-referencing, III-563 - nearby pages, III-569 - example, III-581 - macros, III-535 - numbering of pages, III-562 - part list, III-536, III-537 - parts, III-535 - table of contents, III-587 - generation, III-543 - \partial, II-166, II-167 - partial derivatives, II-166 - patch, II-271, III-605 - patgen, II-322 - *\pausing, I-54, III-443 - PCs, I-1 - penalties, I-157--I-159, III-438, IV-3 - displayed equations related, IV-21 - explicit, IV-17, IV-19 - horizontal, I-157 - horizontal mode, I-158 - implicit, I-158 - line breaking, II-144 - negative, I-158 - output routine, IV-52 - page breaking, IV-15 - positive, I-158 - vertical, I-157 - vertical boxes, I-211 - vertical mode, I-158 - \vsplit, I-285 - zero value, I-158 - zero versus none, IV-23 - *\penalty, I-157 - percent sign, I-17, III-10 - \PercentSignPure, III-30 - \PercentSignText, III-30 - \PercentSignTt, III-30 - periods, I-21 - spaces, II-282 - \PeriodText, III-30, IV-244 - \PeriodTt, III-30 - \perp, II-169 - \phantom, II-208, II-209 - phantoms, II-208 - \Phi, II-166 - \phi, II-166 - photo typesetters, I-1, II-285 - photographic reduction, II-242, II-275 - physical pages, IV-45, IV-66 - \Pi, II-166 - pica, I-82 - \PickFirstOfTwo, III-285 - \PickSecondOfTwo, III-285 - pixels, II-285 - pktopxl, II-322 - pktype, II-322 - plain format, I-7, I-8, II-314 - fonts, II-258 - footnotes, IV-98--IV-102 - insertions, IV-97 - \LaTeX, III-438 - math family definitions, II-204 - multilingual, II-142 - \outer macros, III-179 - output routine, IV-89, IV-96, IV-132 - simplified, IV-91 - plain.tex, II-142, II-314 - running foot, IV-91 - running head, IV-91 - table macros, IV-351 - topinsertions, IV-103 - version number, II-325 - plain.tex, II-142, II-314 - \plainoutput, IV-90 - pltotf, II-316, II-322 - plus, I-28 - plus minus, II-167 - plus sign, I-19 - \PlusSignText, III-30 - \PlusSignTt, III-30 - \pm, II-168 - \pmatrix, II-222 - point, I-82 - Polish suppressed-L, \l and \L, I-23 - pooltype, II-322 - poor typesetting, II-134 - \PopVerbatimL, III-55 - Porsche, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii - portrait mode, I-12, IV-48 - *\postdisplaypenalty, I-54, - II-216, IV-21 - {\sc PostScript}, III-9 - fonts, II-247, II-309 - pound sign - tables, IV-201 - \pounds, III-29 - \PoundSignText, III-30 - \PoundSignTt, III-30 - \Pr, II-165 - preamble, IV-200--IV-203 - macros, IV-324 - \prec, II-169 - \preceq, II-169 - *\predisplaypenalty, I-54, II-216, - IV-21 - *\predisplaysize, I-89, II-219 - prefix - strings, III-302 - \PrefixConditional, III-302 - \PrepareFigureBox, IV-141 - *\pretolerance, I-53, II-137, - II-149 - \PrevDay, III-374 - *\prevdepth, I-89, I-222, - I-227 - *\prevgraf, II-12, II-130, II-131, - II-220 - previewing, I-7 - previous - day, III-374 - month, III-379 - \PrevMonth, III-379 - \PrevWeekSameDay, III-376, III-377 - \prime, II-162, II-167, III-24 - primitives, I-5, I-7, II-313, III-151, III-152 - comparison with macros, III-154 - duplicating, III-245 - \expandafter, III-288 - redefining, III-154 - \show, III-155 - \PrintAlph, I-48, 1, 2 - \PrintAsterisk, III-397, III-398 - \PrintAtPosition, IV-76, IV-80 - \PrintCatCode, II-303 - \PrintCounter, I-70, I-74 - \PrintDayOfWeek, III-361 - \PrintElse, III-497 - \PrintEven, III-319 - \PrintFi, III-497 - \PrintHyphens, II-145 - \PrintIf, III-497 - \PrintIfCase, III-497 - \PrintIfCat, III-497 - \PrintIfDim, III-497 - \PrintIfEof, III-497 - \PrintIfFalse, III-497 - \PrintIfHbox, III-497 - \PrintIfHmode, III-497 - \PrintIfMmode, III-497 - \PrintIfNum, III-497 - \PrintIfOdd, III-497 - \PrintIfTrue, III-497 - \PrintIfVbox, III-497 - \PrintIfVmode, III-497 - \PrintIfVoid, III-497 - \PrintIfX, III-497 - \PrintInDollar, III-331, IV-337 - printing - characters - character code, I-44 - dollar amounts, III-331 - number in textual form, I-63 - \PrintMilTime, I-51 - \PrintMode, III-348 - \PrintMonth, III-363 - \PrintMonthQ, III-329 - \PrintOdd, III-319 - \PrintOddEven, III-318 - \PrintParWithLineNumbers, I-296 - \PrintRegister, III-164 - \PrintRepeat, III-497 - processing - dvi files, IV-136 - large documents, III-535 - \ProcessNow, III-544, III-551 - \ProcessPart, III-550 - \prod, II-178 - \ProduceNumber, III-355 - profile, II-322 - programmable, I-3 - formatting systems, I-1 - proportionally spaced fonts, I-20, II-245, II-256 - \propto, II-169 - protocol file, III-525 - \ProvideDayOfWeek, III-361 - \ProvideMonth, III-362, III-363 - \PS, III-166 - \Psi, II-166 - public domain, I-1, I-14 - Punct, II-192 - pure TeX, I-7 - \PushVerbatimL, III-55 - .pxl, II-325 - pxl files, II-288, II-290 - pxltopk, II-322 - pxltype, II-322 - pyramids - inverted, III-416 - - - \qquad, I-83, I-142 - \quad, I-83, I-142 - quad, I-83 - \QuestionMarkText, III-30 - \QuestionMarkTt, III-30 - queues - box registers, III-423 - quotation mark - left, I-43 - - - Rad, II-192 - ragged bottom - page layout, IV-9, IV-66 - ragged right, II-99, II-133, II-246 - \raggedbottom, IV-10 - \raggedright, II-99 - *\raise, I-164, I-169, - I-211 - range checking, III-327 - raster output devices, II-284, II-285 - \rbrace, I-19, II-207 - \Re, II-167 - *\read, III-152, III-286, - III-315, III-449 - \ReadANumber, III-456 - \ReadANumberResult, III-456 - \ReadInEndNotes, III-518 - reading - file, III-448, III-449 - complete, III-458 - numbers from a file, III-455 - \ReassignCounter, I-70, I-72, II-73 - recent contributions, IV-1 - recursion, III-249, III-397, III-399 - picking up characters, III-410 - \RecursionMacroEnd, III-399 - \ReDef, III-172, III-175 - redefining - \edef based macros, III-215 - macros, III-171, III-175 - \PrintParPrimitive in tables, IV-225 - primitives, III-154 - \ReduceToStrut, I-241 - \Ref, III-86, III-87, III-89, III-565 - \RefCounter, I-70, I-74 - reference point - boxes, I-162, I-243 - registers, I-33--I-119 - 0 to 9, I-49 - allocation, I-33 - arithmetic, I-37--I-39 - assignment, I-37 - box registers, I-36, I-95, I-168 - boxes - allocation, I-95 - clearing, I-98 - dimensions, I-100 - loading of, I-97 - void, I-103, III-322 - writing to log file, I-105 - counters - macros, I-68--I-79 - dimensions, I-36, I-87 - \edef, III-213 - exchanging - box registers, I-97 - extracting values, III-313 - glue, I-36, I-91 - index, I-33, I-34 - insertions, IV-30 - math glue, I-36 - names, I-33 - printing, I-35 - temporary, I-34 - token, I-36, III-117 - types, I-33 - Rel, II-192 - *\relax, I-44, I-45, III-431, - IV-233 - glue, I-123 - *\relpenalty, I-54, II-144, - II-186 - \RemLsp, III-309 - \removelastskip, IV-16, IV-17 - \RemTsp, III-308, III-309 - \PrintRepeat, III-400, III-497 - repeated use - table entries, IV-216 - replacement text, I-7, III-99, III-154, III-158, III-159, III-170 - category codes, III-8 - grouping, III-171 - \ReplaceSubStrings, III-297 - replacing substrings, III-297 - \ReportBoxType, I-99 - \ReportCharSize, II-232 - \ReportDefined, III-173 - \ReportOnDefined, III-346 - reset list, I-72, I-73, I-75 - \RestoreSpaceFactor, II-282 - \ResultNumberOfLines, II-130 - return character, I-24, III-10, III-14 - \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile, III-21, 78 - reverse apostrophe, I-20 - \ReverseList, III-126 - \ReverseString, III-300 - reversing a string, III-300 - \rho, II-166 - *\right, II-181, II-182, II-184 - right - bracket, I-19 - double quotation mark, I-20 - quote, I-20, I-39, III-24 - right-justified - columns, IV-200, IV-204 - item labels, II-23 - lines, II-41 - \RightAppendElement, III-122 - \Rightarrow, II-170 - \rightarrow, II-170 - \rightarrowfill, I-150, I-152, IV-207 - \RightBraceText, III-28 - \RightBraceTt, III-30 - \RightBracketText, III-30 - \RightBracketTt, III-30 - \RightFooter, IV-140 - \rightharpoondown, II-170 - \rightharpoonup, II-170 - \RightHeader, IV-140 - *\righthyphenmin, I-55, II-141, - II-145 - \RightLeaderLine, I-186 - \rightleftharpoons, II-170 - \rightline, I-186, III-439 - \RightLineR, I-343 - \RightParenthesisText, III-31 - \RightParenthesisTt, III-31 - \RightQuoteText, III-31 - \RightQuoteTt, III-31 - *\rightskip, I-93, II-8, - II-13, II-14, II-42, II-45, - II-52, II-55, II-56, II-67, - II-81, II-99, II-106, II-110, - II-112, II-123, II-133, II-134, - II-152, II-218, II-220, IV-37 - stretchability, II-99 - \Rlap, I-185 - \rlap, I-182, I-184, I-201 - \RlapX, I-185 - \rm, II-256 - robust macros, III-481, III-561 - \Robusting, III-482 - \Roman, I-68 - Roman - numerals, I-47 - page numbers, IV-49 - \roman, I-68 - *\romannumeral, I-48, IV-49 - *\root, II-169, II-180 - roots, II-169 - rows - skipping, IV-222 - \rq, I-20 - rules, I-154--I-157, IV-2 - boxes, I-318--I-343 - compact specification, III-232 - depth, I-154 - default, I-154, I-155 - dimensions, I-154 - height, I-154 - default, I-154, I-155 - horizontal, I-154, I-174 - horizontal mode, I-154 - leaders, I-146 - multiple dimension specifications, I-155 - multiple vertical in tables, IV-278 - negative dimensions, I-156 - output routines, IV-59 - struts, IV-277 - tables, IV-279 - vertical, I-154 - horizontal boxes, I-164 - in tables, IV-275 - \multispan, IV-287 - struts, IV-277 - vertical mode, I-154 - width, I-154 - default, I-154, I-155 - \RulesInSide, I-329, I-332 - \RulesOnSide, I-330, I-332 - \RulesOutSide, I-327, I-332 - running foot, IV-60 - plain format, IV-91 - running head, IV-81 - dictionaries, IV-83 - plain format, IV-91 - TeX in Practice, IV-87 - - - \S, I-23 - \SameSizeMath, II-206 - \SampleColumnText, II-251 - \SamplePar, III-402 - \SaveSpaceFactor, II-282 - *\sb, II-160 - scaled, II-240 - scaled points, I-38, I-81, I-82 - scaling - fonts, II-242, II-275 - Scandinavian A-with-circle, \aa and \AA, I-22 - Scandinavian O-with-slash, \o and \O, I-22 - script size, II-196 - *\scriptfont, II-201, II-204 - scriptscript size, II-196 - *\scriptscriptfont, II-201, II-204 - *\scriptscriptstyle, II-195, II-196 - *\scriptspace, I-89, II-162 - *\scriptstyle, II-195, II-196 - *\scrollmode, III-442 - \searrow, II-170 - \sec, II-165 - \Section, II-90, IV-87 - section number sign, \S, I-23 - \SectionRef, III-610 - \SectionSample, III-582 - \SectionX, II-96 - \See, III-609, III-610 - \see, III-609, III-610 - selective printing of pages, IV-58 - self-redefining macros, III-224 - *\setbox, I-97, I-335, - III-238 - \BackslashTt@SetCounter, III-542 - \SetCounter, I-70, I-76 - \SetFooter, IV-140 - \SetGraphDataBox, I-314, I-315 - \SetHeader, IV-140 - \SetIndexStream, III-491, III-494 - \SetLineThickness, I-314, I-315 - \setminus, II-168 - \SetPageLayout, III-600, IV-121, IV-123 - \SetParIndent, II-35 - \SetScale, I-314 - \settabs, I-198 - begin tabbed line, I-19, I-198 - \SetUpAfterEveryPar, III-349 - \SetUpBoxRegisterQueue, III-423, III-425 - \SetUpDC, IV-160 - \SetUpDSC, IV-170, IV-171 - \SetUpLabels, III-86, III-87 - \SetUpPrintAtPosition, \IndexPit{IV-80} - \SetUpTeXIPValues, III-597 - *\sfcode, II-279 - SGML, III-224 - Shakespeare, II-4, II-37--II-41 - \sharp, II-167 - shifting output, I-12, IV-53 - \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown, I-254, I-265 - *\shipout, III-476, III-531, IV-3, - IV-41, IV-49, IV-53, IV-57, - IV-72, IV-93, IV-127 - \ShortCard, IV-73 - \ShouldBeRightHandPage, IV-47 - *\show, III-33, III-155, - III-177, III-315, III-442, III-521, - IV-82 - primitives, III-155 - \ShowArray, III-136 - *\showbox, I-105, I-106, I-111, - II-292, III-521 - \ShowBoxAll, I-111 - *\showboxbreadth, I-56, I-105, - I-111 - *\showboxdepth, I-56, I-105, - I-111 - \ShowBoxDepthOne, I-111, I-224, IV-10 - \ShowBoxDepthTwo, I-111 - *\showhyphens, II-145 - *\showlists, II-189, IV-4 - *\showthe, I-36, I-37, I-88, - I-92, III-313, III-442, III-521 - shrinkability, I-122 - default, I-123 - exceeding, I-124 - hierarchy, I-137 - infinite, I-135 - none, I-124 - shrinking glue, I-125 - \SideNoteText, III-492 - \Sigma, II-166 - \SignatureLine, I-201 - \sim, II-169 - \simeq, II-169 - \SimpleOutputRoutine, IV-65 - \sin, II-165 - \sinh, II-165 - size - characters, II-232 - *\skewchar, II-207 - *\skip, I-91, IV-30 - *\skipdef, I-92, III-152, - III-314 - skipping - rows, IV-222 - text, III-323 - \slash, I-159, II-145 - \small, II-271 - \smallbreak, IV-15, IV-16 - \smallskip, I-142, IV-14, IV-15 - \smallskipamount, IV-16 - \smash, II-209 - \smile, II-169 - solid, II-258 - source code, I-4 - entering, I-15 - source file, I-5 - *\sp, II-160 - sp, I-38, I-81, I-82 - \space, I-45, I-169, III-4, III-16 - space, I-23, III-10, III-24 - factor, II-276, II-279 - tokens, I-24, III-2 - \spacefactor, II-280 - spaces - active, I-25 - after control symbols, III-4 - after control words, III-3 - after keywords, I-28 - after numerical constants, I-27 - ampersand, IV-229 - character, III-36 - control space, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17 - extended, I-21 - hard space, I-27 - in macro arguments, III-185 - in math, I-27, II-156 - interword spacing, II-275 - leading spaces - removal, III-308 - \let, III-248 - line breaking, I-25 - multiple, I-24 - printing, III-165 - paragraphs, II-1 - periods, II-282 - regular, I-21 - spurious, III-231 - tabs, III-7 - templates, IV-233 - thin, II-207 - token, I-24, III-2 - trailing spaces - removal, III-308 - undelimited parameters, III-183 - vertical mode, I-27 - visible, I-23, I-24 - *\spaceskip, II-8, II-99, - II-150, II-277 - \SpaceText, III-31 - spacing - French, II-246 - interwords, II-246, II-275 - table columns, IV-230 - \spadesuit, II-167 - *\span, III-315, IV-201, IV-264, IV-265, - IV-327, IV-330 - templates, IV-330 - sparse tables, IV-298 - *\special, III-533, IV-3, IV-22, - IV-43, IV-81 - \vsplit, I-278 - spelling checker, I-12, II-321 - *\splitbotmark, IV-83 - *\splitfirstmark, IV-83 - *\splitmaxdepth, I-89, I-247, - I-293 - splitting vboxes, I-267 - *\splittopskip, I-93, I-282, - IV-102 - spooler, I-12, II-322 - \sqcap, II-168 - \sqcup, II-168 - \sqrt, II-169, II-197 - \sqsubseteq, II-169 - \sqsupseteq, II-169 - \ss, I-23 - \star, II-168 - \StartEndNoteWriting, III-517, III-519 - \StartVerbatimL, III-45, III-55 - static columns, IV-227 - \StepCounter, I-70, I-76 - stomach, III-1 - streams - output, III-472 - number, III-472 - stretch ratio, I-128 - stretchability, I-122 - default, I-123 - exceeding, I-124 - hierarchy, I-137 - infinite, I-135 - none, I-124 - *\string, I-17, III-12, - III-65, III-66, III-68, III-164, III-315 - \StringLength, II-237 - strings - category codes, III-12 - comparison, III-334 - category codes, III-337 - converting from tokens, III-65 - converting to tokens, III-65 - empty string testing, III-335 - extraction, III-292 - prefix, III-302 - replacing substrings, III-297 - suffix, III-307 - \StringsEqualConditional, III-334, III-336, III-343, III-344 - \StringsEqualConditionalCat, III-338 - \StringSwitch, III-340 - \strut, I-236, I-238, II-198 - struts, I-235--I-241 - automatic computation, I-239 - generation of, I-236 - boxes, I-236 - vrules, I-236 - tables, IV-271 - \tabskip, IV-280 - vertical rules, IV-277 - visible, I-238 - style - file, I-9, III-437 - selection, II-197 - uncramped style, II-195 - subformula, III-99 - subscripts, I-4, II-160--II-162 - \SubSection, II-90, III-605 - \SubSectionX, II-96 - \subset, II-169 - \subseteq, II-169 - \SubstituteFont, II-267 - \SubstituteFontX, II-265 - substring extraction, III-292 - \SubStringConditional, III-293 - \SubSubSection, III-605 - \SubSubSectionX, II-96 - \succ, II-169 - \succeq, II-169 - suffix testing, III-307 - \SuffixConditional, III-307 - \sum, II-178, II-190, II-194, II-195 - \sup, II-165 - \supereject, I-159, III-478, III-538, IV-19, IV-51, IV-52, - IV-72, IV-73, IV-91, IV-108, IV-160, IV-161 - superscripts, I-4, I-18, II-160--II-162, IV-98 - suppression - expansion, III-312 - hyphenation, II-144 - interline glue, I-228 - kerning, II-292 - ligatures, II-292 - page numbering, IV-92 - paragraph indentation, II-19, II-35 - \SuppressNextParIndent, II-36 - \supset, II-169 - \supseteq, II-169 - \surd, II-167 - \SwapBoxRegs, I-97 - \swarrow, II-170 - switch statement, III-340 - - - tab character, I-17, I-18, I-24, I-25, I-28 - \halign, IV-201 - writing of, III-505 - table of contents - file, III-499, III-541 - generation of, III-543 - processing of, III-587 - typesetting, II-118--II-130 - \TableFootNote, IV-314 - \TableOfContents, III-540, III-543 - TableOrListOfSomething - \BackslashTt @TableOrListOfSomething, III-557 - \TableRef, III-610 - tables, IV-199--IV-379 - basics, IV-200 - \bgroup and \egroup, III-103 - body, IV-200 - centering of, IV-295--IV-303, IV-333 - \centerline, IV-297 - display math mode, IV-295 - \tabskip, IV-296 - columns - alignment, IV-200 - centered, IV-200, IV-204 - changing justification, IV-226 - eliminating, IV-211 - implicit grouping, IV-210 - left-justified, IV-200, IV-204 - narrow, II-150 - omitting of, IV-222 - repeated entries, IV-217 - spacing, IV-230 - spacing of, IV-240 - spanning multiple, IV-263 - static, IV-227 - display math mode, IV-209 - double, IV-357--IV-371 - entries - repeated use, IV-216 - examples - simple, IV-206 - expansion, IV-376 - font changes, IV-208 - footnotes, IV-313 - glue - templates, IV-226 - heading, IV-214 - horizontal rules, IV-258 - page breaking, IV-351 - selective columns, IV-289 - implicit groups, IV-210 - inputting, IV-291 - leaders, IV-207 - macros - plain format, IV-351 - material not subject to alignment, IV-256 - math - inline, IV-208 - multi page, IV-320 - named columns, IV-301 - nested, IV-309--IV-311 - numerical alignment, IV-242 - numerical computations in, IV-337 - \offinterlineskip, IV-273 - \par - redefining, IV-225 - paragraphs, IV-311--IV-320 - paragraphs between table rows, IV-316 - paragraphs in, IV-304, IV-306 - parentheses, IV-339 - placement, IV-371 - preamble, IV-200--IV-203 - macros, IV-324 - predetermined width, IV-251 - rows - empty, IV-224 - paragraphs between, IV-316 - skipping, IV-222 - rules - horizontal, IV-279 - horizontal, double, IV-260 - vertical, IV-279 - vertical, double, IV-282 - sparse, IV-298 - struts, IV-271 - tab character - spaces, IV-229 - templates, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210 - changing, IV-331 - \edef, IV-328 - macros, IV-200, IV-324, IV-327 - no glue, IV-219 - omitting of, IV-220 - repeated use of, IV-227 - spaces, IV-233 - \span, IV-330 - using hboxes, I-191 - vertical alignment, IV-355 - vertical boxes as entries, IV-304--IV-311 - vertical rules, IV-275 - vertical spacing, IV-255, IV-271 - vertical splitting of, IV-344 - width, IV-212, IV-248 - setting of, IV-248 - tabs - delimited parameters, III-190 - spaces, III-7 - *\tabskip, III-315, IV-201, - IV-230, IV-239, IV-355, IV-357 - default, IV-237 - identical for all columns, IV-230 - incomplete specification, IV-234 - struts, IV-280 - $tab_{0}$, IV-234, IV-237 - $tab_{n}$, IV-234 - \tan, II-165 - tangle, II-317, II-322 - \tanh, II-165 - \td, III-167 - templates, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210 - changing, IV-331 - \edef, IV-328 - glue between, IV-230 - \hfil, IV-226 - macros, IV-200, IV-324, IV-327 - no glue, IV-219 - repeated use of, IV-227 - spaces, IV-233 - \span, IV-330 - standard, IV-204 - temporary registers, I-34 - \tenrm, IV-92 - terminal - reading, III-453 - terminal mode, III-442, III-521 - \TestDef, III-463 - testing - \PrintParPrimitive, III-273 - TeX, I-1, I-3, I-8 - 2.9, I-41, I-42 - 3.0, I-xxxii, I-42, I-129, II-xxxii, II-141, II-296, II-325, III-xxxviii, III-460, IV-xxviii, - xxii - capabilities of, I-3 - debugging, III-439 - diagrams of, I-3, II-320 - electronic mailing lists, I-15 - gullet, III-1 - learning of, I-30 - logo, I-189 - mouth, III-1, III-2 - printing output, II-284, II-321 - public domain, I-1, I-14 - pure, I-7 - source code, I-4 - entering, I-15 - source files, I-5, I-9 - stomach, III-1 - structure of program, III-1 - TeX, I-4, I-141, I-189 - .tex, II-325, III-447 - tex, II-315 - TeX book, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii - TeX in Practice, I-xxxi, II-xxxi, III-xxxvii, IV-xxvii, xxi - audience, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii - conditionals, III-351 - contents, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii - cross-referencing, III-607 - dimensions, III-597 - list of figures, II-129 - list of tables, II-129 - page numbering, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii - subdivisions, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii - TeX Users Group, I-xxxvi, I-xxxix, I-14, II-xxxvi, II-xxxix, III-lxii, III-lxv, IV-xxxii, - IV-xxxv, IV-337, xxvi, xxix - texclean, I-12 - TEXFONTS, II-319 - TEXFORMATS, II-319 - TEXINPUTS, II-319 - TeXIP, III-167 - TeX IP format, III-612 - TEXPOOL, II-319 - text - single spaced, II-258 - underlining, I-200, II-161, II-297 - text editor, I-11 - *TeXtfont, II-201, II-204 - TeXtindent, II-88 - *TeXtstyle, II-195, II-196 - TeXX, I-189 - .tfm, II-325 - tfm files, I-9 - information, II-238 - \TfmSizeTable, II-234 - tftopl, II-292, II-316, II-322 - *\the, I-35--I-37, I-47, - I-87, I-88, I-92, I-101, - III-12, III-282, III-313, IV-91, 6 - \edef, III-208 - \message, I-37 - tokens generated, III-313 - \TheArabicCounter, I-70, I-74 - \TheCounter, I-70, I-73 - \Theta, II-166 - \theta, II-166 - \thickmuskip, II-185 - thin space, II-207 - \thinmuskip, II-185 - \thinspace, I-83, I-142 - \ThreeMonthlyCalendars, III-388 - tie, I-24, I-25 - tight - boxes, I-131 - lines, II-143 - \tilde, II-177 - tilde, I-22, I-25, I-159, III-15 - category code, III-15 - \TildeText, III-31 - \TildeTt, III-31 - *\time, I-51, I-53 - time - printing current, I-51 - \times, II-168 - timing - paragraphs parameters, II-110 - .tip, I-xxxv, II-xxxv, II-325, III-lxi, III-447, IV-xxxi, xxv - \Title, IV-185 - .toc, II-325, III-447 - \TocEntry, II-118, II-121, II-124, III-501 - \Today, III-163 - \TodayX, III-383 - \TodayY, III-383 - \TodayZ, III-383 - tokens, III-1--III-149 - basics, III-1 - characters, III-3 - conditionals related to, III-321 - control sequences, III-3 - testing, III-339 - control words, I-27, III-3, III-65 - converting from strings, III-65 - converting to strings, III-65 - definition - testing, III-172 - lists, III-3, III-99 - comparing, III-343 - main token list, III-158 - mouth, III-153 - parameters, III-4, III-118 - registers, I-36, III-117 - undefined - \PrintIfX, III-345 - \TokensToTeXList, III-136 - \toks0, III-315 - *\toksdef, III-117, III-152, - III-314 - *\tolerance, I-53, II-138, - II-149 - \top, II-167 - \topins, IV-97, IV-103, IV-105, IV-117 - *\topinsert, II-115, II-116, IV-32, - IV-90, IV-97, IV-103--IV-106, IV-113, IV-129, IV-130 - *\topmark, IV-82 - *\topskip, I-93, I-257, - IV-10, IV-12--IV-14, IV-70, - IV-80 - \baselineskip, I-257 - tracing - computations in TeX, III-114 - macro expansion, III-216 - \tracingall, I-55, III-440, III-441 - *\tracingcommands, I-55, III-217 - *\tracinglostchars, I-55, II-297, - III-440 - *\tracingmacros, I-55, III-216, - III-440 - *\tracingonline, I-55, I-106, - III-217, III-440 - *\tracingoutput, I-55 - *\tracingpages, I-55, IV-4 - *\tracingparagraphs, I-55, II-137 - *\tracingrestores, I-55, III-114 - *\tracingstats, I-55, III-217, - III-440 - \TreatAsRobust, III-481 - \triangle, II-167 - \triangleleft, II-168 - \triangleright, II-168 - true dimension units, I-86, II-229 - true text, III-317 - \tt, I-4, I-20, II-256, III-26, III-43, III-44 - TUG, I-xxxvi, I-xxxix, I-14, II-xxxvi, II-xxxix, III-lxii, III-lxv, IV-xxxii, IV-xxxv, IV-337, - xxvi, xxix - {\sc TUGBoat}, I-14 - typefaces, II-263 - typewriter font, I-4, II-256 - - - *\uccode, III-62 - *\uchyph, I-55, II-143 - undelimited parameters, III-181 - spaces, III-183 - Under, II-192 - \underbar, I-200, II-297 - underfull boxes, I-131 - *\underline, I-200, II-170, II-197 - underlining - math mode, II-170 - text, I-200, II-161, II-297 - underscore, I-18, II-160 - \UnderscoreText, III-31 - \UnderscoreTt, III-31 - undump, II-314 - *\unhbox, I-96, I-211, - I-261, II-10 - *\unhcopy, I-97, I-211, - I-236, I-261 - units - dimensions, I-81, I-84 - \unkern, I-301 - \unpenalty, I-301 - *\unskip, I-191, I-301, I-308, - II-124 - *\unvbox, I-96, I-211, - I-261, I-263, IV-9, IV-95 - *\unvcopy, I-97, I-211, - I-261, I-263 - \Uparrow, II-170 - \uparrow, II-170 - \upbracefill, I-150, I-153 - \Updownarrow, II-170 - \updownarrow, II-170 - \uplus, II-168 - *\uppercase, I-16, III-62, III-63, III-68, - III-212, III-315 - \edef, III-212 - \Upsilon, II-166 - utilities, I-11, II-321 - dvi file processors, IV-136 - spelling checker, I-12, II-321 - - - *\vadjust, II-29, II-112, - II-115, II-116, III-107, IV-19 - *\valign, I-256, III-315, IV-355 - \ValueOfDecimalPosition, I-59 - \VarArgs, III-264 - \varepsilon, II-166 - \varphi, II-166 - \varrho, II-166 - \vartheta, II-166 - *\vbadness, I-55, I-131 - *\vbox, I-99, I-206, - I-209, I-210, I-319, II-8, - IV-2 - spread, I-144, I-251 - to, I-144, I-237, I-251, I-252, II-181, IV-9, IV-31, IV-59, - IV-94, IV-95, IV-104, IV-162 - \VboxR, I-144, I-209, I-319, I-334, I-336 - Vcent, II-192 - *\vcenter, I-97, I-99, - I-206, I-209, I-210, I-242, - I-248, II-192 - spread, I-251 - to, I-251, I-252 - \VcenterR, I-209, I-335 - \VcenterX, I-248, I-336 - \VcenterXR, I-335, I-336 - \vdash, II-169 - \vdots, II-223 - \vec, II-177 - \vee, II-168 - \Verb, III-31, III-32 - \VerbAsSource, III-513 - \VerbAsVerb, III-513 - verbatim - character - caret, I-4 - listing of file, III-41, III-42, 80, 81 - macros - auxiliary, III-27 - mode, I-16, I-17, III-26 - display, I-25, III-26, III-36 - inline, III-26, III-31 - inline, advanced, III-35 - writing, III-485, III-504 - \VerbatimFont, III-45 - \VerbatimTab, III-44, III-45 - \VerbatimTokBegin, III-44, III-46 - \VerbatimTokEnd, III-44, III-46 - \VerbatimTokLine, III-44, III-46 - \VerbControlSpace, III-31 - \VerbLineNumtrue, III-45 - \VerifyInitDate, III-358 - vertical - alignment, IV-355 - boxes, I-161 - horizontal rules, I-211 - glue, I-121, I-142--I-145, I-227, IV-3 - vertical boxes, I-211, I-213 - kerning, IV-4 - leaders, I-145, I-211 - lines, I-154 - list, I-210 - main, IV-1 - material - generated by output routine, IV-53 - mode, III-437 - inner, I-210, III-437 - penalties, I-158 - rules, I-154 - spaces, I-27 - rules, I-154 - rules and \multispan, IV-287 - rules and struts, IV-277 - rules in tables, IV-279 - shifting of pages, I-12 - space - computation, IV-6 - spacing - display math mode, II-216 - in tables, IV-255, IV-271 - macros, I-309 - spacing between paragraphs, II-25 - splitting of tables, IV-344 - *\vfil, I-143, IV-18 - *\vfill, I-143, II-115, - IV-18, IV-27 - *\vfilneg, I-143, IV-18 - \vfootnote, IV-99 - *\vfuzz, I-88, I-132 - virtex, II-141, II-313, II-314 - undump, II-314 - virtual fonts, 68 - visible - boxes, I-163 - output routines, IV-44 - glue, I-147 - space, I-23, I-24 - struts, I-238 - vboxes, I-209 - \VisibleSpaceTt, I-24, III-31 - visually incompatible lines, II-143 - *\voffset, I-12, I-28, - I-89, IV-46, IV-54 - void box registers, I-103, III-322 - \vphantom, II-209 - *\vrule, I-154, I-164, I-236, - I-240, II-11, III-438 - *\vsize, I-28, III-597, - IV-5, IV-8, IV-28, IV-46, - IV-166 - \VsizeTeXIP, III-597 - *\vskip, I-87, I-94, - I-121, I-142, IV-14, IV-27 - *\vsplit, I-97, I-267--I-298, - IV-1, IV-81, IV-83, IV-345 - double column text, I-267 - glue, I-270 - leaders, I-280 - penalty, I-285 - \special, I-278 - syntax, I-267 - *\vss, I-143 - \Vtbox, I-264, I-265 - *\vtop, I-99, I-206, - I-209, I-210, I-264, I-319, - IV-2, IV-366 - spread, I-251 - to, I-237, I-251, I-252 - \VtopR, I-209, I-319, I-334 - - - *\wd, I-87, I-100 - weave, II-317 - WEB, I-13, II-317 - \WEB, III-167 - .web, II-325 - \wedge, II-168 - week days, III-360 - \WeekOfYear, III-392 - whatsits, IV-3 - \While, III-408 - while loops - do loops, III-413 - logical, III-408 - numerical, III-406 - \WhileNum, III-406 - wide accents, II-177 - \widehat, II-177 - \widetilde, II-177 - widow line, IV-20 - *\widowpenalty, I-54, - III-597, III-598, IV-20--IV-22, IV-24, IV-25 - width, I-28, I-156 - width - boxes, I-176, I-242 - natural, I-125, I-176 - characters, I-165, II-231 - columns - predetermined, IV-251 - determination in tables, IV-212 - horizontal boxes, I-176 - zero, I-180 - keyword width, I-28, I-156 - rules, I-154 - default, I-154, I-155 - setting table width, IV-248 - table, IV-212, IV-248 - tables, IV-212 - \WidthSavingBox, IV-212 - *\wlog, I-37, III-219, III-523 - words - converting to a list, III-133 - \WordsToTeXList, III-133 - workstations, I-1 - \wp, II-167 - \wr, II-168 - *\write, II-35, III-313, - III-315, III-472, III-473, IV-3 - \WriteAuxFileComment, III-562 - \WriteCountersToAuxFile, III-554, III-606 - \WriteProtocol, III-526 - \WriteToAuxSpecial, II-95, III-543, III-555 - \WriteToc, III-501 - \WriteVerbatimArgument, III-485 - writing - boxes to log file, I-105 - comments to auxiliary files, III-562 - control sequences, III-479 - delayed, III-473, III-476, IV-3 - dvi file, III-531 - file, III-472 - immediate, III-473, III-475, III-476 - log file - parameters, I-116 - verbatim, III-485, III-504 - WYSIWYG, I-xxxiii, I-3, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii - - - *\xdef, III-73, III-108, III-215, - III-314, III-315, IV-218 - \XDefinedConditional, III-345 - \Xi, II-166 - *\xleaders, I-145, I-147, I-148 - \XParShape, II-107, II-108 - *\xspaceskip, II-8, II-99, - II-150, II-277 - - - *\year, I-35, I-53, - IV-62 - year - leap, III-369 - \YearlyCalendar, III-390 - - - zero - depth of hboxes, I-185 - height of hboxes, I-185 - penalty value, I-158 - width of hboxes, I-180 - \ZeroBox, I-104 - \ZeroBoxOut, I-104, IV-80 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex b/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 710fc3013e..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6888 +0,0 @@ -% This is the inputd format source code file in a flat version -% This file is generated based on running initex with all files -% belonging to this format. Do NOT change this file, because -% it is automatically generated directly from all the .tip -% files. The same copyright which applies to the individual .tip -% files applies to this file too, obviously -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% \"TeX in Practice\" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -\input plain.tex -\def\InputD #1{} \def\InputDList{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NameDef #1{% - \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameEdef #1{% - \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameGdef #1{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameXdef #1{% - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameNewDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameReDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname} -\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \NameUse{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1" - is undefined.}% - \fi -} -\newif\if@NameDefined -\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax - \@NameDefinedfalse - \else - \@NameDefinedtrue - \fi - \if@NameDefined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-namedef.tip}{} -\def\AbsoluteDimension #1#2{% - \ifdim #1 < 0pt - #2 = -#1\relax - \else - #2 = #1\relax - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-absdimen.tip}{} -\def\AbsoluteValue #1#2{% - \ifnum #1<0 - #2 = -#1\relax - \else - #2 = #1\relax - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-absval.tip}{} -\def\DefineAcronym #1#2#3{% - \def #1{% - #2 (#3)% - \gdef#1{#2}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-acronym.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@DoLoopNesting -\@DoLoopNesting = 0 -\newcount\@DoLoopLimit -\newcount\@DoLoopLimitTwo -\newcount\@DoLoopLimitThree -\def\DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5{% - \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by 1 - \ifnum\@DoLoopNesting > 3 - \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: nesting beyond three levels - is not supported.}% - \fi - \ifnum #3 = 0 - \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: step value (parameter 3) is 0!}% - \else - \ifcase\@DoLoopNesting - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimit}{\DoLoopBody}% - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimitTwo}{\DoLoopBodyTwo}% - \or - \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% - {\@DoLoopLimitThree}{\DoLoopBodyThree}% - \fi - \fi - \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by -1 -} -\def\@DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \ifnum #3 > 0 - #6 = #4% - \advance#6 by 1 - #1 = #2% - \@DoLoopBodyPositive{#1}{#3}{#5}% - {#6}{#7}% - \else - #6 = #4% - \advance#6 by -1 - #1 = #2% - \@DoLoopBodyNegative{#1}{#3}{#5}% - {#6}{#7}% - \fi - \@DoLoopIterate{#7}% -} -\def\@DoLoopBodyPositive #1#2#3#4#5{% - \def #5{% - \ifnum #1 < #4\relax - #3% - \advance #1 by #2% - }% -} -\def\@DoLoopBodyNegative #1#2#3#4#5{% - \def #5{% - \ifnum #1 > #4\relax - #3% - \advance #1 by #2% - }% -} -\def\@DoLoopIterate #1{% - #1\relax - \def\@DoLoopNext{\@DoLoopIterate{#1}}% - \else - \def\@DoLoopNext{\relax}% - \fi - \@DoLoopNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-doloop.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\AdvanceByTabStopsCount -\def\AdvanceByTabStops #1{% - \def\@MakeTabChars{}% - \DoLoop{\AdvanceByTabStopsCount}{2}{1}{#1}% - {\edef\@MakeTabChars{\@MakeTabChars&}}% - \@MakeTabChars -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-advtabst.tip}{} -\newtoks\AfterEveryPar -\AfterEveryPar = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SetUpAfterEveryPar{% - \def\par{% - \ifhmode - \ifinner - \else - \endgraf - \the\AfterEveryPar - \fi - \fi - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-aevpar.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@InRange -\def\InRangeConditional #1#2#3{% - TT\fi - \@InRangetrue - \ifnum #1<#2\relax - \@InRangefalse - \fi - \ifnum #1>#3\relax - \@InRangefalse - \fi - \if@InRange -} - -\def\CheckRange #1#2#3#4{% - \ifnum #1 < #2\relax - \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}% - \fi - \ifnum #1>#3\relax - \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}% - \fi -} -\def\CheckZeroOneRange #1#2{% - \CheckRange{#1}{0}{1}{#2}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-rangetst.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Sunday{0} -\def\Monday{1} -\def\Tuesday{2} -\def\Wednesday{3} -\def\Thursday{4} -\def\Friday{5} -\def\Saturday{6} -\def\ProvideDayOfWeek #1#2#3{% - \CheckRange{#1}{0}{6}% - {\string\ProvideDayOfWeek: day of week outside - of 0 .. 6 range.}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \def#3{Sunday}\or - \def#3{Monday}\or - \def#3{Tuesday}\or - \def#3{Wednesday}\or - \def#3{Thursday}\or - \def#3{Friday}\or - \def#3{Saturday}% - \fi - \ifnum #2 = 0 - \else - \def\@ProvideDayOfWeek ##1##2##3##4;{% - \def#3{##1##2##3}% - }% - \expandafter\@ProvideDayOfWeek#3;% - \fi -} -\def\PrintDayOfWeek #1#2{% - \ProvideDayOfWeek{#1}{#2}{\@PrintDayOfWeek}% - \@PrintDayOfWeek -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-dateofw.tip}{} -\def\CheckLegalMonth #1{% - \CheckRange{#1}{1}{12}% - {\string\CheckLegalMonth: month #1 out of range.}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-legmonth.tip}{} -\def\CheckLegalYear #1{% - \ifnum #1 < \EarliestYearDate - \errmessage{\string\CheckLegalYear: year #1 - < \the\EarliestYearDate\space - encountered, illegal.}% - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-legyear.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@IModNCount -\newcount\@IModNCountCopy -\def\IModN #1#2#3{% - \@IModNCount = #1\relax - \@IModNCountCopy = #1\relax - \ifnum \@IModNCount < 0 - \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#1 - (value \the\@IModNCount) is negative.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2< 1 - \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#2 - (value #2) is negative or zero.}% - \fi - \divide\@IModNCount by #2\relax - \multiply\@IModNCount by #2\relax - #3 = \@IModNCountCopy - \advance #3by -\@IModNCount -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-imodn.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LeapYear -\def\LeapYearConditional #1{% - TT\fi - {% - \count0 = #1\relax - \IModN{\count0}{4}{\count1}% - \ifnum\count1 = 0 - \global\@LeapYeartrue - \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count2}% - \IModN{\count0}{400}{\count3}% - \ifnum\count2 = 0 - \global\@LeapYearfalse - \fi - \ifnum\count3 = 0 - \global\@LeapYeartrue - \fi - \else - \global\@LeapYearfalse - \fi - }% - \if@LeapYear -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-isleapyr.tip}{} -\def\NumberOfDaysInMonth #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalYear{#1}% - \CheckLegalMonth{#2}% - \ifcase #2\relax - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 28 - \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}% - #3 = 29 - \fi - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \or - #3 = 30 - \or - #3 = 31 - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ndaysmo.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempCheckDate -\def\CheckDate #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalYear{#1}% - \CheckLegalMonth{#2}% - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempCheckDate}% - \CheckRange{#3}{1}{\@TempCheckDate}% - {\string\CheckDate: provided date #1-#2-#3 is illegal.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-legdate.tip}{} -\def\CopyDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax -} -\NameDef{@InputD-copydate.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempNextDay -\def\NextDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \advance #6 by 1 - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempNextDay}% - \ifnum #6 > \@TempNextDay - #6 = 1 - \advance #5 by 1 - \ifnum #5 = 13 - #5 = 1 - \advance #4 by 1 - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-nextday.tip}{} -\def\NumberOfDaysInYear #1#2{% - \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}% - #2 = 366 - \else - #2 = 365 - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-numdyr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ProvideMonth #1#2#3{% - \CheckLegalMonth{#1}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \or - \def#3{January}\or - \def#3{February}\or - \def#3{March}\or - \def#3{April}\or - \def#3{May}\or - \def#3{June}\or - \def#3{July}\or - \def#3{August}\or - \def#3{September}\or - \def#3{October}\or - \def#3{November}\or - \def#3{December}% - \fi - \ifnum #2 = 1 - \def\@TempProvideMonth ##1##2##3##4\@Del{% - \xdef#3{##1##2##3}% - }% - \expandafter\@TempProvideMonth#3\@Del - \fi -} -\def\PrintMonth #1#2{% - {% - \ProvideMonth{#1}{#2}{\@PrintMonth}% - \@PrintMonth - }% -} -\def\PrintCurrentMonth{% - \PrintMonth{\month}{0}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-prmonth.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@YearTemp -\newcount\@YearTop -\newcount\@MonthTemp -\newcount\@MonthTop -\newcount\@TempAD -\def\ArbitraryDayOfWeek #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - #4 = \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate - \@YearTop = #1\relax - \advance\@YearTop by -1 - \DoLoop{\@YearTemp}{\EarliestYearDate}{1}{\@YearTop}{% - \NumberOfDaysInYear{\@YearTemp}{\@TempAD}% - \advance #4 by \@TempAD - }% - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% - \@MonthTop = #2\relax - \advance\@MonthTop by -1 - \DoLoop{\@MonthTemp}{1}{1}{\@MonthTop}{% - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{\@MonthTemp}{\@TempAD}% - \advance #4 by \@TempAD - }% - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% - \advance #4 by #3\relax - \advance #4 by -1 - \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-arbday.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempEarliest -\newcount\EarliestYearDate -\EarliestYearDate = 1583 -\newcount\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate -\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate = \Saturday -\def\VerifyInitDate{% - {% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{2000}{1}{1}{\@TempEarliest}% - \ifnum\@TempEarliest = \Saturday - \message{\string\VerifyInitDate: initialization - correct (initialization year: - \the\EarliestYearDate).}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\VerifyInitDate: January 1 of 2000 - is a Saturday! Computation reports it is - day \the\@TempEarliest\space. Initialization error.}% - \fi - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-earliest.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@TempPrevDay -\def\PrevDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \advance #6 by -1 - \ifnum #6 = 0 - \advance #5 by -1 - \ifnum #5 = 0 - #5 = 12 - \advance #4 by -1 - \fi - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#4}{#5}{#6}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-prevday.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NextMonth #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - #3 = #1\relax - #4 = #2\relax - \advance #4 by 1 - \ifnum #4 = 13 - #4 = 1 - \advance #3 by 1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-nextmon.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PrevMonth #1#2#3#4{% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - #3 = #1\relax - #4 = #2\relax - \advance #4 by -1 - \ifnum #4 = 0 - #4 = 12 - \advance #3 by -1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-prevmon.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@LeadingZCount -\def\LeadingZ #1{% - \@LeadingZCount = #1\relax - \ifnum \@LeadingZCount < 10 - 0% - \fi - \the\@LeadingZCount -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-leadingz.tip}{} -\newcount\Hour -\newcount\Minute -\def\PrintMilTime{% - \Hour = \time - \divide\Hour by 60 - \Minute = \Hour - \multiply\Minute by 60 - \advance\Minute by -\time - \Minute = -\Minute - \LeadingZ{\the\Hour}:\LeadingZ{\the\Minute}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-pmtime.tip}{} -\def\TodayX{% - \PrintCurrentMonth~\the\day, \the\year -} -\newcount\TodayYCount -\def\TodayY{% - {% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{\year}{\month}{\day}{\TodayYCount}% - \PrintDayOfWeek{\TodayYCount}{0}, - }% - \TodayX -} -\def\TodayZ{% - \TodayY, \PrintMilTime -} -\NameDef{@InputD-todayx.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@InitialDayOfMonth -\newcount\@MCDays -\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp -\def\MonthlyCalendarBody #1#2#3{% - {% - \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#1}% - {#2}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - \gdef #3{}% - \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}% - {1}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - {\xdef#3{#3&}} - \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@MCDays}% - \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}{1}{1}{\@MCDays}{% - \xdef#3{#3\the\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}% - \ifnum\@InitialDayOfMonth = \Saturday - \xdef#3{#3\cr}% - \else - \xdef#3{#3&}% - \fi - \advance\@InitialDayOfMonth by 1 - \IModN{\@InitialDayOfMonth}{7}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}% - }% - }% - \xdef#3{#3\crcr}% -} -\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarCount -\def\MonthlyCalendar #1#2#3{% - {% - \MonthlyCalendarBody{#1}{#2}{\TableBody}% - \vtop{ - \hsize = #3\relax - \ProvideMonth{#2}{0}{\MonthNameTemp}% - \@MonthlyCalendarCount = #1\relax - \centerline{\MyStrut\MonthNameTemp\space - \the\@MonthlyCalendarCount}% - \smallskip - \hrule - \smallskip - \tabskip = 0pt - \halign to \hsize{ - % So - \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil& - \hfil##& % Mo - \hfil##& % Tu - \hfil##& % We - \hfil##& % Th - \hfil##& % Fr - \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt - \cr - \omit\hfil So\hfil& - \omit\hfil Mo\hfil& - \omit\hfil Tu\hfil& - \omit\hfil We\hfil& - \omit\hfil Th\hfil& - \omit\hfil Fr\hfil& - \omit\hfil Sa\hfil\cr - \TableBody - }% - \smallskip - \hrule - }% - }% -}% -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-mocal.tip}{} -\def\ThreeMonthlyCalendars #1#2#3{% - \hbox{% - \count0 = #1 - \count1 = #2 - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - \hskip 10pt - \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}% - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}% - \hskip 10pt - \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}% - } -} -\NameDef{@InputD-mocal3.tip}{} -\def\YearlyCalendar #1#2#3{% - \vbox{% - \dimen0 = #2\relax - \ifdim\dimen0 = 0.0pt - \dimen0 = \hsize - \fi - \dimen1 = #3\relax - \ifdim\dimen1 = 0.0pt - \dimen1 = \dimen0 - \divide\dimen1 by 3 - \advance\dimen1 by -5pt - \fi - \hsize = \dimen0 - \centerline{\Large\bf Year #1} - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{1}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{2}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{3}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{4}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{5}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{6}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{7}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{8}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{9}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{10}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{11}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{12}{\dimen1}% - }% - } -} -\NameDef{@InputD-yearcal.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay -\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo -\def\ComputeMondayOfDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#4}{#5}{#6}{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}% - \ifnum\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = \Sunday - \@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = 6 - \else - \advance\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay by -1 - \fi - \DoLoop{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo} - {\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}{-1}{1}% - {\PrevDay{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-mondofda.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount -\def\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - #4 = #1\relax - #5 = #2\relax - #6 = #3\relax - \DoLoop{\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount}{1}{1}{7}% - {#7{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% -} -\def\NextWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay - {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\NextDay}% -} -\def\PrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay - {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\PrevDay}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-norpweek.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WeekOfYearCounter -\newcount\@WeekOfYearYear -\newcount\@WeekOfYearMonth -\newcount\@WeekOfYearDay -\newcount\@WeekOfYearCopy -\def\WeekOfYear #1#2#3#4{% - \@WeekOfYearCopy = #1\relax - \ComputeMondayOfDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}{\@WeekOfYearDay}% - \def\@WeekOfYearCounter{#4}% - \@WeekOfYearCounter = 1 - \@WeekOfYear -} -\newif\if@YearStop -\def\@WeekOfYear{% - \@YearStopfalse - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearCopy > \@WeekOfYearYear - \@YearStoptrue - \else - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearMonth = 1 - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearDay = 1 - \@YearStoptrue - \fi - \fi - \fi - \if@YearStop - \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\relax}% - \else - \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\@WeekOfYear}% - \expandafter\advance\@WeekOfYearCounter by 1 - \PrevWeekSameDay{\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}% - {\@WeekOfYearDay}% - {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}% - {\@WeekOfYearDay}% - \fi - \@WeekOfYearNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-weekofyr.tip}{} -\NameDef{@InputD-alldate.tip}{} -\def\AlwaysBaselineskip{% - \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen -} -\NameDef{@InputD-alwbase.tip}{} -\def\angt #1{% - \leavevmode - \hbox{$\langle$}% - {\rm #1}% - \hbox{$\rangle$}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-angt.tip}{} -\newif\ifShowX -\ShowXfalse -\def\ShowX #1{% - \ifShowX - {% - \nonstopmode - \show #1% - }% - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-showx.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@TestSubString -\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@MainString{#1}% - \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}% - \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp -} -\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{% - \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{% - \def\@TestTemp{##1}% - }% - \ShowX{\@TestSubS}% - \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del - \ShowX{\@TestTemp}% - \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp - \@TestSubStringfalse - \else - \@TestSubStringtrue - \fi - \if@TestSubString -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-testsubs.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{% - #1\relax - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}% - \else - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}% - \fi - \@RecursionMacroEndNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-endrec.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}% - \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}% - \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{% - \RecursionMacroEnd - {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}% - {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}% -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{% - \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1% -}% -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub - ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}% - }% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain - \@EndReplaceSubStrings - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{% - \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-restring.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}% - \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}% - \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional -} -\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}% -} -\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{% - TT\fi - \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}% - { }{}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional - {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-compst.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@EmptyRefList{} -\def\EmptyListConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx#1\@EmptyRefList -} -\newtoks\@AppendTokOne -\newtoks\@AppendTokTwo -\def\LeftAppendElement #1#2{% - \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}% - \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}% - \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}% - \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokOne \the\@AppendTokTwo}% -} -\def\RightAppendElement #1#2{% - \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}% - \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}% - \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}% - \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokTwo \the\@AppendTokOne}% -} -\def\CarOfList #1#2{% - \def\@CarTemp \\##1##2\@EndCarList{\def#2{##1}}% - \expandafter\@CarTemp#1\@EndCarList -} -\def\CdrOfList #1#2{% - \def\@CdrTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#2{##2}}% - \expandafter\@CdrTemp#1\@EndCdrList -} -\def\DropFirstElementOfList #1{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{#1}% - \errhelp = {\string\DropFirstElementOfList: list is - empty. No first element to drop.}% - \errmessage{\string\DropFirstElementOfList: List - \noexpand#1 is empty.}% - \else - \def\@DropFirstElementTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#1{##2}}% - \expandafter\@DropFirstElementTemp#1\@EndCdrList - \fi -} -\def\CarCarOfList #1#2{% - \let\@CarCarOfListList = #1% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}% - \CarOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}{#2} -} -\def\ForEveryListElement #1#2{% - \let\@ForEveryList = #1% - \let\@ForEveryListElementMacro = #2% - \@ForEveryListElement -} -\def\@ForEveryListElement{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ForEveryList}% - \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \relax - \else - \CarOfList{\@ForEveryList}{\@ForEveryListElementElement}% - \@ForEveryListElementMacro{\@ForEveryListElementElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ForEveryList}% - \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \@ForEveryListElement - \fi - \@ForEveryListElementNext -} -\newif\if@MemberList -\def\MemberOfListConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \@MemberListfalse - {% - \def\\##1{% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{##1}% - \global\@MemberListtrue - \fi - }% - #1% - }% - \if@MemberList -} -\def\ReverseList #1#2{% - \def\@ReverseListOut{}% - \ForEveryListElement{#1}{\@ReverseList}% - \let#2 = \@ReverseListOut -} -\def\@ReverseList #1{% - \LeftAppendElement{\@ReverseListOut}{#1}% -} -\def\LastElementOfList #1#2{% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% - \CarOfList{#1}{#2}% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% -} -\def\DropLastElementOfList #1{% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{#1}% - \ReverseList{#1}{#1}% -} -\def\NumberOfListElements #1#2{% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsList = #1% - \def\@NumberOfListElementsCount{#2}% - \@NumberOfListElementsCount = 0 - \@NumberOfListElements -} -\def\@NumberOfListElements{% - \if\EmptyListConditional{\@NumberOfListElementsList}% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \relax - \else - \advance\@NumberOfListElementsCount by 1 - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@NumberOfListElementsList}% - \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \@NumberOfListElements - \fi - \@NumberOfListElementsNext -} -\newcount\@NumberOfListElCCount -\def\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional #1{% - 0=0\fi - \NumberOfListElements{#1}{\@NumberOfListElCCount}% - \ifnum\@NumberOfListElCCount -} -\def\CombineTwoLists #1#2#3{% - \def\@CombineTwoLists{\def\@CombineTwoListsResult}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\@CombineTwoLists - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter#1#2}% - \let #3 = \@CombineTwoListsResult -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-list-mac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\IndexLastElement #1#2{% - \NumberOfListElements{#1}{#2}% - \advance #2 by -1 -} -\newcount\@ArrayIndexCheckCount -\def\ArrayIndexCheck #1#2{% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}% - \ifnum\@ArrayIndexCheckCount = -1 - \errmessage{\string\ArrayIndexCheck: array \string#2 - is empty.}% - \else - \CheckRange{#2}{0}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}% - {\string\ArrayIndexCheck: index \number#2 out - of range in list \string#1}% - \fi -} -\newcount\@AccessArrayElementLimit -\newcount\@AccessArrayElementCount -\def\AccessArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \let\@AccessArrayElementList = #1% - \@AccessArrayElementLimit = #2\relax - \DoLoop{\@AccessArrayElementCount}% - {1}{1}{\@AccessArrayElementLimit}% - {\DropFirstElementOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}}% - \CarOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}{#3}% -} -\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementCount -\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementLimit -\def\ModifyArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{2}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}% - \let\@ModifyArrayList = #1% - \def\@ModifyArrayRet{}% - \DoLoop{\@ModifyArrayElementCount}% - {0}{1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}% - {% - \CarOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}% - {\@ModifyArrayElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}% - \ifnum\@ModifyArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \RightAppendElement{\@ModifyArrayRet}{#3}% - \else - \RightAppendElement - {\@ModifyArrayRet}% - {\@ModifyArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #1 = \@ModifyArrayRet -} -\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCount -\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCountTwo -\def\InsertArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=0 - \errmessage{\string\InsertArrayElement: empty array}% - \fi - \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=#2 - \else - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \fi - \def\@InsertArrayElementListPre{}% - \ifnum #2>0 - \@InsertArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \advance\@InsertArrayElementCount by -1 - \ExtractSubArray{#1}{0}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - \fi - \def\@InsertArrayElementListPost{}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - \ifnum #2 > \@InsertArrayElementCount - \else - \ExtractSubArray{#1}{#2}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}% - \fi - \RightAppendElement{\@InsertArrayElementListPre}{#3}% - \CombineTwoLists - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}% - {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}% - \let #1 = \@InsertArrayElementListPre -} -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementCount -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementLimit -\def\DeleteArrayElement #1#2{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \let\@DeleteArrayElementList = #1% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}% - \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementLimit = -1 - \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElement: empty array.}% - \fi - \def\@DeleteArrayElementResultList{}% - \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementCount}% - {0}{1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}% - {% - \CarOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}% - {\@DeleteArrayElement}% - \DropFirstElementOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}% - \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementCount = #2\relax - \else - \RightAppendElement - {\@DeleteArrayElementResultList}% - {\@DeleteArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #1=\@DeleteArrayElementResultList -} -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount -\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit -\def\DeleteArrayElementRange #1#2#3{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #2>#3 - \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElementRange: - first index larger than second. Makes no - sense}% - \fi - \@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit = #3\relax - \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by -#2% - \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by 1 - \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount}{1}{1}% - {\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit}% - {\DropArrayElement{#1}{#2}}% -} -\newcount\@ShowArrayCount -\newcount\@ShowArrayLimit -\def\ShowArray #1{% - \wlog{\string\ShowArray: begin}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}% - \ifnum\@ShowArrayLimit = -1 - \wlog{** empty array **}% - \else - \DoLoop{\@ShowArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}{% - \AccessArrayElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayCount}% - {\@ShowArrayElement}% - \wlog{Index \the\@ShowArrayCount: - "\@ShowArrayElement"}% - }% - \fi - \wlog{\string\ShowArray: end}% - \wlog{}% -} -\def\@TokenToListDoneMacro{\@TokensToListDone}% -\def\TokensToTeXList #1#2{% - \def#1{}% - \def\@TokensToListName{#1}% - \@TokensToList #2\@TokensToListDone -} -\def\@TokensToList #1{% - \def\@TokensToListMacArgOne{#1}% - \ifx\@TokensToListMacArgOne\@TokenToListDoneMacro - \let\@TokensToListNext = \relax - \else - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@TokensToListName{#1}% - \let\@TokensToListNext = \@TokensToList - \fi - \@TokensToListNext -} -\newcount\@ExtractArrayCount -\newcount\@ExtractArrayLimit -\newif\if@ExtractCopy -\def\ExtractSubArray #1#2#3#4{% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}% - \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #3<#2 - \errmessage{\string\ExtractSubArray: first index > - second index, error}% - \fi - \def\@ExtractSubArrayResult{}% - \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}% - \DoLoop{\@ExtractArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}% - {% - \@ExtractCopytrue - \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount < #2\relax - \@ExtractCopyfalse - \fi - \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount > #3\relax - \@ExtractCopyfalse - \fi - \if@ExtractCopy - \AccessArrayElement - {#1}% - {\@ExtractArrayCount}% - {\@SubArrayElement}% - \RightAppendElement - {\@ExtractSubArrayResult}% - {\@SubArrayElement}% - \fi - }% - \let #4 = \@ExtractSubArrayResult -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-arraymac.tip}{} -\def\ZeroBox #1{% - \wd#1 = 0pt - \ht#1 = 0pt - \dp#1 = 0pt -} -\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{% - \ZeroBox{#1}% - \box#1% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-box-zero.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@PrintAtPositionBox -\def\PrintAtPosition #1#2#3#4{% - \setbox\@PrintAtPositionBox = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\relax - \lower #2\hbox{% - #3% - }% - }% - #4 = \dp\@PrintAtPositionBox - \ZeroBoxOut{\@PrintAtPositionBox}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\def\SetUpPrintAtPosition{% - \nopagenumbers - \topskip = 0pt - \offinterlineskip -} -\NameDef{@InputD-atpos.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewEnvironment #1{% - \wlog{\string\NewEnvironment: new environment #1.}% - \NameNewDef{@@B-#1}{% - \bgroup - \def\@CurEnvName{#1}% - \NameUse{@Begin#1}% - }% - \NameNewDef{@@E-#1}{% - \NameUse{@End#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@CurEnvName}% - \else - \errmessage{Ending environment: mismatch in - environment names: specified: #1, - expected: \@CurEnvName}% - \fi - \egroup - }% -} -\def\B #1{% - \NameUse{@@B-#1}% -} -\def\E #1{% - \NameUse{@@E-#1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-be-env.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BulletBox -\setbox\@BulletBox = - \hbox{% - \hskip -2.3pt - \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}% - } -\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-box-bul.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BoxingBox -\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-box-bb.tip}{} -\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness -\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt -\NameDef{@InputD-box-thck.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine -\BulletAndBaseLinetrue -\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1% - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2 - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = #1% - \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = -\dimen4 - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = -\dimen2 - \dimen4 = #2% - \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing5.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingE #1{% - \hbox{% - \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1% - \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{% - \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{% - \hskip 1pt - \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt - \hfil - }% - \hfil - }% - \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \box\@BaseLineLeaders - \fi - \RulesOnSide - {\ht\@BoxingBox}% - {\dp\@BoxingBox}% - {\wd\@BoxingBox}% - \box\@BoxingBox - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing6.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@VcenterXBox -\newdimen\@VcenterDimen -\def\VcenterX{% - \hbox\bgroup - \mathsurround = 0pt - \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA -} -\def\@VCenterXA{% - \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary - \else - \ifx\@VCenterXToken t% - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo - \else - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread - \fi - \fi - \@VcenterXNext -} -\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXTo to{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{to}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXToSpread{% - \edef\@VcenterCommand{% - \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen - }% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXB{% - \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup - $% - \@VcenterCommand\bgroup - \aftergroup\@VcenterXC -} -\def\@VcenterXC{% - $% - \egroup - \box\@VcenterXBox - \egroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-vcentx.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@BoxRDimen -\newbox\@BoxRBox -\newcount\@BoxRNumber -\def\HboxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VboxR{% - \vbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VtopR{% - \vtop\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VcenterXR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\BoxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRB - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@BoxRB{% - \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\CopyR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@CopyRbb - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@CopyRbb{% - \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRaa{% - \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA -} -\def\@BoxRA{% - \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb - \else - \if\@BoxRSymbol t% - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo - \else - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread - \fi - \fi - \@BoxitNext -} -\def\@BoxRb{% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\def\@BoxRbTwo{% - \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup - \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree -} -\def\@BoxRbThree{% - \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRbTo to{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{% - \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing7.tip}{} -\def\BoxLarger #1#2{% - \vbox{% - \vskip #2 - \hbox{% - \hskip #2% - \hbox{#1}% - \hskip #2% - }% - \vskip #2 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-box-larg.tip}{} -\def\EmptyBox #1#2#3{% - \hbox{% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{}% - \ht0 = #1% - \dp0 = #2% - \wd0 = #3% - \box 0% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-emptybox.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@EmptyRuledBox -\def\EmptyRuledBox #1#2#3{% - \setbox\@EmptyRuledBox = \hbox{}% - \ht\@EmptyRuledBox = #1\relax - \dp\@EmptyRuledBox = #2\relax - \wd\@EmptyRuledBox = #3\relax - \HboxR{\box\@EmptyRuledBox}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-emprubox.tip}{} -\def\EliminateRuledBoxes{% - \let\HboxR = \hbox - \let\VboxR = \vbox - \let\VtopR = \vtop - \let\VcenterXR = \VcenterX - \let\BoxR = \box - \let\CopyR = \copy -} -\NameDef{@InputD-boxrelim.tip}{} -\def\LineR{\HboxR to \hsize} -\def\LeftlineR #1{\LineR{#1\hss}} -\def\RightlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1}} -\def\CenterlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1\hss}} -\NameDef{@InputD-linesr.tip}{} -\NameDef{@InputD-box-mac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@BigLetDown -\newdimen\@BigLetDimen -\newcount\@BigLetCount -\newbox\@BigLetBox -\newdimen\BigLetSep -\BigLetSep = 2pt -\newdimen\BigLetH -\BigLetH = 2pt -\def\BigLetPar #1{% - \par - \setbox\@BigLetBox = \hbox{#1\hskip\BigLetSep}% - \setbox\@BigLetBox = \vtop{% - \dimen0 = \baselineskip - \offinterlineskip - \hbox{} - \vskip -0.7\dimen0 - \box\@BigLetBox - \vbox to \BigLetH{} - }% - \@BigLetDimen = \dp\@BigLetBox - \advance\@BigLetDimen by 0.7\baselineskip - \advance\@BigLetDimen by 1.0\baselineskip - \divide\@BigLetDimen by \baselineskip - \@BigLetCount = \@BigLetDimen - \dp\@BigLetBox = 0pt - \hangafter = -\@BigLetCount - \hangindent = \wd\@BigLetBox - \noindent - \hskip -\hangindent - \box \@BigLetBox - \ignorespaces -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-bletpar.tip}{} -\def\BoxingA #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule - \hbox{% - \vrule - #1% - \vrule - }% - \hrule - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing1.tip}{} - -\def\BoxingB #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - #1% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing2.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingC #1{% - \vbox{% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - \copy\@BulletBox - #1% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing3.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingD #1{% - \vbox{% - \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1% - \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{% - \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{% - \hskip 1pt - \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt - \hfil - }% - \hfil - }% - \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - \hbox{% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - \copy\@BulletBox - \box\@BaseLineLeaders - \box\@BoxingBox - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness - }% - \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxing4.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} -\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt} -\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt} -\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi} -\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}} -\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi} -\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}% - \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false -\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-newoutfr.tip}{} -\edef\FourSpaces{\space\space\space\space} -\edef\EightSpaces{\FourSpaces\FourSpaces} -\NameDef{@InputD-mspaces.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@BoxRQStart -\newcount\@BoxRQEnd -\newcount\@BoxRQLength -\newcount\@BoxRQCount -\newcount\@BoxRQLast -\newcount\@BoxRQFirst -\def\@LoadBRQCounters #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}% - \@BoxRQStart = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}% - \@BoxRQEnd = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-End-#1}% - \@BoxRQLength= \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}% - \@BoxRQCount = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}% - \@BoxRQLast = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}% - \@BoxRQFirst = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-First-#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@LoadBRQCounters: no queue "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\@RestoreBRQCounters #1{% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}{\the\@BoxRQStart}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-End-#1}{\the\@BoxRQEnd}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLength}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}{\the\@BoxRQCount}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLast}% - \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-First-#1}{\the\@BoxRQFirst}% -} -\newcount\@BoxRQTempA \newcount\@BoxRQTempB -\def\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue #1#2{% - \@BoxRQStart = \count14 - \advance\@BoxRQStart by 1 - \@BoxRQTempA = \@BoxRQStart - \DoLoop{\@BoxRQTempB}{1}{1}{#2}% - {\newboxOF\@WhoCaresBoxRegisterIndexA - \advance\@BoxRQTempA by 1 } - \advance\@BoxRQTempA by -1 - \@BoxRQEnd = \@BoxRQTempA - \wlog{\string\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue: queue "#1."}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces Box registers - \the\@BoxRQStart\space through - \the\@BoxRQEnd\space allocated.}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces (#2 registers).}% - \@BoxRQCount = 0 - \@BoxRQLength = #2 - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% -} -\def\AddBoxToQueue #1#2{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \wlog{\string\AddBoxToQueue: length: \the\@BoxRQLength, - count: \the\@BoxRQCount}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = \@BoxRQLength - \errmessage{\string\AddBoxToQueue: Queue "#1" is full.}% - \else - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart - \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \global\setbox\@BoxRQLast = #2% - \advance\@BoxRQLast by 1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQLast > \@BoxRQEnd - \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \advance\@BoxRQCount by 1 - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\CopyFirstElementFromQueue #1#2{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \errmessage{\string\CopyFirstElementFromQueue: empty "#1"}% - \else - \setbox #2 = \copy\@BoxRQFirst - \fi -} -\def\DropFirstBoxOfQueue #1{% - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \errmessage{\string\DropFirstBoxOfQueue: "#1" is empty.}% - \else - \advance\@BoxRQCount by -1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 - \else - \advance\@BoxRQFirst by 1 - \ifnum\@BoxRQFirst > \@BoxRQEnd - \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart - \fi - \fi - \fi - \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}% -} -\def\EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}% - \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-boxrqu.tip}{} -\def\CenterlineP #1{% - \centerline{#1\unskip .} -} -\NameDef{@InputD-centerlp.tip}{} -\def\BeginCenter{% - \par - \begingroup - \rightskip = 1in plus 4em - \leftskip = \rightskip - \spaceskip = .3333em - \xspaceskip = .5em - \parfillskip = 0pt - \noindent -} -\def\EndCenter{% - \par - \endgroup -} -\NameDef{@InputD-centerng.tip}{} -\def\CenterOrParagraph #1{% - {% - \par - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}% - \ifdim\wd0 > \hsize - \noindent #1\par - \else - \centerline{\box0}% - \fi - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-centpar.tip}{} -\def\hboxE #1{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% - \setbox1 = \hbox{}% - \wd1 = \wd0 - \ht1 = \ht0 - \dp1 = \dp0 - \HboxR{\box 1}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-charbo.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@AdvanceBoxD -\def\AdvanceBoxDimension #1#2{% - \@AdvanceBoxD = #1\relax - \advance\@AdvanceBoxD by #2\relax - #1 = \@AdvanceBoxD -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-chboxd.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ClearBoxReg #1{% - \setbox #1 = \box\voidb@x -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-clearb.tip}{} -\def\InitialCollectInfo{% - \gdef\Collect{}% -} -\InitialCollectInfo -\long\def\AddInfo #1{% - \xdef\Collect{\Collect #1}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-collect.tip}{} -\newtoks\CollectTokens -\CollectTokens = {} -\def\AddInfo #1{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \CollectTokens\expandafter{% - \the\CollectTokens #1} -} -\NameDef{@InputD-coltok.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 } -\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax} -\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}} -\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}} -\def\MkOthersNoCB{% - \MakeOther{\ }% - \MakeOther{\\}% - \MakeOther{\$}% - \MakeOther{\&}% - \MakeOther{\#}% - \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}% - \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}% - \MakeOther{\%}% - \MakeOther{\~}% -} -\def\MkOthers{% - \MakeOther{\{}% - \MakeOther{\}}% - \MkOthersNoCB -} -{\catcode`\^^I = 11 -\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}% -} -\catcode`\[ = 1 -\catcode`\] = 2 -[ - \catcode`\{ = 12 - \catcode`\} = 12 - \gdef\LeftBraceText[{] - \gdef\RightBraceText[}] -] -\catcode`\[ = 12 -\catcode`\] = 12 -\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}} -\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}} -\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&} -\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}} -\def\ApostropheText{'{}} -\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}} -\def\AtSignText{@} -\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}} -{% - \catcode`| = 0 - |catcode`\\ = 12 - |gdef|Backslash{\} -} -\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}} -\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}} -\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}} -\def\DollarSignText{\$} -\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\# = 12 - \gdef\PoundSign{#} -} -\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }} -\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}} -\def\EmDashText{{}---{}} -\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}} -\def\EnDashText{{}--{}} -\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}} -\def\ExclamationPointText{!} -\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}} -\def\GreaterThanSign{>} -\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}} -\def\HyphenText{-} -\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}} -\def\OpenExclamationText{>} -\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}} -\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}} -\def\LeftBracketText{[} -\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}} -\def\LeftParenthesisText{(} -\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}} -\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}} -\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}} -\def\LessThanSign{<} -\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}} -\def\MinusSignText{-} -\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}} -\def\OpenQuestionText{<} -\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}} -\def\PlusSignText{+} -\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}} -\def\PercentSignText{\%} -\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\% = 12 - \gdef\PercentSignPure{%} -} -\def\PeriodText{.} -\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}} -\def\PoundSignText{\#} -\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}} -\def\QuestionMarkText{?} -\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}} -\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}} -\def\RightBracketText{]} -\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}} -\def\RightQuoteText{'{}} -\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}} -\def\RightParenthesisText{)} -\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}} -\def\SpaceText{ } -\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}} -\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}} -\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}} -\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_} -\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}} -\def\VerbControlSpace{\ } -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-verb-bas.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@FileExistsS -\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer -\def\FileExistsConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \openin\@FileExistsS = #1 - \ifeof\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswerfalse - \else - \closein\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswertrue - \fi - \if@FileExistsAnswer -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-fexist.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CompareFilesResult -\newread\@ReadCompareOne -\newread\@ReadCompareTwo -\def\CompareFilesConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: first file "#1" - does not exist.}% - \fi - \if\FileExistsConditional{#2}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: second file "#2" - does not exist.}% - \fi - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 0 - \begingroup - \MkOthers - \openin\@ReadCompareOne = #1 - \openin\@ReadCompareTwo = #2 - \@CompareFiles -} - -\def\@CompareFiles{% - \read\@ReadCompareOne to \@CompareOneString - \read\@ReadCompareTwo to \@CompareTwoString - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 1 - \else - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \fi - \else - \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \else - \ifx\@CompareOneString\@CompareTwoString - \else - \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2 - \fi - \fi - \fi - \RecursionMacroEnd - {\ifnum \@CompareFilesResult = 0\relax}% - {\@CompareFiles}{\@EndCompareFiles}% -} -\def\@EndCompareFiles{% - \endgroup - \closein\@ReadCompareOne - \closein\@ReadCompareTwo - \ifnum\@CompareFilesResult = 1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-comfiles.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\GenericOStream -\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen -\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse -\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic - output stream currently open.}% - \else - \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue - \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1% - \fi -} -\def\CloseGenericOStream{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse - \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream - \else - \errhelp{Stream not in use.}% - \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream: - stream is NOT open for output.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-genostr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput -\def\StringsEqualConditionalCat #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}% - \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#2}% - \OpenGenericOStream{compst.tmp}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{% - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}% - }% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{% - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#1}% - }% - \CloseGenericOStream - \openin\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput = compst.tmp - \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR - \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR - \closein\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput - \ifx - \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR - \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-compstca.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LetterConditional -\newcount\@LetterConditionalCounter -\def\@LetterConditional #1#2;{% - \@LetterConditionalCounter = `#1\relax -} -\def\LetterConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \@LetterConditionalfalse - \edef\@LetterConditionalString{#1}% - \expandafter\@LetterConditional\@LetterConditionalString ; - \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\a}{`\z}% - \@LetterConditionaltrue - \fi - \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\A}{`\Z}% - \@LetterConditionaltrue - \fi - \if@LetterConditional -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-condltr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{% - \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}% -} -\def\RemTsp #1#2{% - \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }% - \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}% - \def#1{#2}% - \else - \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}% - \@RemTspTempA - \fi -} -\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}} -\def\RemLsp #1#2{% - \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}% - \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}% - \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}% - \else - \def#1{#2}% - \fi -} -\edef\@RemLspTwo{% - \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{% - \def##2{##1}% - }% -} -\@RemLspTwo -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-remtlsp.tip}{} -\newcount\StringLengthResult -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@StringLengthBoxA -\newbox\@StringLengthBoxB -\def\StringLength #1{% - \setbox\@StringLengthBoxA = \hbox{\tt #1}% - \setbox\@StringLengthBoxB = \hbox{\tt A}% - \StringLengthResult = \wd\@StringLengthBoxA - \divide\StringLengthResult by \wd\@StringLengthBoxB -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-strleng.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ConvertArgsToListAndAppend #1#2{% - \def\@Co{#1}% - \@ItemRec #2,\@Delimiter -} -\def\@ItemRec #1,{% - \RemLsp{\@ItemTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@Co{\@ItemTemp}% - \futurelet\@ItemRecTok\@ItemRecOne -} -\def\@ItemRecOne{% - \RecursionMacroEnd{\ifx\@ItemRecTok\@Delimiter}% - {\@ItemRecEnd}{\@ItemRec}% -} -\def\@ItemRecEnd\@Delimiter{} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-conval.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\arabic #1{\number#1} -\def\roman #1{% - \romannumeral #1% -} -\def\Roman #1{% - \ifcase #1\or - I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\or - VI\or VII\or VIII\or IX\or X\or - XI\or XII\or XIII\or XIV\or XV\or - XVI\or XVII\or XVIII\or XIX\or XX\or - XXI\or XXII\or XXIII\or XXIV\or XV% - \else - \errmessage{\string\Roman: argument \number#1 out - of range, larger than 25.}% - \fi -} -\def\alph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i% - \else - \@Morealph{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\@Morealph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or - \or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r% - \or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@Morealph: argument too large.}% - \fi -} -\def\Alph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I% - \else - \@MoreAlph{#1}% - \fi -} -\def\@MoreAlph #1{% - \ifcase #1% - \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or - \or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R% - \or S\or T\or U \or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@MoreAlph: argument too large.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-printco.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewCounter #1#2#3#4{% - \wlog{\string\NewCounter: allocating new counter "#1."}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NewCounter: counter "#1" was - allocated previously.}% - \fi - \expandafter\newcountOF\csname @C-#1\endcsname - \ReassignCounter{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \NameDef{@ResetC-#1}{}% -} -\def\ReassignCounter #1#2#3#4{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\ReassignCounter: counter "#1" - not defined before.}% - \fi - \NameDef{@TheC-#1}{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% - \expandafter{\csname @C-#1\endcsname}% - }% - \NameDef{@TheArabicC-#1}{% - \expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname - }% - \NameDef{@PriC-#1}{#3}% - \NameDef{@RefC-#1}{#4}% -} -\def\TheCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@TheC-#1}% -} -\def\TheArabicCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@TheArabicC-#1}% -} -\def\PrintCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@PriC-#1}% -} -\def\RefCounter #1{% - \NameUse{@RefC-#1}% -} -\let\RefCounterTwo = \RefCounter -\def\CounterToRegister #1#2{% - #1 = \csname @C-#2\endcsname\relax -} -\def\AddCounterToResetList #1#2{% - {% - \def\@ResetCounter{\noexpand\@ResetCounter}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname{% - \csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname\@ResetCounter{#1}% - }% - }% -} -\def\StepCounter #1{% - \global\expandafter\advance\csname @C-#1\endcsname by 1 - \NameUse{@ResetC-#1}% -} -\def\SetCounter #1#2{% - \global\expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname = #2\relax -} -\def\AssignCounterToReg #1#2{% - #2 = \expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname - \relax -} -\def\@ResetCounter #1{% - \global\csname @C-#1\endcsname = 0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-counters.tip}{} -\newcount\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CharCodeNumberOfLines -{ - \catcode`\^^M = \active % - \gdef\@SetUpLineCounting{% - \gdef - {\global\advance\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile by 1 }% - }% -} -\def\NumberOfLinesInFile #1{% - \begingroup - \global\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0 - \DoLoop{\@CharCodeNumberOfLines}{0}{1}{127}% - {\catcode\@CharCodeNumberOfLines = 9 } - \@SetUpLineCounting - \catcode`\^^M = \active - \input #1 - \endgroup - \ifnum\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 1 - \if\CompareFilesConditional{#1}{nul}% - \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0 - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-countl.tip}{} -\def\CenterRightLines #1#2{ - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1} - \dimen0 = \hsize - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \divide\dimen0 by 2 - \rightline{#1\hskip\dimen0} - \rightline{#2\hskip\dimen0} -} -\NameDef{@InputD-crline.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@CreateArrayCount -\def\CCreateArray #1#2#3{% - \NameEdef{#1-low}{\number#2}% - \NameEdef{#1-high}{#3}% - \ifnum #3<#2 - \errmessage{\string\CCreateArray: low array boundary - \number#2 is larger than upper array boundary - \number#3}% - \fi - \DoLoop{\@CreateArrayCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{% - \NameDef{#1-\the\@CreateArrayCount}{}% - } -} -\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength -\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount -\def\ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2{% - \def\@ConvertArrayName{#1}% - \edef\@ConvertArrayString{#2}% - \StringLength{\@ConvertArrayString}% - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength = \StringLengthResult - \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength by -1 - \CCreateArray{\@ConvertArrayName}% - {0}{\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength}% - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount = 0 - \expandafter\@ConvertStringIntoArray - \@ConvertArrayString\@ConvertEnd -} -\def\@ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2\@ConvertEnd{% - \CLoadArrayElementEdef{\@ConvertArrayName}% - {\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount}{#1}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}% - \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{}% - \else - \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount by 1\relax - \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{% - \@ConvertStringIntoArray #2\@ConvertEnd% - }% - \fi - \@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext -} -\def\CCheckIndex #1#2{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1-low\endcsname\relax - \errmessage{\string\CCheckIndex: no array #1.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2<\NameUse{#1-low}% - \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too small.}% - \fi - \ifnum #2>\NameUse{#1-high}% - \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too large.}% - \fi -} -\def\CArrayAccess #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \edef#3{\NameUse{#1-#2}}% -} -\newcount\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount -\def\CArrayAccessInterval #1#2#3#4{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#3}% - \ifnum #2>#3\relax - \errmessage{\string\CArrayAccessInterval: low index - (\PoundSignText 2) > high index - (PoundSignText 3).}% - \fi - \def#4{}% - \DoLoop - {\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{% - \CArrayAccess{#1}{\the\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}% - {\@CArrayAccessInterval}% - \edef#4{#4\@CArrayAccessInterval}% - }% -} -\def\CLoadArrayElement #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \NameDef{#1-#2}{#3}% -} -\def\CLoadArrayElementEdef #1#2#3{% - \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}% - \NameEdef{#1-#2}{#3}% -} -\newcount\@CShowArrayCount -\def\CShowArray #1{% - \DoLoop - {\@CShowArrayCount}% - {\NameUse{#1-low}}% - {1}% - {\NameUse{#1-high}}% - {\wlog{Index \the\@CShowArrayCount: - \NameUse{#1-\the\@CShowArrayCount}}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-csar.tip}{} -\newcount\BackslashCharCode -\BackslashCharCode = `\\ -\edef\mac #1{% - {% - \noexpand\tt - \char\the\BackslashCharCode\space - #1% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-cssprint.tip}{} -\def\CSToString #1#2{% - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \xdef#1{\string #2}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-cstostr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@CatIn -\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{% - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}% - \CloseGenericOStream - \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp - \global\read\@CatIn to #1% - \closein\@CatIn - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-cstostrc.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@ControlSequenceConditional -\def\ControlSequenceConditional #1{% - TT\fi - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne{\string#1}% - \escapechar = `:\relax - \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo{\string#1}% - }% - \ifx\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne - \@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo - \@ControlSequenceConditionalfalse - \else - \@ControlSequenceConditionaltrue - \fi - \if@ControlSequenceConditional -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ctestcs.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecide{% - #1#2\@FutureLetToken - \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNext - }% - \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide -} -\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-futlet.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DblArg #1{% - \def\@DblArgTemp{#1}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@DblArgTemp}{\@DblArgB}% -} -\def\@DblArgB #1{\@DblArgTemp[#1]{#1}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-dblarg.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{% - \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}% - \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-gobblemo.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{% - \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}% - \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}% - \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}% - \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd -} -\def\@DefaultArg{% - \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne -} -\def\@DefaultArgOne{% - \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}% - \else - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}% - \fi - \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-defauarg.tip}{} -\def\DicEntry #1{% - \par - \hangafter = 1 - \hangindent = 5pt - \noindent - {\bf #1}% - \mark{#1}% - \hskip 1em plus .2em minus .2em - \ignorespaces -} -\NameDef{@InputD-dicentry.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@PrefixResult -\newcount\@LengthPrefixString -\newcount\@LengthMainString -\def\PrefixConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \StringLength{#1}% - \@LengthMainString = \StringLengthResult - \StringLength{#2}% - \@LengthPrefixString = \StringLengthResult - \ifnum\@LengthMainString < \@LengthPrefixString - \@PrefixResultfalse - \else - \@PrefixConditionalTwo{#1}{#2}% - \fi - \if@PrefixResult -} -\def\@PrefixConditionalTwo #1#2{% - \edef\@PrefixBoth{#1#2}% - \edef\@PrefixTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@TestPrefix ####1#2####2\noexpand\@Del{% - \noexpand\if\noexpand\EmptyStringConditional{####1}% - }% - }% - \ShowX\@PrefixTemp - \@PrefixTemp - \ShowX{\@TestPrefix}% - \expandafter\@TestPrefix\@PrefixBoth\@Del - \@PrefixResulttrue - \else - \@PrefixResultfalse - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-isprefix.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DropPrefix #1#2#3{% - \if\PrefixConditional{#1}{#2}% - \edef\@PrefixConditionalTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #2####1% - \noexpand\@Del{% - \def\noexpand #3{####1}}% - }% - \@PrefixConditionalTemp - \ShowX{\@PrefixConditionalTemp}% - \expandafter\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #1\@Del - \else - \wlog{\string\DropPrefix: "#2" is NOT a prefix of "#1"}% - \edef#3{#1}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-droppre.tip}{} -{ - \catcode`\p = 12 - \catcode`\t = 12 - \NameGdef{DropPoints}#1pt{\NameGdef{DropPointsResult}{#1}} -} -\NameDef{@InputD-droppt.tip}{} -\def\DumpOneReg #1{% - \wlog{Parameter "\string#1", value = \the#1}% -} -\def\DumpAllRegs{% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Counter parameters first.}% - \DumpOneReg{\time}% - \DumpOneReg{\day}% - \DumpOneReg{\month}% - \DumpOneReg{\year}% - \DumpOneReg{\pretolerance}% - \DumpOneReg{\tolerance}% - \DumpOneReg{\doublehyphendemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\finalhyphendemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\adjdemerits}% - \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\looseness}% - \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\hyphenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\exhyphenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\binoppenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\relpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\clubpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\widowpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\displaywidowpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\brokenpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\predisplaypenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\postdisplaypenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\interlinepenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\floatingpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\outputpenalty}% - \DumpOneReg{\pausing}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingonline}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracinglostchars}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingmacros}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingstats}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingparagraphs}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingpages}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingoutput}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingcommands}% - \DumpOneReg{\tracingrestores}% - \DumpOneReg{\mag}% - \DumpOneReg{\uchyph}% - \DumpOneReg{\lefthyphenmin}% - \DumpOneReg{\righthyphenmin}% - \DumpOneReg{\defaultskewchar}% - \DumpOneReg{\escapechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\endlinechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\newlinechar}% - \DumpOneReg{\fam}% - \DumpOneReg{\hbadness}% - \DumpOneReg{\vbadness}% - \DumpOneReg{\badness}% - \DumpOneReg{\showboxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\showboxbreadth}% - \DumpOneReg{\deadcycles}% - \DumpOneReg{\maxdeadcycles}% - \DumpOneReg{\holdinginserts}% - \DumpOneReg{\hangafter}% - \DumpOneReg{\globaldefs}% - \DumpOneReg{\delimiterfactor}% - \DumpOneReg{\inputlineno}% - \DumpOneReg{\language}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Dimension parameters next.}% - \DumpOneReg{\hfuzz}% - \DumpOneReg{\vfuzz}% - \DumpOneReg{\overfullrule}% - \DumpOneReg{\lineskiplimit}% - \DumpOneReg{\maxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\splitmaxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\boxmaxdepth}% - \DumpOneReg{\delimitershortfall}% - \DumpOneReg{\nulldelimiterspace}% - \DumpOneReg{\scriptspace}% - \DumpOneReg{\mathsurround}% - \DumpOneReg{\predisplaysize}% - \DumpOneReg{\displaywidth}% - \DumpOneReg{\displayindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\parindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\hangindent}% - \DumpOneReg{\hoffset}% - \DumpOneReg{\voffset}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Glue parameters last.}% - \DumpOneReg{\baselineskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\lineskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\topskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\splittopskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\parskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\leftskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\rightskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\emergencystretch}% - \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayshortskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayskip}% - \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayshortskip}% - \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: done.}% -}% -\NameDef{@InputD-dumppars.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GenAeol #1{% - \edef #1{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\MakeEolActive - \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{% - \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}% - }% - \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1% -} -{ - \MakeEolActive - \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2 - {% - \egroup% - #1{#2}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-genaeol.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress -\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{% - \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2 - \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for - literal writing.}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{% - \immediate\closeout #1 - \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}% -} -\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{% - \begingroup - \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}% - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}% - \MkOthers - \MakeEolActive - \@VerbWrTabHandling - \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}% -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 - \catcode`\\ =12 - |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{% - |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{% - |@BeginVerbWr ##1% - |@VerbWrDoneToken - |@VerbWrDone - } - |@BeginVerbWrX - } -} -\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{% - \MakeTabActive - \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne -} -{\MakeTabActive -\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}% -} -\def\@BeginVerbWr{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}% - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}% - {\GobbleDoMore - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}% - {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}% -} -\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{% - \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress - \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse - \else - \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \fi - \@BeginVerbWr -} -\def\@VerbWrDone{% - \endgroup - \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-verbwr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@DefEndNoteFileExt{eno} -\newwrite\@EndNoteStream -\newcount\@EndNoteCounter -\def\StartEndNoteWriting #1#2#3#4{% - \@EndNoteCounter = 0 - \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}% - \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteFileExt}{#2}{\@DefEndNoteFileExt}% - \edef\@EndNoteFileName{\@EndNoteBaseName.\@EndNoteFileExt}% - \wlog{\string\StartEndNoteWriting: output will be written to file - "\@EndNoteFileName".} - \edef\@EndNoteBefore{\string#3}% - \edef\@EndNoteAfter{\string#4}% - \OpenVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteBaseName}{\@EndNoteFileExt}% - {\@EndNoteStream}% -} -\def\BeginEndNote{% - \advance\@EndNoteCounter by 1 - \ifnum\@EndNoteCounter > 1 - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}% - \fi - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteBefore}% - \BeginVerbWr{\@EndNoteStream}{\EndEndNote} -} -\def\EndEndNoteWriting{% - \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}% - \CloseVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteStream}% -} -\def\ReadInEndNotes{% - \input \@EndNoteFileName -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-endn-mac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen \Delta@XY -\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter -\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels -\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel -\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0 -\newcount\@LabelCounter -\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \par - \bgroup - \advance\leftskip by #1 - \advance\rightskip by #2 - \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1 - \@LabelCounter = 0 - \Delta@XY = #3 - \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt - \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy}, - made positive.}% - \fi - \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4 - \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5 - \@ParListAfterLabel = #6 - \SetParIndent{#7} -} -\def\EndAList{% - \par - \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter - \egroup -} -\def\@GenLabel #1{% - \par - \advance\@LabelCounter by 1 - \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1 - \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter - \else - \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels - \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{#1}% - \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemLL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - #1% - \hfil - }% -} -\def\ItemLR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hss - #1% - \hskip\Delta@XY - }% -} -\def\ItemRL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip\Delta@XY - #1% - \hss - }% -} -\def\ItemRR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hfil - #1% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-parv-1.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@EnumerateListDepth -\@EnumerateListDepth = 0 -\NewCounter{Enumerate1}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.}{\TheCounter{Enumerate1}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate2}{\alph}% - {(\TheCounter{Enumerate2})}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.\TheCounter{Enumerate2}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate3}{\roman}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate3}.}% - {\RefCounter{Enumerate2}.\TheCounter{Enumerate3}} -\NewCounter{Enumerate4}{\Alph}% - {\TheCounter{Enumerate4}.}% - {\RefCounter{Enumerate3}.\TheCounter{Enumerate4}} -\def\BeginEnumerate{% - \begingroup - \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by 1 - \ifcase\@EnumerateListDepth - \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: no level - zero.}% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate1}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelOne - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate1}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate1}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate1}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate2}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate2}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate2}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate2}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate3}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelThree - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate3}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate3}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate3}}% - }% - \or - \SetCounter{Enumerate4}{0}% - \@BeginEnumerateLevelFour - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate4}}{1}}% - \def\Item{% - \StepCounter{Enumerate4}% - \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate4}}% - }% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: maximum - nesting level of 4 exceeded.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndEnumerate{% - \EndAList - \endgroup - \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by -1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-enumlist.tip}{} -\def\ErrMessage #1{% - \errmessage{#1}% - \end -} -\NameDef{@InputD-errmess.tip}{} -\def\PrintEven #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - \else - Number #1 is even. - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-evenprin.tip}{} -\everypar = {% - \EvalEveryPars - \ClearEveryPars -} -\def\EvalEveryParsCE{% - \EveryParC - \EveryParD - \EveryParE -} -\def\EvalEveryPars{% - \EveryParA - \EveryParB - \EvalEveryParsCE - \EveryParZ -} -\def\ClearEveryPars{% - \gdef\EveryParA{}% - \gdef\EveryParB{}% - \gdef\EveryParC{}% - \gdef\EveryParD{}% - \gdef\EveryParE{}% -} -\def\ClearEveryParsAll{% - \ClearEveryPars - \gdef\EveryParZ{}% -} -\ClearEveryParsAll -\NameDef{@InputD-everypar.tip}{} -\def\FigureBox #1#2{% - \BoxingA{% - \EmptyBox{#1}{0pt}{#2}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-figbox.tip}{} -\def\OverallSize #1#2{% - #1 = \ht#2\relax - \advance#1 by \dp#2\relax -} -\NameDef{@InputD-sumhd.tip}{} -\def\LogPageTG #1{% - \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}% - \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal, - \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-lpagetg.tip}{} -\newdimen\FreePageSpace -\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{% - \par - \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}% - \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt - \FreePageSpace = \vsize - \else - \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal - \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal - \fi -} -\def\FreeSpaceConditional{% - 0pt = 0pt \fi - \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage - \ifdim\FreePageSpace -} -\NameDef{@InputD-freespac.tip}{} -\def\FigureInPar #1#2#3#4#5{% - \par - \message{\string\FigureInPar: start}% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{#1} - \OverallSize{\dimen0}{0}% - \advance\dimen0 by #2 - \advance\dimen0 by #3 - \advance\dimen0 by #4 - \advance\dimen0 by #4 - \advance\dimen0 by \parskip - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - available space: \the\FreePageSpace}% - \setbox 0 = \HboxR{\EmptyBox{#2}{0pt}{\hsize}}% - \ifdim\FreeSpaceConditional < \dimen0 - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - insufficient space: make it a \string\topinsert.}% - #1\unskip - \space - #5% - \par - \topinsert - \box0 - \endinsert - \else - \message{\string\FigureInPar: - Sufficient space: put it here.}% - #1\unskip - \space - \vadjust{% - \vskip #4 - \box0 - \vskip #4 - }% - #5\par - \fi - } -} -\NameDef{@InputD-figinpar.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FirstLineSpecial #1{% - \par - \begingroup - #1 - \def\@FLDTemp{}% - \dimen0 = \parindent - \setbox0 = \hbox{ }% - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \@FLDOne -} -\def\@FLDOne #1 {% - \wlog{\string\@FLDOne: called with "#1".}% - \xdef\@FLDTempa{#1\ }% - \@FLDTwo -} -\def\@FLDTwo{% - \wlog{\string\@FLDTwo: called}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\@FLDTempa}% - \advance\dimen0 by \wd0 - \ifdim\dimen0 < \hsize - \edef\@FLDTemp{\@FLDTemp\@FLDTempa}% - \let\@FLDNext = \@FLDOne - \else - \leavevmode - \@FLDTemp - \unskip - \break - \aftergroup\@FLDTempa - \let\@FLDNext = \endgroup - \fi - \@FLDNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-firstldi.tip}{} -\def\ReportCharSize #1#2{% - {% - \count0 = #2\relax - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1\char\count0}% - \wlog{\string\ReportCharSize: Font \string#1, - character code \the\count0}% - \wlog{ht / dp / wd: \the\ht0 \space / \the\dp0 - \space / \the\wd0}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-fo-char.tip}{} -\def\CharactersPerPica #1{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - #1\relax - This paragraph has 423 characters. We know that - because we counted it. It is very simple to count, because - the Emacs editor we are using has a function ``advance - by one character.'' And with the prefix command (that's - Emacs terminology) you can execute ``advance by - one character'' 423~times. Now, let's hope that this text - is representative of ordinary text so that our average - number of characters per pica is correct. - }% - {% - \count1 = \wd0 - \divide\count1 by 100 - \count0 = 423 - \multiply\count0 by 65536 - \multiply\count0 by 12 - \divide\count0 by \count1 - \count2 = \count0 - \divide\count2 by 100 - \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count3}% - \the\count2.\LeadingZ{\count3}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-font-cpp.tip}{} -\def\FormLine #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2}% - \dimen0 = #1% - \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \hbox{% - \box0 - \hbox to 0pt{% - \vrule width \dimen0 height 0.4pt depth 0pt - \hss - }% - \raise 3pt \hbox to \dimen0 {\hfil #3\hfil}% - }% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-formline.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@OctPrintFontTable#1{% - \hbox{% - \rm\'{}% - \kern-.2em - \it #1\/% - \kern.05em - }% -} -\def\@HexPrintFontTable#1{% - \hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}% -} -\def\@OddLineFontTable#1{% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} - \multispan{19}\hrulefill& - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \lower 2.3pt\hbox{% - \@HexPrintFontTable{#1x}% - }% - }% - \smash{\box0}% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} -} -\def\@EvenLineFontTable{\cr\noalign{\hrule}} -\def\@FontTableStrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to 14pt{}} -\def\BeginFontTable #1{% - $$ - \postdisplaypenalty = 0 - \global\count@=0 - #1 - \halign to\hsize\bgroup - \@FontTableStrut##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 10pt& - &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##% - \cr - \lower6.5pt\null - &&& - \@OctPrintFontTable0&& - \@OctPrintFontTable1&& - \@OctPrintFontTable2&& - \@OctPrintFontTable3&& - \@OctPrintFontTable4&& - \@OctPrintFontTable5&& - \@OctPrintFontTable6&& - \@OctPrintFontTable7& - \@EvenLineFontTable -} -\def\EndFontTable{% - \raise 11.5pt\null - &&& - \@HexPrintFontTable 8&& - \@HexPrintFontTable 9&& - \@HexPrintFontTable A&& - \@HexPrintFontTable B&& - \@HexPrintFontTable C&& - \@HexPrintFontTable D&& - \@HexPrintFontTable E&& - \@HexPrintFontTable F& - \cr - \egroup - $$% -} -\def\:{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \char\count@ - }% - \ifdim\ht0 > 7.5pt - \@RepositionFontTable - \else - \ifdim\dp0 > 2.5pt - \@RepositionFontTable - \fi - \fi - \box0 - \global\advance\count@ by 1 -} -\def\@RepositionFontTable{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - $ - \vcenter{% - \kern 2pt - \box0 - \kern 2pt - } - $% - }% -} -\def\NormalFontTable{% - &\@OctPrintFontTable{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable0 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable1 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable2 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable3 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable4 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable5 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable6 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable7 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable -} -\def\MoreFontTable{% - &\@OctPrintFontTable{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable8 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable9 - &\@OctPrintFontTable{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable A - &\@OctPrintFontTable{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable B - &\@OctPrintFontTable{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable C - &\@OctPrintFontTable{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable D - &\@OctPrintFontTable{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable E - &\@OctPrintFontTable{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable - &\@OctPrintFontTable{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable F - &\@OctPrintFontTable{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&& - \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-fotable.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ForEachToken #1#2{% - \def\@ForEachTokenMacro{#2}% - \expandafter\@ForEachToken\the#1\@ForEachTokenDel -} -\def\@ForEachToken #1{% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\string\@ForEachTokenDel}{\string#1}% - \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \relax % Done. - \else - \@ForEachTokenMacro{#1}% % Call macro and continue. - \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \@ForEachToken - \fi - \@ForEachTokenNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-fotok.tip}{} -\def\frac #1#2{% - {#1 \over #2}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-frac.tip}{} -\newdimen\CurrentFontSize -\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{% - \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}% - \NameDef{FontSize#1}{% - \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}% - \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}% - \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}% - \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}% - \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}% - \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}% - \CurrentFontSize = #2pt - \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize - \rm - } -} -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -\NameDef{@InputD-fsized.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{% - \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}% - \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}% - \@FutureLetOne -} -\def\@FutureLetOne{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }% - {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}% -} -\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}% -} -\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp -\def\@FutureLetOk{% - \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB -} -\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{% - #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNextNoSpace - }% - \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}% - {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}% -} -\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-funospac.tip}{} -\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}% - {#1}{#2}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-futpar.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newskip\@MaxVskipGlue -\def\MaxVskip #1{% - \par - \@MaxVskipGlue = #1\relax - \ifdim\lastskip < \@MaxVskipGlue - \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt - \else - \vskip -\lastskip - \fi - \vskip\@MaxVskipGlue - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-vsmax.tip}{} -\newdimen\NormalParIndent -\def\SetParIndent #1{% - \NormalParIndent = #1% - \parindent = #1% -} -\def\SuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = 0pt - \gdef\EveryParA{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - % \hskip-\parindent - }% -} -\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - \gdef\EveryParA{}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-parin.tip}{} -\newtoks\EveryHeading -\EveryHeading = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@GenericHeadingCount -\newcount\@GenericHeadingIndent -\def\LineBreakHeading{% - \errmessage{% - \string\LineBreakHeading/\string\LineBreakToc: - can only be used inside a heading.}% -} -\let\LineBreakToc = \LineBreakHeading -\def\IgnoreInRunnningHead #1{% - #1% -} -\def\GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5{% - \par - \the\EveryHeading - \@GenericHeadingCount = #1 - \@GenericHeadingIndent = #5 - \MaxVskip{#2}% - \ifdim\leftskip = 0pt - \else - \message{\string\GenericHeading: \noexpand\leftskip - is non-zero, forgotten to terminate a list?}% - \fi - \begingroup - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = 0pt - \ifnum #4 = 1 - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \fi - \ifnum #3 = 1 - \rightskip = 0pt plus 50pt - \fi - \@GenericHeading -} -\def\@GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - #3% - \def\LineBreakHeading{\hfil\break}% - \def\LineBreakToc{ }% - \ifdim #4 > 0pt - \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0 - \hangindent = #4 - \hangafter = 1 - \leavevmode - \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}% - \else - \leavevmode - \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}% - \fi - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#5\hskip -#4} - \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0 - \hangindent = \wd0 - \hangafter = 1 - \leavevmode - \box0 - \else - \leavevmode - \box0 - \fi - \fi - #6% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{WriteToAuxSpecial}% - \def\LineBreakToc{\hfil\break}% - \def\LineBreakHeading{ }% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{\the\@GenericHeadingCount}% - {#5}{#7}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \fi - \par - \endgroup - \nobreak - \vskip #1 - \ifnum #2 = 0 - \SuppressNextParIndent - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-genhead.tip}{} -\newcount\ResultNumberOfLines -\def\GetNumberOfLines #1#2{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{% - \hsize = #2 - #1 - \par - \global\ResultNumberOfLines = \prevgraf - }% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-getnuml.tip}{} -\def\GobbleOne #1{} -\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{} -\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{} -\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{} -\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{} -\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{} -\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{} -\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{} -\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{} -\NameDef{@InputD-gobble.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@ScaleLength -\def\SetScale #1{% - \@ScaleLength = #1 -} -\SetScale{1mm} -\newdimen\@LineThickness -\def\SetLineThickness #1{% - \@LineThickness = #1 -} -\SetLineThickness{0.3mm} -\newbox\@GraphDataBox -\def\SetGraphDataBox #1{% - \dimen0 = #1% - \setbox\@GraphDataBox = - \hbox{% - \hskip -0.5\dimen0 - \vrule height 0.5\dimen0 - depth 0.5\dimen0 - width 1.0\dimen0 - }% - \ZeroBox{\@GraphDataBox}% -} -\SetGraphDataBox{2mm} -\def\DrawDataBox (#1,#2){% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \raise #2\@ScaleLength\copy\@GraphDataBox - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\DrawHLine (#1,#2)#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \raise #2\@ScaleLength - \hbox{% - \vrule height 0.5\@LineThickness - depth 0.5\@LineThickness - width #3\@ScaleLength - }% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\DrawVLine (#1,#2)#3{% - {% - \setbox0 = \hbox{% - \hskip #1\@ScaleLength - \hskip -0.5\@LineThickness - \raise #2\@ScaleLength - \hbox{% - \vrule height #3\@ScaleLength - depth 0pt - width \@LineThickness - }% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-graphmac.tip}{} -\def\Hex #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1% - \count1 = #1% - \divide\count0 by 16 - \count2 = \count0 - \multiply \count2 by -16 - \advance \count1 by \count2 - \ifnum \count0 > 0 - \Hex{\count0}% - \fi - \HexDigit{\count1}% - }% -} -\def\HexDigit #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1\relax - \ifnum \count0 < 10 - \number\count0 % or \the\count0 - \else - \advance\count0 by -10 - \advance\count0 by `A - \char\count0 - \fi - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-hex.tip}{} -\newif\ifEvenConditionalResult -\def\EvenConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifodd #1\relax - \EvenConditionalResultfalse - \else - \EvenConditionalResulttrue - \fi - \ifEvenConditionalResult -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ifeven.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@Def -\def\XDefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx #1\@AlwaysUndefinedToken - \@Deffalse - \else - \@Deftrue - \fi - \if@Def -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ifx-def.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\IfXConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \def\@IfXConditionalOne{#1}% - \def\@IfXConditionalTwo{#2}% - \ifx\@IfXConditionalOne\@IfXConditionalTwo -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ifx-mac.tip}{} -\def\InputAt #1{% - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \input #1 - \catcode`\@ = 12 -} -\NameDef{@InputD-input-at.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\InputC #1{% - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \input #1 - \else - \message{\string\InputC: there is no file "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\InputCWithAt #1{% - \catcode`@ = 11 - \InputC{#1}% - \catcode`@ = 12 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-inputc.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ReverseString #1#2{% - \def\@ReverseStringName{#1}% - \def\@ReversedString{}% - \edef\@ReverseTemp{#2}% - \ShowX\@ReverseTemp - \expandafter\@ReverseString\@ReverseTemp\@Del -} -\def\@ReverseString #1{% - \ifx #1\@Del - \expandafter\edef\@ReverseStringName{\@ReversedString}% - \let\@ReverseStringNext = \relax - \else - \edef\@ReversedString{#1\@ReversedString}% - \let\@ReverseStringNext = \@ReverseString - \def\@ReverseStringNext{\@ReverseString}% - \fi - \@ReverseStringNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-reverses.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SuffixConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \ReverseString{\@MainSuffixString}{#1}% - \ReverseString{\@SuffixSuffixString}{#2}% - \if\PrefixConditional{\@MainSuffixString}{\@SuffixSuffixString}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-issuffix.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ItemListDepth -\@ItemListDepth = 0 -\def\BeginItemize{% - \begingroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1 - \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or - \@BeginItemizeLevelOne - \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo - \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelThree - \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelFour - \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of - 4 exceeded.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndItemize{% - \EndAList - \endgroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-itemizel.tip}{} -\def\hang{% - \hangindent = \parindent -} -\def\item{% - \par - \hang - \textindent -} -\def\itemitem{% - \par - \indent - \hangindent = 2\parindent - \textindent -} -\def\textindent #1{% - \indent - \llap{#1\enspace}% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\itemitemitem{% - \par - \indent - \indent - \hangindent = 3\parindent - \textindent -} -\NameDef{@InputD-itemplan.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WordsToTeXList #1#2\EndWordsToTeXList{% - \def\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}% - \expandafter\def\@WordsToTeXListName{}% - \@WordsToTeXListNextName #2 \EndWordsToTeXList -} -\def\@WordsToTeXListNextName #1 {% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \else - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}% - \fi - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\EndWordsToTeXList}% - {\@WordsToTeXListEnd}{\@WordsToTeXListNextName}% -} -\def\@WordsToTeXListEnd\EndWordsToTeXList{} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-wtolist.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth -\newdimen\@LineWidthLastLine -\newdimen\@LineWidthMinDiff -\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBox -\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry -\def\InvertedPyramid #1#2#3{% - \WordsToTeXList{\IVList}#3\EndWordsToTeXList - \def\LineLengthList{#1}% - \@LineWidthLastLine = 0pt - \@LineWidthMinDiff = #2 - \CarOfList{\IVList}{\@IVListTemp} - \DropFirstElementOfList{\IVList} - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{\@IVListTemp}% - \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}% - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp - \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}% - \ForEveryListElement{\IVList}{\@IVListTypeset}% - \ifvoid\@IPCurrentLineBox - \errmessage{\string\InvertedPyramid: - empty \string\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \else - \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \fi -} -\def\@IVListTypeset #1{% - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry = - \hbox{\copy\@IPCurrentLineBox \space#1}% - \ifdim\wd\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry < \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \box\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry - \else - \@LineWidthLastLine = \wd\@IPCurrentLineBox - \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}% - \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{#1}% - \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}% - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp - \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}% - \dimen0 = \@LineWidthLastLine - \advance\dimen0 by -\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth - \ifdim\dimen0 < \@LineWidthMinDiff - \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@LineWidthLastLine - \advance\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth by -\@LineWidthMinDiff - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ivpyr.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPosition -\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount -\def\ValueOfDecimalPosition #1#2#3{% - \CheckRange{#2}{0}{9}{\string\ValueOfDecimalPosition: - \#2 must be in the range 0 .. 9}% - \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}% - \DoLoop{\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount}{1}{1}{#2}% - {\global\divide\@ValueOfDecimalPosition by 10}% - \IModN{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}{10}{#3}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-valdecpo.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount -\def\LargestDecimalPlace #1#2{% - \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount}% - \wlog{We make progress}% - #2 = 0 - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#2}% -} -\def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMore #1{% - \wlog{One round: \the#1}% - \ifnum\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount < 10 - \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{}% - \else - \advance #1 by 1 - \divide\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount by 10 - \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{% - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#1}% - }% - \fi - \@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-largdp.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\\{% - \hfil\break - \hbox{}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@HfilBreakHskip}{\ignorespaces}% -} -\def\@HfilBreakHskip [#1]{% - \hskip #1% - \ignorespaces -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-lbpar.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\LoadCountZeroToNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% - \count0 = #1\relax - \count1 = #2\relax - \count2 = #3\relax - \count3 = #4\relax - \count4 = #5\relax - \count5 = #6\relax - \count6 = #7\relax - \count7 = #8\relax - \count8 = #9\relax - \@LoadCountNine -} -\def\@LoadCountNine #1{% - \count9 = #1\relax -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-lc0to9.tip}{} -\def\RightLeaderLine #1{% - \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1}% -} - -\def\LeftLeaderLine #1{% - \line{#1\leaders\hrule\hss}% -} - -\def\CenterLeaderLine #1{% - \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1\leaders\hrule\hss}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-leadline.tip}{} -\def\LeftDisplay #1$${% - \leftline{% - \hskip 20pt - $ - \displaystyle {#1} - $% - }% - $$ -} -\NameDef{@InputD-leftdm.tip}{} -\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{% - \def #1{% - \global\font#1 = #2\relax - #1% - \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1 - (#2) loaded on demand.}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-lfondem.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@Defined -\def\DefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1% - \@Definedfalse - \else - \@Definedtrue - \fi - \if@Defined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-testdef.tip}{} -\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{% - TT\fi - \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-loadedla.tip}{} -\def\BeginMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: already in math - mode, \string\BeginMath ignored.}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: in display math - mode, terminated and math mode started.}% - $$ - $ - \fi - \else - $\relax - \fi -} -\def\EndMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - $% - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndMath: you are in display math - mode! Should have used \string\EndDisplayMath!}% - $$ - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndMath: already in math - mode, \string\EndMath ignored.}% - \fi -} -\def\BeginDisplayMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: in inline - math mode, terminate it, start display math.}% - $ - $$ - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: already in math - mode, \string\BeginDisplayMath ignored.}% - \fi - \else - $$ - \fi -} -\def\EndDisplayMath{% - \ifmath - \ifinner - \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: inline - math mode in effect, did you intend to - write \string\EndMath?}% - $% - \else - $$ - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: not in math - mode, \string\EndDisplayMath ignored.}% - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-mathenv.tip}{} -\def\MaxDimen #1#2#3#4{% - \ifdim #2<#3\relax - #4#1 = #3\relax - \else - #4#1 = #2\relax - \fi -} -\def\MinDimen #1#2#3#4{% - \ifdim #2<#3\relax - #4#1 = #2\relax - \else - #4#1 = #3\relax - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-maxmindi.tip}{} -\def\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond #1#2{% - 0=0\fi - \global\advance #1 by 1 - \ifnum #1 = #2\relax - \global #1 = 0 - \fi - \ifnum #1% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-modonead.tip}{} -\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{% - {% - \mathsurround = 0pt - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - $% - \vcenter{% - \hbox{% - $ - \left#1% - \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt - \right. - $% - }% - }% - $% - }% - \ht0 = 0pt - \dp0 = 0pt - \box 0 - }% -} -\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{% - {% - \mathsurround = 0pt - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - $ - \left#1% - \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt - \right. - $% - }% - \ht0 = 0pt - \dp0 = 0pt - \box 0 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-mrdel.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@NBox -\def\NaturalHeight #1#2{% - \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2} - #1 = \ht\@NBox -} -\def\NaturalDepth #1#2{% - \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2} - #1 = \dp\@NBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-nathd.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{% - \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}% - \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-nctest.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\pagecontents{% - \wlog{\noexpand\pagecontents from op-pagec.tip called.}% - \NameUse{@ShowPlainLists}% - \ifvoid\topins - \wlog{\string\pagecontents: no topinserts.}% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{@TopInsertSize}% - \ifdim\@TopInsertSize < 20pt - \global\@TopInsertSize = 0pt - \fi - \fi - \else - \NameUse{ChangeBarPush}% - \NameUse{@UpdateTopInsertSize}% - \unvbox\topins - \NameUse{ChangeBarPop}% - \fi - \dimen@ = \dp 255 - \unvbox 255 - \ifvoid\footins - \else - \@PrintFootnotePlain - \fi - \ifr@ggedbottom - \kern -\dimen@ - \vfil - \fi -} -\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{% - \vskip\skip\footins - \footnoterule - \unvbox\footins -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-op-pagec.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\endinsert{% - \egroup - \if@mid - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \dp0 - \advance\dimen@ by 12pt - \advance\dimen@ by \pagetotal - \ifdim\dimen@ > \pagegoal - \@midfalse - \p@gefalse - \fi - \fi - \NameUse{MidInsertFix}% - \if@mid - \bigskip - \box 0 - \bigbreak - \else - \insert\topins{% - \penalty 100 - \splittopskip = 0pt - \splitmaxdepth = \maxdimen - \floatingpenalty = 0 - \ifp@ge - \dimen@ = \dp0 - \vbox to \vsize{ - \unvbox 0 - \kern -\dimen@ - }% - \NameUse{MidInsertFixPage}% - \else - \NameUse{EndInsertTopInsFix}% - \NameUse{MidInsertFixTop}% - \box 0 - \nobreak - \bigskip - \fi - } - \fi - \endgroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-op-endin.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@TopInsertSize -\@TopInsertSize = 0pt -\def\ReportTopInsertSize #1{% - \wlog{\string\@TopInsertSize: "#1"}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces The value of \noexpand\@TopInsertSize is - \the\@TopInsertSize}% -} -\def\MidInsertFix{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFix}% - \ifdim\@TopInsertSize > 0pt - \@midfalse - \p@gefalse - \fi -} -\def\MidInsertFixPage{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \vsize - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[2]}% -} -\def\MidInsertFixTop{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \ht0 - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \dp0 - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[2]}% -} -\def\@UpdateTopInsertSize{% - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[1]}% - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\ht\topins - \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\dp\topins - \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[2]}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-new-midi.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NewDef #1{% - \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken - \else - \errhelp = {\string\NewDef: - The name of the macro to be defined which you - provided is already in use. Use \show to find out - what the name is used for. The macro definition - will nevertheless be executed.}% - \errmessage{\string\NewDef: "\string#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \def #1% -} -\def\ReDef #1{% - \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken - \errhelp = {\string\ReDef: - The name of the macro to be redefined which you - provided has never been used before. The macro definition - will nevertheless be executed. }% - \errmessage{\string\ReDef: "\string#1" never defined - before.}% - \fi - \def #1% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-newdef.tip}{} -\def\NewFont #1{% - \if\DefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name - "\string#1" already used.} - \fi - \font #1% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-newfont.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\let\@input = \input -\def\input{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\bgroup}{\@InputA}{\@input}% -} -\def\@InputA #1{\@input #1} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-newinput.tip}{} -\def\NewPage{% - \vfill - \eject -} -\NameDef{@InputD-newpage.tip}{} -\def\NewLineMessage #1{% - {% - \newlinechar = `\|% - \message{|#1}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-nlm.tip}{} -\def\NewPageRightHand{% - \vfill\supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \else - \hbox{} - \vfill\eject - \fi -} -\def\ShouldBeRightHandPage{% - \ifodd\count0 - \else - \errmessage{\string\ShouldBeRightHandPage: - current page number is \the\count0. - Should be odd and NOT EVEN.}% - \NewPageRightHand - \fi -} -\def\NewPageLeftHand{% - \vfill\supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \hbox{} - \vfill\eject - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-npright.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@OneDigitNumberText #1#2{% - \ifcase #2\relax - \ifnum #1=0 - \else - zero% - \fi - \or - one\or - two\or - three\or - four\or - five\or - six\or - seven\or - eight\or - nine% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@OneDigitNumberText: number - \number#2 out of range.}% - \fi -} -\newcount\@NumberToConvert -\newcount\@NumberToConvertTwo -\newcount\@NumberToConvertAndFlag -\def\NumberToText #1{% - \@NumberToConvert = #1\relax - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert < 0 - minus - \@NumberToConvert = -\@NumberToConvert - \fi - \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999999}% - {\string\NumberToText: numbers >= 1.000.000 - not handled.}% - \@NumberToConvertAndFlag = 0 - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 999 - \@NumberToConvertTwo = \@NumberToConvert - \divide\@NumberToConvert by 1000 - \@NumberToText - \space thousand and - \IModN{\@NumberToConvertTwo}{1000}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999}% - {\string\NumberToText: internal error 1}% - \@NumberToText -} -\newcount\@NumberToTextTmp -\def\@NumberToText{% - \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 99 - \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{2}% - {\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \space hundred and - \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{100}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{1}% - {\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp > 1 - \ifcase\@NumberToTextTmp - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 1.}% - \or - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 2.}% - \or - twenty\or - thirty\or - forty\or - fifty\or - sixty\or - seventy\or - eighty\or - ninety% - \else - \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText: - internal error 4.}% - \fi - \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{10}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \@OneDigitNumberText{0}{\@NumberToTextTmp}% - \else - \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp = 1 - \advance\@NumberToConvert by -10 - \ifcase\@NumberToConvert - ten\or - eleven\or - twelve\or - thirteen\or - fourteen\or - fifteen\or - sixteen\or - seventeen\or - eighteen\or - nineteen% - \fi - \else - \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToConvert}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ntotext.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@NumberConditionalCounter -\def\@NumberConditional #1#2;{% - \@NumberConditionalCounter = `#1\relax -} -\def\NumberConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \edef\@NumberConditionalString{#1}% - \expandafter\@NumberConditional\@NumberConditionalString ; - \if\InRangeConditional{\@NumberConditionalCounter}{`\0}{`\9}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-numcond.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WhileNesting -\@WhileNesting = 0 -\def\WhileNum #1#2{% - \global\advance\@WhileNesting by 1 - \edef\@WhileArgOne{{\the\@WhileNesting}}% - \expandafter\@WhileNum\@WhileArgOne{#1}{#2}% - \global\advance\@WhileNesting by -1 -} -\def\@WhileNum #1#2#3{% - \ifnum #2\relax - #3\relax - \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{\@WhileNum{#1}{#2}{#3}}% - \else - \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{}% - \fi - \NameUse{@WhileNum-#1}{}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-numwhile.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ObeyLines{% - \catcode`\^^M = \active - \@EnableActiveEndOfLine -} -{ - \catcode`\^^M=\active % Lines must end with '%'. - \gdef\@EnableActiveEndOfLine{% - \def - {\leavevmode\par}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-oblines.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ObeySpaces{% - \catcode`\ = \active - \@InitActiveSpace -} -{\catcode`\ = \active -\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-obspaces.tip}{} -\def\Oct #1{% - {% - \count4 = #1% - \count0 = \count4 - \divide\count0 by 8 - \ifnum \count0 > 0 - \Oct{\count0}% - \fi - \count2 = \count0 - \multiply \count2 by -8 - \advance \count4 by \count2 - \the\count4 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-oct.tip}{} -\def\PrintOdd #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - Number #1 is odd. - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-oddprin.tip}{} -\def\PrintOddEven #1{% - \ifodd #1\relax - The number #1 is odd. - \else - The number #1 is even. - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-oeprin.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\OptArgX #1#2{% - \let\@OptArgXTemp = #1% - \def\@OptArgXDefault{[#2]}% - \DoLongFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@OptArgXTemp}{\@OptArgXB}% -} -\def\@OptArgXB{\expandafter\@OptArgXTemp\@OptArgXDefault} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-optargx.tip}{} -\def\ParFl #1#2\par{% - \par - $$ - \vbox{ - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1} - \hsize = \wd0 - \noindent - \unhbox 0 - \space - #2 - } - $$ - \par -} -\NameDef{@InputD-par-fl.tip}{} -\def\PickFirstOfTwo #1#2{#1} -\def\PickSecondOfTwo #1#2{#2} -\NameDef{@InputD-pickfs.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@LabelsOk -\def\@LabelRefPrefix{@REF-} -\def\@LabelIsDefined #1{% - TT\fi - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@LabelRefPrefix#1}% -} -\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{% - \if\@LabelIsDefined{#1}% - \wlog{\string\@NewLabel: warning: label "#1" - already defined.}% - \fi - \NameGdef{\@LabelRefPrefix #1}{{#2}{#3}}% -} -\let\Saved@NewLabel = \@NewLabel -\def\Ref #1{% - \@ref{0}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - {??}% - \else - \@TheExpandedLabel - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\PageRef #1{% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - {??}% - \else - \@TheExpandedLabel - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\@MostRecentLabel{} -\def\@ref #1#2{% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{}% - \DefaultArg{\@ThisLabel}{#2}{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{.}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{.}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{,}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{,}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{)}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{)}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{;}% - \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}% - \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{;}% - \fi - \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}% - \if\@LabelIsDefined{\@ThisLabel}% - \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix\@ThisLabel}}% - \ifcase #1\relax - \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{% - \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp}% - \or - \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{% - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp}% - \fi - \else - \def\@TheExpandedLabel{??} - \wlog{\string\@ref: Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-part-cr.tip}{} -\def\PrintInDollar #1{% - {% - \ifnum #1 < 0 - $-$% - \count0 = -#1\relax - \else - \count0 = #1\relax - \fi - \count2 = \count0 - \divide\count0 by 100 - \the\count0.% - \multiply\count0 by 100 - \advance\count2 by -\count0 - \ifnum\count2 < 10 - 0% - \fi - \the\count2 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-pdollars.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{tex} -\def\AuxFileNameExtension{aux} -\def\TocFileNameExtension{toc} -\def\LofFileNameExtension{lof} -\def\LotFileNameExtension{lot} -\def\TmpFileNameExtension{tmp} -\newwrite\@PartAuxStream -\newwrite\@TmpFileStream -\def\i@write{\immediate\write} -\def\i@openout{\immediate\openout} -\def\i@closeout{\immediate\closeout} - -\def\@ip@write{\i@write\@PartAuxStream} -\def\@p@write{\write\@PartAuxStream} -\def\@IgnoreAuxStuff{% - \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree - \let\@SetCounter = \GobbleTwo - \let\@ForSpecialFile = \GobbleFive -} -\def\@ReadInAuxFiles{% - {% - \def\\##1{\InputCWithAt{##1.aux}}% - \@AllPartsOfDocumentList - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-pm-bas.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WriteAuxFileComment #1{% - \@p@write{\PercentSignPure\space #1.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-pm-auxco.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}{\TheCounter{PageNo}}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}} -\NewCounter{SWPageNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}{\TheCounter{SWPageNo}} -\def\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs{% - \CounterToRegister{\global\pageno}{PageNo}% -} -\SetCounter{PageNo}{1} -\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs -\def\advancepageno{% - \StepCounter{PageNo}% - \StepCounter{SWPageNo}% - \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs -} -\def\folio{% - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-pm-pagen.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{% - \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{PageNo}% -} -\def\@WriteCounter #1{% - \@ip@write{% - \noexpand\@SetCounter - {#1}% - {\expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-pm-wrc.tip}{} -\def\BoldfaceFake #1#2{% - \hbox{% - \hbox to #2{#1\hss}% - \hbox to #2{#1\hss}% - \hbox {#1}% % Last time print text with reg. width. - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-poorbold.tip}{} -\def\PrintAlph #1{% - {% - \count0 = #1% - \advance\count0 by -1 - \advance\count0 by `\a - \char\count0 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-pralph.tip}{} -\def\ShowBoxAll #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 10000 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} -\def\ShowBoxDepthOne #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 1 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} -\def\ShowBoxDepthTwo #1{% - {% - \nonstopmode - \showboxdepth = 2 - \showboxbreadth = 10000 - \showbox #1% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-shboxes.tip}{} -\def\PrintHyphens #1{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \vbox{% - \pretolerance = -1 - \hyphenpenalty = -10000 - \hsize = 0pt - \leftskip = 0pt - \rightskip = 0pt - \parfillskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \hfuzz = \maxdimen - \interlinepenalty = 0 - \clubpenalty = 0 - \widowpenalty = 0 - \brokenpenalty = 0 - \hskip 0pt - #1 - }% - \setbox2 = \hbox{}% - \setbox 9 = \vbox{% - \unvbox 0 - \loop - \unskip - \setbox 1 = \lastbox - \ifhbox 1 - \global\setbox 2 = \hbox{% - \unhbox 1 - \discretionary{}{}{}% - \unhbox 2 - }% - \repeat - }% - \unhbox 2 - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-prhyph.tip}{} -\def\PrimitiveMarker{% - \leavevmode - {% - \footnotesize\tt - \llap{*}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-primmark.tip}{} -\newcount\AstCount -\def\PrintAsterisk #1{% - \AstCount = #1 - \ifnum\AstCount < 0 - \errmessage{\string\PrintAsterisk: negative counter.}% - \AstCount = 0 - \fi - \PrintAsteriskRec -} -\def\PrintAsteriskRec{% - *% - \advance\AstCount by -1 - \ifnum\AstCount = 0 - \let\next = \relax - \else - \let\next = \PrintAsteriskRec - \fi - \next -} -\NameDef{@InputD-printast.tip}{} -\def\PrintRegister #1{% - The current value of {\tt\string #1} is \the#1.% -} -\def\LogRegister #1{% - \message{The current value of \string#1 is \the#1.} -} -\NameDef{@InputD-printreg.tip}{} -\def\PrintMode{% - \ifinner - \ifvmode \message{Current mode: inner vertical}\fi - \ifhmode \message{Current mode: restricted horizontal}\fi - \ifmmode \message{Current mode: (inline) math}\fi - \else - \ifvmode \message{Current mode: (regular) vertical}\fi - \ifhmode \message{Current mode: (regular) horizontal}\fi - \ifmmode \message{Current mode: display math}\fi - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-prmode.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifProtWrite -\ProtWritetrue -\newcount\@ProtCount -\newcount\@ProtCountX -\newwrite\@ProtWrite -\def\InitProtWrite{% - \ifProtWrite - \immediate\openout\@ProtWrite = \jobname.prt - \fi -} -\def\CloseProtWrite{% - \immediate\closeout\@ProtWrite -} -\def\WriteProtocol #1#2{% - \ifProtWrite - {% - \@ProtCount = #1\relax - \def\@WriteSpace{}% - \DoLoop{\count1}{1}{1}{\@ProtCount}% - {\edef\@WriteSpace{\@WriteSpace\FourSpaces}}% - \immediate\write\@ProtWrite{\@WriteSpace #2}% - }% - \fi -} -\def\BoxToProtocol #1#2#3{% - \ifProtWrite - {% - \WriteProtocol {#1}{\string\BoxToProtocol: #3}% - \@ProtCountX = #1\relax - \advance\@ProtCountX by 1 - \ifvoid #2% - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is void.}% - \else - \ifhbox #2% - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is an hbox.}% - \else - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2 - is a vbox.}% - \fi - \fi - \ifvoid #2% - \else - \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}% - {Dimensions: (\the\ht#2+\the\dp#2)*\the\wd#2.}% - \fi - }% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-prot.tip}{} -\def\ReportBoxType #1{% - \message{\string\ReportBoxType: }% - \ifvoid #1\message{Box register #1 is void.}\fi - \ifhbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a horizontal box.}\fi - \ifvbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a vertical box.}\fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-rboxt.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@ReadNumberStream -\newcount\ReadANumberResult -\def\InitReadNumbers #1{% - \openin\@ReadNumberStream = #1 -} -\def\@ReadANumberPar{\par} -\def\ReadANumber{% - \ifeof\@ReadNumberStream - \ReadANumberResult = -1 - \else - \read\@ReadNumberStream to \@ReadANumberTemp - \ifx\@ReadANumberTemp\@ReadANumberPar - \ReadANumberResult = -1 - \else - \ReadANumberResult = \@ReadANumberTemp - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-readnu.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@ReduceToStrutBox -\def\ReduceToStrut #1{% - \setbox\@ReduceToStrutBox = \hbox{#1}% - \vrule height \ht\@ReduceToStrutBox - depth \dp\@ReduceToStrutBox - width 0pt -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-redtost.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\MakeRobust{} -\def\TreatAsRobust #1{% - \def #1{% - \noexpand #1% - }% -} -\newtoks\@RobustTokenList -\@RobustTokenList = {} -\def\AddToRobustList #1{% - \@RobustTokenList = \expandafter{\the\@RobustTokenList #1}% -} -\def\Robusting{% - \ForEachToken{\@RobustTokenList}{\TreatAsRobust}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-robust.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@SampleParCounter -\newcount\@SampleParSentenceCounter -\@SampleParCounter = 1 -\def\SamplePar #1#2{% - \@SampleParSentenceCounter = 0 - Identification of this paragraph: {\it #1}. - {\it Sample paragraph~\the\@SampleParCounter, - with~#2 sentences}. So here we go, - and when you check the number of sentences, then note - that these first two sentences do {\it not\/} count. - \loop - \advance\@SampleParSentenceCounter by 1 - This is one of the many sentences this macro - generates, to be more specific it is sentence - number~\the\@SampleParSentenceCounter\space of~#2. - \ifnum\@SampleParSentenceCounter < #2 - \repeat - \par - \global\advance\@SampleParCounter by 1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-samplepa.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@StrutBaseDimension -\newdimen\@StrutSkipTemp -\def\ComputeStrut{% - \@StrutBaseDimension = \baselineskip - \ifdim\baselineskip < 0pt - \errhelp = {You probably called \string\offinterlineskip - before \string\ComputeStrut} - \errmessage{\string\ComputeStrut: negative - \string\baselineskip (\the\baselineskip)}% - \fi -} -\def\MyStrut{% - \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - width 0pt -} -\def\HigherStrut #1{% - \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1% - \vrule height \@StrutSkipTemp - depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - width 0pt -} -\def\DeeperStrut #1{% - \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension - \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1% - \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension - depth \@StrutSkipTemp - width 0pt -} -\ComputeStrut -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-setstrut.tip}{} -\def\ShiftRefPointUpOrDown #1#2{% - \AdvanceBoxDimension{\ht#1}{#2}% - \ifdim\ht#1 < 0pt - \ht#1 = 0pt - \fi - \AdvanceBoxDimension{\dp#1}{-#2}% - \ifdim\dp#1 < 0pt - \dp#1 = 0pt - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-shiftudb.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifShowPlainLists -\ShowPlainListsfalse -\def\@ShowPlainLists{% - \ifShowPlainLists - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: main vertical list ***}% - \wlog{*** Page number (\string\count0): \the\count0 - \space***}% - \ShowBoxDepthOne{255}% - \ifvoid\footins - \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no footnotes.}% - \else - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: footnote box ***}% - \ShowBoxDepthOne{\footins}% - \fi - \ifvoid\topins - \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no topinserts.}% - \else - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: top inserts ***}% - \ShowBoxDepthTwo{\topins}% - \fi - \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: end dump of - page: \the\count0 \space ***}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-showpll.tip}{} -\def\SignatureLine #1#2{% - \hbox{% - \hbox to 0pt{% - \vrule width #1 height 0.6pt depth 0pt - \hss % Equivalent to \hskip -#1. - }% - \lower 10pt \hbox to #1{\hfil #2\hfil}% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-sigline.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\SaveSpaceFactor{% - \xdef\@SavedSpaceFactor{% - \spacefactor = \the\spacefactor - }% -} -\def\RestoreSpaceFactor{% - \@SavedSpaceFactor -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-spacefac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PPLineNumber -\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox -\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp -\def\PrintParWithLineNumbers #1{% - \par - \@PPLineNumber = 1 - \splittopskip = 0.6666\baselineskip - \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox = \vbox{#1} - \@PrintParWithLineNumbers -} -\def\@PrintParWithLineNumbers{ - \ifvoid\@PrintParWithLinesBox - \let\@PPNext = \relax - \else - \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp = - \vsplit\@PrintParWithLinesBox to 0.666\baselineskip - \hbox{% - \llap{% - \the\@PPLineNumber:% - \hskip 10pt - }% - \box \@PrintParWithLinesTemp - }% - \advance\@PPLineNumber by 1 - \wlog{Line \the\@PPLineNumber}% - \let\@PPNext = \@PrintParWithLineNumbers - \fi - \@PPNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-splitpar.tip}{} -\def\SameSizeMath{ - \textfont0 = \tenrm - \scriptfont0 = \tenrm - \scriptscriptfont0 = \tenrm - \textfont1 = \tenit - \scriptfont1 = \tenit - \scriptscriptfont1 = \tenit - \textfont2 = \tensy - \scriptfont2 = \tensy - \scriptscriptfont2 = \tensy - \textfont3 = \tenex - \scriptfont3 = \tenex - \scriptscriptfont3 = \tenex - \textfont\itfam = \tenit - \textfont\slfam = \tensl - \textfont\bffam = \tenbf - \scriptfont\bffam = \tenbf - \scriptscriptfont\bffam = \tenbf - \textfont\ttfam = \tentt -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ssmath.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@StringSwitchMatchCount -\def\StringSwitch #1#2{% - \edef\@StringSwitchMasterString{#1}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: master string - must not be the empty string.}% - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode{#2}% - \@StringSwitchMatchCount = 0 - \@StringSwitch -} -\def\@StringSwitchOne #1#2{% - \def\@StringSwitchString{#1}% - \def\@StringSwitchAction{#2}% -} -\def\@StringSwitch #1{% - \@StringSwitchOne #1% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@StringSwitchString}% - \ifcase\@StringSwitchMatchCount - \@StringSwitchAction - \or - \else - \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: double match.}% - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchNext{}% - \else - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@StringSwitchMasterString}% - {\@StringSwitchString}% - \advance\@StringSwitchMatchCount by 1 - \@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode - \@StringSwitchAction - \fi - \def\@StringSwitchNext{\@StringSwitch}% - \fi - \@StringSwitchNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-stswitch.tip}{} -\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{% - \def#1{% - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of - #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\let #1 = #4% - #1% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-substf.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@SwapBox -\def\SwapBoxRegs #1#2{% - \setbox\@SwapBox = \box#1% - \setbox#1 = \box#2% - \setbox#2 = \box\@SwapBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-swapbox.tip}{} -\def\TableBeginCentered{% - $$ - \vbox\bgroup - \offinterlineskip - \tabskip = 0pt - \halign\bgroup -} -\def\TableEndCentered{% - \crcr - \egroup - \egroup - $$ -} -\NameDef{@InputD-tabcent.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@WidthSavingBox -\def\WidthSavingBox #1#2{% - \setbox\@WidthSavingBox = \hbox{#1}% - \MaxDimen{#2}{#2}{\wd\@WidthSavingBox}{\global}% - \box\@WidthSavingBox -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-tabswb.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@GenTocEntryLevel -\def\GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4{% - \par - \bgroup - \global\@GenTocEntryLevel = #1 - \leftskip = #4 - \parindent = #2 - \advance\parindent by -#4 - \dimen0 = #3 - \advance\dimen0 by -#2 - \@GenTocEntry -} -\def\@GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \rightskip = #1 plus 1in - \parfillskip = #2 - \advance\parfillskip by -#1 - #7 - \ifdim #3 > 0pt - \setbox0 = \hbox to #3{\hfil.\hfil} - \else - \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x - \fi - \leavevmode - \hbox to \dimen0 {#5\hfil}% - {% - #6% - \unskip - }% - \ifvoid 0 - \hfill - \else - \nobreak\leaders\copy0\hskip #4plus 1fil - \fi - #8% - \par - \egroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-toc-mac.tip}{} -\def\Today{% - \the\month/\the\day/\the\year -} -\NameDef{@InputD-today.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\EndInsertTopInsFix{% - \ifdim\dp0 > 10pt - \wlog{\string\endinsert: \string\topinsert - material deeper than 10pt}% - \dp0 = 10pt - \fi - \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\dp0}{0pt}{} - \dimen1 = \vsize - \advance\dimen1 by -\dimen0 - \advance\dimen1 by -12pt - \ifdim\ht0 > \dimen1 - \wlog{\string\endinsert: \noexpand\topinsert - material too long (\the\ht0),}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces shortened to \the\dimen1.}% - \ht0 = \dimen1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-topinfix.tip}{} -\def\Bref #1#2#3{% - #1 (19#2#3)% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-brefm.tip}{} -\def\td{% - \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em - $\bullet$% - \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-bul.tip}{} -\def\ChapterHeadingTeXIP #1#2{% - \setbox 1 = - \vbox to 13pc{ - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \parindent = 0pt - \huge - \bf - \baselineskip = 21pt - \AlwaysBaselineskip - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}% - \copy0 - \parskip = 3pc - \advance\parskip by -\dp0 - \advance\parskip by -\ht0 - \advance\parskip by -\baselineskip - \wlog{\string\ChapterHeadingTeXIP: computed value - of \noexpand\parskip is \the\parskip.}% - \spaceskip = 0.3333em - \xspaceskip = \spaceskip - \rightskip = 0pt plus 4em - #2 - \par - \vfil - } - \box 1 - \SuppressNextParIndent -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-chhe.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{ChapterNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}{\TheCounter{ChapterNo}} -\def\Chapter{\DblArg{\@Chapter}}% -\def\@Chapter [#1]#2{% - \ShouldBeRightHandPage - \StepCounter{ChapterNo}% - \gdef\@LeftRunningHead{#2}% - \SetPageLayout{4} - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#2} - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{0}{}{}{}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{0}{}{}{}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}% -} -\NewCounter{AppendixNo}{\Alph}% - {\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}{\TheCounter{AppendixNo}} -\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{AppendixNo} -\AddCounterToResetList{AppendixNo}{VolumeNo} -\def\Appendix{\DblArg{\@Appendix}}% -\def\@Appendix [#1]#2{% - \NewPageRightHand - \StepCounter{AppendixNo}% - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - \SetPageLayout{4} - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{Appendix \PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#2} - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{AppendixNo}}{1}}% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\DoneWithAppendices{% - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\alph}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}} - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-chap.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@PageRef #1{% - \def\@PageRefResult{}% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - \def\@PageRefResult{??}% - \else - \if\PrefixConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \else - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-pager.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PageRefLimitLow -\newcount\@PageRefLimitHigh -\newif\if@CloseByReference -\newcount\@PageCloseRefCount -\newcount\@PageNumberActual -\def\NoSpecialPageRef{% - \global\@NoSpecialPageReftrue -} -\newif\if@NoSpecialPageRef -\@NoSpecialPageReffalse -\def\@PageRef #1{% - \def\@PageRefResult{}% - \global\@CloseByReferencefalse - \StepCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}% - \CounterToRegister{\global\@PageCloseRefCount}% - {CloseByReferenceCount}% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - \def\@PageRefResult{??}% - \else - \if\PrefixConditional - {\@TheExpandedLabel}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \Label{@READ@-% - \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount}% - \@PageRefLimitLow = \@TheShortenedLabel - \advance\@PageRefLimitLow by -1 - \@PageRefLimitHigh = \@TheShortenedLabel - \advance\@PageRefLimitHigh by 1 - \edef\@Ref@Temp@Name{% - \@LabelRefPrefix @READ@-% - \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount - }% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@Ref@Temp@Name}% - \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameTwo{% - \NameUse{\@Ref@Temp@Name}% - }% - \wlog{@READ@: 1 \@Ref@Temp@Name / - \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo}% - \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameThree{% - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo - \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo - }% - \wlog{@READ@ 1a: \@Ref@Temp@NameThree}% - \DropPrefix - {\@Ref@Temp@NameThree}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@ResultLocalRef}% - \@PageNumberActual = \@ResultLocalRef - \else - \wlog{@READ@ 2}% - \@PageNumberActual = \count0 - \@PageRefLimitLow = -10 - \@PageRefLimitHigh = -10 - \fi - \if\InRangeConditional - {\@PageNumberActual}% - {\@PageRefLimitLow}% - {\@PageRefLimitHigh}% - \wlog{@READ@ 3}% - \@CloseByReferencetrue - \if@NoSpecialPageRef - \@CloseByReferencefalse - \fi - \else - \wlog{@READ@ 4}% - \@CloseByReferencefalse - \fi - \global\@NoSpecialPageReffalse - \if@CloseByReference - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitLow - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel," - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the next page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{the next}% - \fi - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@TheShortenedLabel - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel" - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the current page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{this}% - \fi - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitHigh - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel" - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the preceding page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{the previous}% - \fi - \fi - \else - \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - \fi - \fi - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@PageRefResult}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-page2.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PageRef #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\Page #1{% - \PageShortForm~\@PageRef{#1}% - \@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\OnPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - on \@PageRefResult\space page% - \else - on \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\AtPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - at \@PageRefResult\space page% - \else - at \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\CommaPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - \space on \@PageRefResult\space page% - \@PrintAfterLabel - \else - ,\space - \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel - \fi -} -\def\CommaPageComma{% - \@PageRef{,}% - \if@CloseByReference - \space on \@PageRefResult\space page\space - \else - ,\space - \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel - \space - \fi -} -\def\PageShortForm{p.} -\def\PagesShortForm{pp.} -\def\see #1#2{% - see \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\See #1#2{% - See \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\@SeeSee #1#2{% - \SectionRef{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{,}% - \CommaPageComma - \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \ignorespaces - \else - \CommaPage - #2% - \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \relax - \fi - \@SeeSeeEnd -} -\def\ChapterRef #1{% - Chapter~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\SectionRef #1{% - \Ref{#1}% -} -\def\ItemRef #1{% - item~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\FigRef #1{% - Fig.~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\FigureRef #1{% - Figure~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\TableRef #1{% - Table~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\AppendixRef #1{% - Appendix~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\PagesRef #1#2{% - \PagesShortForm~\PageRef{#1}--\PageRef{#2}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-crm.tip}{} -\newdimen\HsizeTeXIP -\newdimen\VsizeTeXIP -\newcount\ClubPenalty -\newcount\WidowPenalty -\newcount\InterlinePenalty -\newcount\BrokenPenalty -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-dime1.tip}{} -\newif\ifWritePageLog -\WritePageLogfalse -\newwrite\PageLogStream -\def\WritePageLogFile{% - \immediate\openout\PageLogStream = \jobname.plog - \WritePageLogtrue -} -\newcount\BadnessSave -\ShowPlainListsfalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PageLayoutCode -\def\SetPageLayout #1{% - \global\@PageLayoutCode = #1 - \CheckRange{\@PageLayoutCode}{0}{5}% - {\string\SetPageLayout: } -} -\SetPageLayout{0}% -\def\@LeftRunningHead{} -\def\@RightRunningHead{} -\newcount\@SavedPageLayoutCode -\def\NewPageRightHandSpecial{% - \vfill - \supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: no empty - page to generate (\string\count0 = \the\count0)}% - \else - \hbox{} - \@SavedPageLayoutCode = \@PageLayoutCode - \SetPageLayout{1}% - \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: empty page - generated, - (\string\count0 = \the\count0).}% - \vfill - \eject - \SetPageLayout{\@SavedPageLayoutCode}% - \fi -} -\newdimen\OddPagesHorizontalShift -\newdimen\EvenPagesHorizontalShift -\newdimen\CurrentPageShift -\def\plainoutput{% - \@ShowPlainLists - \edef\@LeftRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead}% - \edef\@RightRunningHead{\@RightRunningHead}% - \ifnum\@PageLayoutCode = 0 - \else - \headline = {} - \footline = {} - \fi - \ifcase\@PageLayoutCode - \or - \or - \global\@PageLayoutCode = 3 - \or - \@PageLayoutCodeThree - \or - \global\@PageLayoutCode = 5 - \or - \ifodd\count0 - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \hfil - \botmark - \hskip 18pt - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - }% - \else - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - \hskip 18pt - \@LeftRunningHead - \hfil - }% - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\plainoutput: \string\@PageLayoutCode - out of range.}% - \fi - \setbox 4 = \vbox{% - \pagebody - }% - \ifWritePageLog - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Part name: \CurrentPartName, Page \the\count0 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Page \the\count0: - stretch: \the\pagestretch, - shrink: \the\pageshrink, - outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - pagefilstretch: \the\pagefilstretch, - pagefillstretch: \the\pagefillstretch - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - ht 255: \the\ht255, - dp 255: \the\dp255 - }% - \NaturalHeight{\dimen0}{255}% - \NaturalDepth{\dimen1}{255}% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Natural height: \the\dimen0, - Natural depth: \the\dimen1 - }% - \dimen2 = \vsize - \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Ideal height: \the\vsize, - Difference: \the\dimen2 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - badness: \the\BadnessSave, - height: \the\ht4, - depth: \the\dp4 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{}% - \fi - \setbox 5 = \vbox{% - \makeheadline - \box 4 - \makefootline - }% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \ifodd\count0 - \CurrentPageShift = \OddPagesHorizontalShift - \else - \CurrentPageShift = \EvenPagesHorizontalShift - \fi - \wlog{Redefined \string\plainoutput (ts-outpu.tip): - Shifting: shift amount is \the\CurrentPageShift\space\space - (page is \the\pageno).}% - \setbox 6 = \vbox{% - \moveright\CurrentPageShift \box5 - }% - \shipout\box6 - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000 - \else - \dosupereject - \fi -} -\def\@PageLayoutCodeThree{% - \ifodd\count0 - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \hfil - \@RightRunningHead - \hskip 18pt - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - }% - \else - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - \hskip 18pt - \@LeftRunningHead - \hfil - }% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-outpu.tip}{} -\def\SetUpTeXIPValues #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% - \HsizeTeXIP = #1\relax - \hsize = \HsizeTeXIP - \VsizeTeXIP = #2\relax - \vsize = \VsizeTeXIP - \SetParIndent{20pt} - \ClubPenalty = #4\relax - \clubpenalty = \ClubPenalty - \WidowPenalty = #5\relax - \widowpenalty = \WidowPenalty - \InterlinePenalty = #6\relax - \interlinepenalty = \InterlinePenalty - \BrokenPenalty = #7\relax - \brokenpenalty = \BrokenPenalty - \OddPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt - \EvenPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt - \overfullrule = #8\relax - \parskip = #9\relax -} -\SetUpTeXIPValues{6.5in}{8.9in}{20pt}{100}{100}{100}{100}% - {5pt}{0pt plus 1pt} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-dime2.tip}{} -\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname - \def#1{% - \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at - size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname - \fi - #4% - }% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-subst.tip}{} -\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5 -\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5 -\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt -\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5 -\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7 -\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7 -\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7 -\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8 -\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8 -\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8 -\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8 -\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm} -\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9 -\NewFont\IXit = cmti9 -\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9 -\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9 -\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt -\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm} -\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10 -\NewFont\Xit = cmti10 -\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10 -\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10 -\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12 -\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12 -\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12 -\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12 -\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4 -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3} -\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm} -\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4} -\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88} -\let\tiny = \FontSizeV -\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII -\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII -\let\small = \FontSizeIX -\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX -\let\large = \FontSizeXII -\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII -\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII -\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI -\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -\normalsize -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-fonts.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WidestLoopCounter -\newbox\@WidestLoopBox -\def\FindWidestChar #1#2#3#4{% - #1 = 0pt - \DoLoop{\@WidestLoopCounter}{#3}{1}{#4}{% - \setbox\@WidestLoopBox = \hbox{% - #2% - \char\@WidestLoopCounter - }% - \MaxDimen{#1}{#1}{\wd\@WidestLoopBox}{}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-widestc.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@WidthLevelOneLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\0}{`\9} -\setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelOne{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{0pt}{1em}% - {12pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelTwoLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\a}{`\j} -\setbox 0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelTwoLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelThreeLabels -\setbox 0 = \hbox{viii.\hskip 1em} -\@WidthLevelThreeLabels = \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelThree{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelThreeLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelFourLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\A}{`\J} -\setbox0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelFourLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelFour{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\EnumerateLevelOneExtended{% - \par - \FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\0}{`\9} - \multiply\@WidthLevelOneLabels by 2 - \setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}% - \advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-enum.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{FigureNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}% -\NewCounter{TableNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}% -\AddCounterToResetList{FigureNo}{ChapterNo} -\AddCounterToResetList{TableNo}{ChapterNo} -\def\Caption{\DblArg{\@Caption}} -\def\@Caption [#1]#2{% - \errmessage{\string\@Caption: caption out of place, caption - text = #1.}% -} -\def\BeginFigure{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@BeginFigure}{\@BeginFigure[t]}% -} -\newif\if@FigureInsertOk -\def\@BeginFigure[#1]{% - \begingroup - \def\@UseThisInsert{}% - \@FigureInsertOkfalse - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{t}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}% - \@FigureInsertOktrue - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{p}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\pageinsert}% - \@FigureInsertOktrue - \fi - \if@FigureInsertOk - \else - \errmessage{\string\@BeginFigure: illegal argument - "#1." Use [t] instead.}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}% - \fi - \gdef\FigureCaptionText{}% - \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{}% - \StepCounter{FigureNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{FigureNo}}{0}}% - \def\@Caption [##1]##2{% - \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{##1}% - \gdef\FigureCaptionText{##2}% - \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption (figures), caption text saved: - ##2.}% - }% - \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup -} -\def\EndFigure{% - \egroup - \@UseThisInsert - \box0 - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\FigureCaptionText}% - \else - \bigskip - \CenterOrParagraph{% - \small - Figure~\PrintCounter{FigureNo}. - \FigureCaptionText - }% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{1}{\PrintCounter{FigureNo}}% - {\FigureCaptionTextLof}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \fi - \endinsert - \endgroup -} -\def\BeginTable{% - \begingroup - \gdef\TableCaptionText{}% - \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{}% - \StepCounter{TableNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{TableNo}}{0}}% - \def\@Caption [##1]##2{% - \gdef\TableCaptionText{##2}% - \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{##1}% - \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption for tables: ##2}% - }% - \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup -} -\def\EndTable{% - \egroup - \topinsert - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\TableCaptionText}% - \else - \smallskip - \CenterOrParagraph{% - \small - Table~\PrintCounter{TableNo}. - \TableCaptionText}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{1}{\PrintCounter{TableNo}}% - {\TableCaptionTextLot}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \smallskip - \fi - \box0 - \endinsert - \endgroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-float.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{FootNote}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{FootNote}}% - {\PrintCounter{FootNote}} -\AddCounterToResetList{FootNote}{ChapterNo} -\def\FootNote #1{% - \StepCounter{FootNote}% - \footnote{$^{\PrintCounter{FootNote}}$}% - {% - \small - \baselineskip = 9pt - #1% - }% -} -\skip\footins = 18.4pt -\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{% - \vskip 12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \hrule width 5pc height 0.4pt depth 0pt - \vskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt - \unvbox\footins -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-foot.tip}{} -\NewCounter{VolumeNo}{\Roman}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}} -\ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-vol.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{SubSectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{SubSubSectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}% - {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{ChapterNo}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SubSectionNo}{SectionNo}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SubSubSectionNo}{SubSectionNo}% -\def\Section{\DblArg{\@Section}}% -\def\@Section [#1]#2{% - \StepCounter{SectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}% - {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% - \gdef\EveryParB{% - {% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \def\LineBreakToc{ }% - \def\LineBreakHeading{ }% - \def\IgnoreInRunningHead ####1{% - \relax$\ldots$% - }% - \mark{#2}% - }% - }% -} -\def\SubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSection}}% -\def\@SubSection [#1]#2{% - \StepCounter{SubSectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{3}{30pt plus 8pt minus 2pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}% - {\large\baselineskip = 14pt}{-12pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% -} -\def\SubSubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSubSection}}% -\def\@SubSubSection [#1]#2{% - \ifnum\TheCounter{SubSectionNo} = 0 - \errhelp = {The reason is probably that \string\Section - occurred directly followed by \string\SubSubSection - (that is you forgot a \string\SubSection in between).}% - \errmessage{\string\@SubSubSection: Counter "SubSectionNo" - is zero.}% - \fi - \StepCounter{SubSubSectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{4}{24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}% - {\normalsize}{-10pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-shead.tip}{} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hall.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\label{\Label} -\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{% - \@WriteCounter{VolumeNo}% - \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}% - \@WriteCounter{AppendixNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SubSectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SubSubSectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{PageNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SWPageNo}% - \@WriteCounter{FigureNo}% - \@WriteCounter{TableNo}% - \@WriteCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}% -} -\def\Label #1{% - \message{\noexpand\Label currently undefined, - label "#1" ignored.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hmore.tip}{} -\lefthyphenmin = 2 -\righthyphenmin = 3 -\hyphenation{Ado-be} -\hyphenation{after} -\hyphenation{base-line-skip} -\hyphenation{man-u-script} -\hyphenation{obey-lines} -\hyphenation{obey-spaces} -\hyphenation{other-wise} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hyph.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {12pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-itize.tip}{} -\def\TeXIP{% - \TeX{} in Practice% -} -\def\WEB{% - {\tt WEB}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-lazy.tip}{} -\def\EntryIntolof #1#2#3#4{% - \ifcase #1 - \MaxVskip{12pt}% - \or - \GenTocEntry{#1}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{25pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \else - \errmessage{\string\EntryIntolof/lot: illegal level.}% - \fi -} -\let\EntryIntolot = \EntryIntolof -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-loft.tip}{} -\def\PS{{\sc Post\-Script}} -\font\MetafontLogoFont = logo10 scaled \magstep0 -\def\MF{{\MetafontLogoFont METAFONT}} -\def\textfontii{\the\textfont2} -\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox - {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX} -\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em - T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-logo.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@MakeRobustMacros{% - \TreatAsRobust\rm - \TreatAsRobust\bf - \TreatAsRobust\it - \TreatAsRobust\tt - \TreatAsRobust\sc - \TreatAsRobust\mac - \TreatAsRobust\break - \TreatAsRobust\dots - \TreatAsRobust\MF - \TreatAsRobust\TeX - \TreatAsRobust\LaTeX - \TreatAsRobust\PS - \TreatAsRobust\AmSTeX - \TreatAsRobust\ldots - \TreatAsRobust\cdots - \TreatAsRobust\dots - \def\MakeRobust ##1{% - \noexpand\MakeRobust - \noexpand##1% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-robst.tip}{} -\def\TeXIPVersionNumber{1.0} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-vers.tip}{} -\def\MyNarrower{\narrower\narrower} -\frenchspacing -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-set.tip}{} -\def\EntryIntotoc #1#2#3#4{% - \par - \ifcase #1 - \bigskip - \or - \bigskip - \else - \relax - \fi - \ifcase #1 - \GenTocEntry{0}{0pt}{20pt}{20pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{1}{0pt}{40pt}{40pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{10pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\bf}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{2}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{#1}{20pt}{60pt}{60pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \else - \errmessage{\string\EntryIntotoc: no level #1 subdivision - in this series.} - \fi -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-toc.tip}{} -\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim -\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in -\def\VerbatimFont{\tt} -\newcount\VerbatimTab -\VerbatimTab = 8 -\newif\ifVerbLineNum -\VerbLineNumtrue -\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt -\newif\ifCaretTab -\CaretTabfalse -\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@VerbatimLr -\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt -\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine -\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\else - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\fi -\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber -\newif\if@VerbatimL -\newdimen\Verb@TabSize -\def\@VObeySpaces{% - \MakeActive{\ }% - \@@VObeySpaces -} -{% -\MakeActive{\ }% -\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{% -\def {\VerbControlSpace}% -}% -} -\def\@VObeyTabs{% - \MakeTabActive - \@@VObeyTabs -} -{ - \MakeTabActive - \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{% - \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}% - } -} -\def\Verb@Tab{% - \leavevmode - \egroup - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \advance\dimen0 by 1sp - \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \wd0 = \dimen0 - \box0 - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup -} -\def\@VObeyEol{% - \MakeEolActive % - \@@VObeyEol -} -{ - \MakeEolActive % - \gdef\@@VObeyEol{% - \let^^M = \Verb@Eol% - }% -} -\def\Verb@Eol{% - \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine - \else - \leavevmode - \egroup - \box 0 - \endgraf - \fi - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse -} -\def\@VCaret{% - \MakeActive{\^}% - \@@VCaret -} -{ - \MakeActive{\^}% - \gdef\@@VCaret{% - \def^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo - }% - \def\@@VCaretTwo{% - \ifx \@VSymbol^% - \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree - \else - \CaretText - \let\@VerbNext = \relax - \fi - \@VerbNext - }% - \def\@@VCaretThree ^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour - }% - \def\@@VCaretFour{% - \ifx \@VSymbol I% - \Verb@Tab - \else - \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol - \fi - \GobbleOne - }% - }% -} -\def\@StartVerbatim #1{% - \begingroup - \@VerbatimPar - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \CancelSuppressNextParIndent - \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X} - \Verb@TabSize = \wd0 - \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim - \rightskip = 0pt - \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil - \spaceskip = 0pt - \xspaceskip = 0pt - \VerbatimFont - \if@VerbatimL - \else - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0 - \fi - \global\@VerbatimLfalse - \ifnum #1 = 0 - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue - \else - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse - \fi - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \everypar = {\EveryParZ}% - \fi - \def\EveryParZ{% - \the\VerbatimTokLine - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1 - \ifVerbLineNum - \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{% - \hss - \@VerbatimNlf - \the\@VerbatimLineNumber - \hskip 10pt - }% - \fi - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup - }% - \MkOthers - \@VObeySpaces - \@VObeyTabs - \@VObeyEol - \ifCaretTab - \@VCaret - \fi -} -\def\@DoneVerbatim{% - \endgroup - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}% - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{% - \ParLookAhead - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - {} - }% - \fi - \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal -} -\def\BeginVerbatim{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BeginVerbatim -} -{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\BVerB{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BVerB -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax -} -\def\StartVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax -} -\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber -\def\PushVerbatimL{% - \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumfalse -} -\def\PopVerbatimL{% - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumtrue -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-verbdisp.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ListVerb #1{% - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \input #1 - \@DoneVerbatim -} -\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{% - \par - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \else - \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}% - \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \input #1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-verb-mac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -{\catcode`\ = \active -\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}} -\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl -\def\Verb{% - \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}% - {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}% -} -\def\@VerbA #1{% - \bgroup - \tt - \MkOthers - \if@VerbSpaceControl - \else - \catcode`\ = \active - \@InitActiveSpace - \fi - \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{% - ##1% % Simply print the argument. - \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes. - }% - \@VerbTemp -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-verb.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@VStream -\newif\if@VStreamOpen -\@VStreamOpenfalse -\newcount\@VerbWriteCount -\@VerbWriteCount = 0 -\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{% - \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1 - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}% - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}% - \fi - \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - {\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpentrue - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{% - \if@VStreamOpen - \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpenfalse - \fi -} -\def\AppendVerbWrite{% - \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \else - \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}% - \fi - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\VerbAsVerb{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - {% - \CaretTabtrue - \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}% - }% -} -\def\VerbAsSource{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-vwrt-mac.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@btex{% - \par - \bgroup - \small -} -\def\@etex{% - \nobreak - \egroup - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@EtexEnd{}% - \else - \def\@EtexEnd{% - \ParLookAhead - {}% - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - }% - \fi - \@EtexEnd -} -\def\btex{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@more -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb1.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Btexalt{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@morealt -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb2.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\verb{\Verb} -\VerbLineNumtrue -\VerbatimTab = 4 -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt -\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}% -\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{% - \par - \medskip - \vskip 60pt - \vskip -60pt - \def\ListAsFileName{#1}% - \def\LabelName{code-#1}% - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \else - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}% - \def\ListAsFileName{}% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver} - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}% - \else - \Label{code-#1}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName} - \else - \centerline{% - $\bullet$% - \space - \tt\ListAsFileName - \space - $\bullet$% - }% - \fi - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}% - \input #1 - \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before - \@DoneVerbatim - \@etex -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb.tip}{} -\newif\ifIndexSpecial -\IndexSpecialfalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\IdxStream -\newwrite\IdxStreamSource -\newif\if@IndexFilesOpen -\@IndexFilesOpenfalse -\def\OpenIndexFiles #1{% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{\jobname}% - \else - \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{#1}% - \fi - \if@IndexFilesOpen - \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: index files - already open.}% - \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: will close - old files, open new ones with basename - "\@IndexFileBaseName".}% - \immediate\closeout\IdxStream - \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource - \fi - \@IndexFilesOpentrue - \immediate\openout\IdxStream = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx - \immediate\openout\IdxStreamSource = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx2 - \SetIndexStream{\IdxStream}% -} -\def\CloseIndexFiles{% - \if@IndexFilesOpen - \immediate\closeout\IdxStream - \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource - \@IndexFilesOpenfalse - \fi -} -\def\SetIndexStream #1{% - \let\IdxStreamUse = #1% -} -\def\Index{% - \begingroup - \MkOthersNoCB - \@Index -} -\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% -\def\@Index #1{% - \let\PrintCounter = \relax - \xdef\IndexTemp{% - \write\IdxStreamUse{% - \string\indexentry{#1\@IndexSuffixMod}% - {\PrintCounter{SWPageNo}}}% - }% - \ifIndexSpecial - \SideNoteText{I: #1}% - \fi - \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% - \endgroup - \IndexTemp -} -\def\IndexP #1{% - \Index{#1}% - #1% -} -\def\IndexCS #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{% - \@IndexCSTemp - @% - {% - \string\tt - \string\string - \string#1% - }% - }% -} -\def\IndexCSX #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{% - #1% - @% - {% - \string\tt - \string\string - \Backslash#1% - }% - }% -} -\def\IndexCSP #1{% - \IndexCS{#1}% - {\tt\string#1}% -} -\def\IndexPrim #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{\@IndexCSTemp @% - {\string\tt\string\string\string#1}|PRIMITIVE}% -} -\def\IndexPrimP #1{% - \IndexPrim{#1}% - {\tt\string #1}% -} -\def\IndexPar{\Index{par@\string\PrintParPrimitive}} -\def\PrintParPrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt par}} -\def\IndexBye{\Index{bye@\string\PrintByePrimitive}} -\def\PrintByePrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt bye}} -\def\IndexIf{\Index{if@\string\PrintIf|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIf{{\tt\string\if}} -\def\IndexElse{\Index{else@\string\PrintElse|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintElse{{\tt\string\else}} -\def\IndexFi{\Index{fi@\string\PrintFi|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintFi{{\tt\string\fi}} -\def\IndexIfCase{\Index{ifcase@\string\PrintIfCase|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfCase{{\tt\string\ifcase}} -\def\IndexIfCat{\Index{ifcat@\string\PrintIfCat|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfCat{{\tt\string\ifcat}} -\def\IndexIfX{\Index{ifx@\string\PrintIfX|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfX{{\tt\string\ifx}} -\def\IndexIfOdd{\Index{ifodd@\string\PrintIfOdd|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfOdd{{\tt\string\ifodd}} -\def\IndexIfHbox{\Index{ifhbox@\string\PrintIfHbox|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfHbox{{\tt\string\ifhbox}} -\def\IndexIfVbox{\Index{ifvbox@\string\PrintIfVbox|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVbox{{\tt\string\ifvbox}} -\def\IndexIfVoid{\Index{ifvoid@\string\PrintIfVoid|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVoid{{\tt\string\ifvoid}} -\def\IndexIfNum{\Index{ifnum@\string\PrintIfNum|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfNum{{\tt\string\ifnum}} -\def\IndexIfDim{\Index{ifdim@\string\PrintIfDim|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfDim{{\tt\string\ifdim}} -\def\IndexIfHmode{\Index{ifhmode@\string\PrintIfHmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfHmode{{\tt\string\ifhmode}} -\def\IndexIfVmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfVmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}} -\def\IndexIfMmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfMmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfMmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}} -\def\IndexIfInner{\Index{ifinner@\string\PrintIfInner|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfInner{{\tt\string\ifinner}} -\def\IndexIfEof{\Index{ifeof@\string\PrintIfEof|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfEof{{\tt\string\ifeof}}% -\def\IndexIfTrue{\Index{iftrue@\string\PrintIfTrue|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfTrue{{\tt\string\iftrue}}% -\def\IndexIfFalse{\Index{iffalse@\string\PrintIfFalse|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfFalse{{\tt\string\iffalse}}% -\def\IndexRepeat{\Index{repeat@\string\PrintRepeat}} -\def\PrintRepeat{{\tt\string\repeat}}% -\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% -\def\IndexPSet #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexPSetResult}{#1}% - \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{|IndexP\@IndexPSetResult}% -} -\def\IndexPit #1{{\it #1}} -\def\IndexPbf #1{{\bf #1}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-wind.tip}{} -\def\WriteCounterOutImmediately #1#2{% - \OpenGenericOStream{#1}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream - {\PrintCounter{#2}}% - \CloseGenericOStream -} -\NameDef{@InputD-ts-writc.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@VtboxDim -\newbox\@VtboxBox -\def\Vtbox #1#2{% - \@VtboxDim = \ht#1% - \advance\@VtboxDim by \dp#1% - \setbox\@VtboxBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #1}% - \advance\@VtboxDim by -\ht\@VtboxBox - \advance\@VtboxDim by -\dp\@VtboxBox - #2\setbox #1 = \vtop spread \@VtboxDim {\unvbox #1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-vtbox.tip}{} -\def\WritingParShape{% - \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: begin}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\pretolerance: \the\pretolerance}% - \wlog{\string\tolerance: \the\tolerance}% - \wlog{\string\prevgraf: \the\prevgraf}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\parskip: \the\parskip}% - \wlog{\string\baselineskip: \the\baselineskip}% - \wlog{\string\lineskip: \the\lineskip}% - \wlog{\string\lineskiplimit: \the\lineskiplimit}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\parindent: \the\parindent}% - \wlog{\string\hsize: \the\hsize}% - \wlog{\string\leftskip: \the\leftskip}% - \wlog{\string\rightskip: \the\rightskip}% - \wlog{\string\parfillskip: \the\parfillskip}% - \wlog{\string\spaceskip: \the\spaceskip}% - \wlog{\string\xspaceskip: \the\xspaceskip}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\hyphenpenalty: \the\hyphenpenalty}% - \wlog{\string\exhyphenpenalty: \the\exhyphenpenalty}% - \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}% - \wlog{\string\righthyphenmin: \the\righthyphenmin}% - \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\adjdemerits: \the\adjdemerits}% - \wlog{\string\doublehyphendemerits: \the\doublehyphendemerits}% - \wlog{\string\finalhyphendemerits: \the\finalhyphendemerits}% - \wlog{\string\linepenalty: \the\linepenalty}% - \wlog{\string\sfcode\string\`.: \the\sfcode`\.}% - \wlog{\string\hyphenchar: \the\hyphenchar\tenrm}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\binoppenalty: \the\binoppenalty}% - \wlog{\string\relpenalty: \the\relpenalty}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\everypar: \the\everypar}% - \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: end}% -} -\NameDef{@InputD-wl-parcp.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@VerbArgStream -\def\WriteVerbatimArgument #1#2{% - \immediate\openout\@VerbArgStream = #1 - \def\@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument{#2}% - \begingroup - \MkOthersNoCB - \@WriteVerbatimArgument -} -\def\@WriteVerbatimArgument #1{% - \immediate\write\@VerbArgStream{#1}% - \immediate\closeout\@VerbArgStream - \endgroup - \@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-wrverbar.tip}{} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountA -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountB -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountC -\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenA -\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenB -\def\XParShape{% - \def\X@ParShapeCollect{ }% - \X@ParShapeCountC = 0 - \afterassignment\X@ParShapeB - \X@ParShapeCountA -} -\def\X@ParShapeB{% - \ifnum\X@ParShapeCountA = 0 - \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeD - \else - \advance\X@ParShapeCountA by -1 - \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeC - \fi - \@XParShapeNext -} -\def\X@ParShapeD{% - \parshape = \X@ParShapeCountC\X@ParShapeCollect -} -\def\X@ParShapeC #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {% - \message{\string\X@ParShapeC: #1, #2, #3, #4, #5}% - \X@ParShapeDimenA = #2% - \X@ParShapeDimenB = #4% - \DoLoop{\X@ParShapeCountB}{1}{1}{#1}% - {% - \edef\X@ParShapeCollect{% - \space - \X@ParShapeCollect - \the\X@ParShapeDimenA - \space - \the\X@ParShapeDimenB - \space - }% - \advance\X@ParShapeCountC by 1 - \advance\X@ParShapeDimenA by #3\relax - \advance\X@ParShapeDimenB by #5\relax - }% - \X@ParShapeB -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\NameDef{@InputD-x-parsh.tip}{} -\newif\ifInputDVerbose -\InputDVerbosefalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@InputDList -\@InputDListfalse -\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-} -\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{} -\def\InputD #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}% - \ifInputDVerbose - \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}% - \fi - \else - \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}% - \input #1 - \if@InputDList - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\dump diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex b/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ad2c2b1fbf..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3153 +0,0 @@ -% Here the output of program inputd begins! -\def\InputD #1{} -\def\ListInputD{} - - -% Here begins "namedef.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.1.8, p. III-73. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 414. -\wlog{L: "namedef.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 414, p. III-73]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NameDef #1{% - \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameEdef #1{% - \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameGdef #1{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameXdef #1{% - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname -} -\def\NameNewDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameReDef #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}% - \fi - \NameDef{#1}% -} -\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname} -\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}% - \NameUse{#1}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1" - is undefined.}% - \fi -} -\newif\if@NameDefined -\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax - \@NameDefinedfalse - \else - \@NameDefinedtrue - \fi - \if@NameDefined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "namedef.tip". - - -% Here begins "everypar.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.9.3, p. II-34. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1707. -\wlog{L: "everypar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1707, p. II-34]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\everypar = {% - \EvalEveryPars - \ClearEveryPars -} -\def\EvalEveryParsCE{% - \EveryParC - \EveryParD - \EveryParE -} -\def\EvalEveryPars{% - \EveryParA - \EveryParB - \EvalEveryParsCE - \EveryParZ -} -\def\ClearEveryPars{% - \gdef\EveryParA{}% - \gdef\EveryParB{}% - \gdef\EveryParC{}% - \gdef\EveryParD{}% - \gdef\EveryParE{}% -} -\def\ClearEveryParsAll{% - \ClearEveryPars - \gdef\EveryParZ{}% -} -\ClearEveryParsAll -% Here the output of inputd ends "everypar.tip". - - -% Here begins "futlet.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.3, p. III-256. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1021. -\wlog{L: "futlet.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1021, p. III-256]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecide{% - #1#2\@FutureLetToken - \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNext - }% - \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide -} -\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "futlet.tip". - - -% Here begins "funospac.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.10.1, p. III-271. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1710. -\wlog{L: "funospac.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1710, p. III-271]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{% - \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}% - \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}% - \@FutureLetOne -} -\def\@FutureLetOne{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }% - {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}% -} -\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{% - \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}% -} -\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp -\def\@FutureLetOk{% - \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB -} -\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{% - #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}% - \else - \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}% - \fi - \@FutureLetNextNoSpace - }% - \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}% - {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}% -} -\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "funospac.tip". - - -% Here begins "futpar.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.11, p. III-274. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1899. -\wlog{L: "futpar.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1899, p. III-274]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{funospac.tip} -\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{% - \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}% - {#1}{#2}% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "futpar.tip". - - -% Here begins "parin.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.9.4, p. II-35. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1808. -\wlog{L: "parin.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1808, p. II-35]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{everypar.tip} -\newdimen\NormalParIndent -\def\SetParIndent #1{% - \NormalParIndent = #1% - \parindent = #1% -} -\def\SuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = 0pt - \gdef\EveryParA{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - % \hskip-\parindent - }% -} -\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{% - \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent - \gdef\EveryParA{}% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "parin.tip". - - -% Here begins "verb-bas.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.1, p. III-27. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1625. -\wlog{L: "verb-bas.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1625, p. III-27]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 } -\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax} -\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}} -\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}} -\def\MkOthersNoCB{% - \MakeOther{\ }% - \MakeOther{\\}% - \MakeOther{\$}% - \MakeOther{\&}% - \MakeOther{\#}% - \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}% - \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}% - \MakeOther{\%}% - \MakeOther{\~}% -} -\def\MkOthers{% - \MakeOther{\{}% - \MakeOther{\}}% - \MkOthersNoCB -} -{\catcode`\^^I = 11 -\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}% -} -\catcode`\[ = 1 -\catcode`\] = 2 -[ - \catcode`\{ = 12 - \catcode`\} = 12 - \gdef\LeftBraceText[{] - \gdef\RightBraceText[}] -] -\catcode`\[ = 12 -\catcode`\] = 12 -\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}} -\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}} -\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&} -\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}} -\def\ApostropheText{'{}} -\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}} -\def\AtSignText{@} -\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}} -{% - \catcode`| = 0 - |catcode`\\ = 12 - |gdef|Backslash{\} -} -\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}} -\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}} -\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}} -\def\DollarSignText{\$} -\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\# = 12 - \gdef\PoundSign{#} -} -\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }} -\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}} -\def\EmDashText{{}---{}} -\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}} -\def\EnDashText{{}--{}} -\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}} -\def\ExclamationPointText{!} -\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}} -\def\GreaterThanSign{>} -\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}} -\def\HyphenText{-} -\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}} -\def\OpenExclamationText{>} -\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}} -\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}} -\def\LeftBracketText{[} -\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}} -\def\LeftParenthesisText{(} -\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}} -\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}} -\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}} -\def\LessThanSign{<} -\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}} -\def\MinusSignText{-} -\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}} -\def\OpenQuestionText{<} -\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}} -\def\PlusSignText{+} -\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}} -\def\PercentSignText{\%} -\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\% = 12 - \gdef\PercentSignPure{%} -} -\def\PeriodText{.} -\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}} -\def\PoundSignText{\#} -\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}} -\def\QuestionMarkText{?} -\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}} -\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}} -\def\RightBracketText{]} -\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}} -\def\RightQuoteText{'{}} -\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}} -\def\RightParenthesisText{)} -\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}} -\def\SpaceText{ } -\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}} -\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}} -\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}} -\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_} -\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}} -\def\VerbControlSpace{\ } -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "verb-bas.tip". - - -% Here begins "testdef.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-173. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1179. -\wlog{L: "testdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1179, p. III-173]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@Defined -\def\DefinedConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1% - \@Definedfalse - \else - \@Definedtrue - \fi - \if@Defined -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "testdef.tip". - - -% Here begins "gobble.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.8.6, p. III-186. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1836. -\wlog{L: "gobble.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1836, p. III-186]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\GobbleOne #1{} -\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{} -\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{} -\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{} -\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{} -\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{} -\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{} -\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{} -\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{} -% Here the output of inputd ends "gobble.tip". - - -% Here begins "loadedla.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-174. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1267. -\wlog{L: "loadedla.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1267, p. III-174]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{% - TT\fi - \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "loadedla.tip". - - -% Here begins "verbdisp.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.13, p. III-45. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2639. -\wlog{L: "verbdisp.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2639, p. III-45]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{everypar.tip} -\InputD{futpar.tip} -\InputD{parin.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\InputD{gobble.tip} -\InputD{loadedla.tip} -\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim -\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in -\def\VerbatimFont{\tt} -\newcount\VerbatimTab -\VerbatimTab = 8 -\newif\ifVerbLineNum -\VerbLineNumtrue -\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt -\newif\ifCaretTab -\CaretTabfalse -\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@VerbatimLr -\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt -\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine -\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\else - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\fi -\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber -\newif\if@VerbatimL -\newdimen\Verb@TabSize -\def\@VObeySpaces{% - \MakeActive{\ }% - \@@VObeySpaces -} -{% -\MakeActive{\ }% -\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{% -\def {\VerbControlSpace}% -}% -} -\def\@VObeyTabs{% - \MakeTabActive - \@@VObeyTabs -} -{ - \MakeTabActive - \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{% - \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}% - } -} -\def\Verb@Tab{% - \leavevmode - \egroup - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \advance\dimen0 by 1sp - \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \wd0 = \dimen0 - \box0 - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup -} -\def\@VObeyEol{% - \MakeEolActive % - \@@VObeyEol -} -{ - \MakeEolActive % - \gdef\@@VObeyEol{% - \let^^M = \Verb@Eol% - }% -} -\def\Verb@Eol{% - \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine - \else - \leavevmode - \egroup - \box 0 - \endgraf - \fi - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse -} -\def\@VCaret{% - \MakeActive{\^}% - \@@VCaret -} -{ - \MakeActive{\^}% - \gdef\@@VCaret{% - \def^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo - }% - \def\@@VCaretTwo{% - \ifx \@VSymbol^% - \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree - \else - \CaretText - \let\@VerbNext = \relax - \fi - \@VerbNext - }% - \def\@@VCaretThree ^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour - }% - \def\@@VCaretFour{% - \ifx \@VSymbol I% - \Verb@Tab - \else - \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol - \fi - \GobbleOne - }% - }% -} -\def\@StartVerbatim #1{% - \begingroup - \@VerbatimPar - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \CancelSuppressNextParIndent - \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X} - \Verb@TabSize = \wd0 - \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim - \rightskip = 0pt - \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil - \spaceskip = 0pt - \xspaceskip = 0pt - \VerbatimFont - \if@VerbatimL - \else - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0 - \fi - \global\@VerbatimLfalse - \ifnum #1 = 0 - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue - \else - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse - \fi - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \everypar = {\EveryParZ}% - \fi - \def\EveryParZ{% - \the\VerbatimTokLine - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1 - \ifVerbLineNum - \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{% - \hss - \@VerbatimNlf - \the\@VerbatimLineNumber - \hskip 10pt - }% - \fi - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup - }% - \MkOthers - \@VObeySpaces - \@VObeyTabs - \@VObeyEol - \ifCaretTab - \@VCaret - \fi -} -\def\@DoneVerbatim{% - \endgroup - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}% - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{% - \ParLookAhead - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - {} - }% - \fi - \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal -} -\def\BeginVerbatim{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BeginVerbatim -} -{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\BVerB{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BVerB -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax -} -\def\StartVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax -} -\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber -\def\PushVerbatimL{% - \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumfalse -} -\def\PopVerbatimL{% - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumtrue -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "verbdisp.tip". - - -% Here begins "lfondem.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.2.2, p. II-265. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 121. -\wlog{L: "lfondem.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 121, p. II-265]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{% - \def #1{% - \global\font#1 = #2\relax - #1% - \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1 - (#2) loaded on demand.}% - }% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "lfondem.tip". - - -% Here begins "substf.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.3, p. II-265. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 159. -\wlog{L: "substf.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 159, p. II-265]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{% - \def#1{% - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of - #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\let #1 = #4% - #1% - }% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "substf.tip". - - -% Here begins "newoutfr.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1610. -\wlog{L: "newoutfr.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1610, p. I-113]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} -\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt} -\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt} -\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi} -\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} -\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}} -\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi} -\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n} -\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}% - \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false -\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "newoutfr.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-subst.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.4, p. II-267. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 227. -\wlog{L: "ts-subst.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 227, p. II-267]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{substf.tip} -\InputD{newoutfr.tip} -\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname - \def#1{% - \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at - size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname - \fi - #4% - }% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-subst.tip". - - -% Here begins "fsized.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.7, p. II-270. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 373. -\wlog{L: "fsized.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 373, p. II-270]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newdimen\CurrentFontSize -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{% - \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}% - \NameDef{FontSize#1}{% - \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}% - \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}% - \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}% - \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}% - \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}% - \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}% - \CurrentFontSize = #2pt - \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize - \rm - } -} -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -% Here the output of inputd ends "fsized.tip". - - -% Here begins "newfont.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.1, p. II-263. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 53. -\wlog{L: "newfont.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 53, p. II-263]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\def\NewFont #1{% - \if\DefinedConditional{#1}% - \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name - "\string#1" already used.} - \fi - \font #1% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "newfont.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-fonts.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.9, p. II-271. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 447. -\wlog{L: "ts-fonts.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 447, p. II-271]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{lfondem.tip} -\InputD{ts-subst.tip} -\InputD{fsized.tip} -\InputD{newfont.tip} -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5 -% \newfam\itfam % \it is family 4 -% \newfam\slfam % \sl is family 5 -% \newfam\bffam % \bf is family 6 -% \newfam\ttfam % \tt is family 7 -\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5 -\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt -\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5 -\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7 -\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7 -\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7 -\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8 -\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8 -\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8 -\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8 -\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm} -\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9 -\NewFont\IXit = cmti9 -\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9 -\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9 -\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt -\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm} -\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10 -\NewFont\Xit = cmti10 -\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10 -\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10 -\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12 -\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12 -\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12 -\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12 -\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4 -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3} -\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm} -\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4} -\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88} -\let\tiny = \FontSizeV -\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII -\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII -\let\small = \FontSizeIX -\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX -\let\large = \FontSizeXII -\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII -\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII -\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI -\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -\normalsize -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-fonts.tip". - - -% Here begins "fexist.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.1, p. III-465. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 910. -\wlog{L: "fexist.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 910, p. III-465]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@FileExistsS -\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer -\def\FileExistsConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \openin\@FileExistsS = #1 - \ifeof\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswerfalse - \else - \closein\@FileExistsS - \@FileExistsAnswertrue - \fi - \if@FileExistsAnswer -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "fexist.tip". - - -% Here begins "verb-mac.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.8, p. III-41. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2427. -\wlog{L: "verb-mac.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2427, p. III-41]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ListVerb #1{% - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \input #1 - \@DoneVerbatim -} -\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{% - \par - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \else - \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}% - \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \input #1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "verb-mac.tip". - - -% Here begins "nctest.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.6.1, p. III-262. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1335. -\wlog{L: "nctest.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1335, p. III-262]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{% - \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}% - \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "nctest.tip". - - -% Here begins "verb.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.4, p. III-35. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2077. -\wlog{L: "verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2077, p. III-35]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{nctest.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -{\catcode`\ = \active -\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}} -\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl -\def\Verb{% - \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}% - {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}% -} -\def\@VerbA #1{% - \bgroup - \tt - \MkOthers - \if@VerbSpaceControl - \else - \catcode`\ = \active - \@InitActiveSpace - \fi - \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{% - ##1% % Simply print the argument. - \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes. - }% - \@VerbTemp -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "verb.tip". - - -% Here begins "genaeol.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.9.7.1, p. III-192. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2196. -\wlog{L: "genaeol.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2196, p. III-192]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GenAeol #1{% - \edef #1{% - \bgroup - \noexpand\MakeEolActive - \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{% - \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}% - }% - \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1% -} -{ - \MakeEolActive - \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2 - {% - \egroup% - #1{#2}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "genaeol.tip". - - -% Here begins "gobblemo.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.9.11, p. III-197. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2417. -\wlog{L: "gobblemo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2417, p. III-197]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{% - \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}% - \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "gobblemo.tip". - - -% Here begins "showx.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.5.11, p. III-178. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1413. -\wlog{L: "showx.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1413, p. III-178]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newif\ifShowX -\ShowXfalse -\def\ShowX #1{% - \ifShowX - {% - \nonstopmode - \show #1% - }% - \fi -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "showx.tip". - - -% Here begins "testsubs.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.15.1, p. III-293. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 661. -\wlog{L: "testsubs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 661, p. III-293]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{showx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@TestSubString -\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@MainString{#1}% - \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}% - \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp -} -\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{% - \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{% - \def\@TestTemp{##1}% - }% - \ShowX{\@TestSubS}% - \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del - \ShowX{\@TestTemp}% - \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp - \@TestSubStringfalse - \else - \@TestSubStringtrue - \fi - \if@TestSubString -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "testsubs.tip". - - -% Here begins "endrec.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.2, p. III-399. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 138. -\wlog{L: "endrec.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 138, p. III-399]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{% - #1\relax - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}% - \else - \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}% - \fi - \@RecursionMacroEndNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "endrec.tip". - - -% Here begins "restring.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.16, p. III-298. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 866. -\wlog{L: "restring.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 866, p. III-298]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{testsubs.tip} -\InputD{endrec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{% - \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}% - \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}% - \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{% - \RecursionMacroEnd - {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}% - {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}% -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{% - \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1% -}% -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub - ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{% - \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}% - }% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}% - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain - \@EndReplaceSubStrings - \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}% - \@ReplaceSubStrings -} -\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{% - \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "restring.tip". - - -% Here begins "compst.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.1, p. III-334. -% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1018. -\wlog{L: "compst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1018, p. III-334]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{restring.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{% - TT\fi - \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}% - \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}% - \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional -} -\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{% - TT\fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}% -} -\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{% - TT\fi - \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}% - { }{}% - \if\EmptyStringConditional - {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "compst.tip". - - -% Here begins "remtlsp.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 24.1.20.1, p. III-309. -% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1412. -\wlog{L: "remtlsp.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1412, p. III-309]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{compst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{% - \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}% -} -\def\RemTsp #1#2{% - \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }% - \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}% - \def#1{#2}% - \else - \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}% - \@RemTspTempA - \fi -} -\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}} -\def\RemLsp #1#2{% - \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}% - \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}% - \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}% - \else - \def#1{#2}% - \fi -} -\edef\@RemLspTwo{% - \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{% - \def##2{##1}% - }% -} -\@RemLspTwo -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "remtlsp.tip". - - -% Here begins "genostr.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.5.3, p. III-474. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1339. -\wlog{L: "genostr.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1339, p. III-474]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\GenericOStream -\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen -\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse -\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic - output stream currently open.}% - \else - \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue - \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1% - \fi -} -\def\CloseGenericOStream{% - \if@GenericOStreamOpen - \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse - \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream - \else - \errhelp{Stream not in use.}% - \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream: - stream is NOT open for output.}% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "genostr.tip". - - -% Here begins "cstostrc.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-67. -% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 146. -\wlog{L: "cstostrc.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 146, p. III-67]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{remtlsp.tip} -\InputD{genostr.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newread\@CatIn -\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{% - {% - \escapechar = -1 - \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}% - \CloseGenericOStream - \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp - \global\read\@CatIn to #1% - \closein\@CatIn - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "cstostrc.tip". - - -% Here begins "verbwr.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.3.2, p. III-506. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 973. -\wlog{L: "verbwr.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 973, p. III-506]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{genaeol.tip} -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{gobblemo.tip} -\InputD{cstostrc.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress -\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{% - \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2 - \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for - literal writing.}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{% - \immediate\closeout #1 - \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}% -} -\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{% - \begingroup - \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}% - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}% - \MkOthers - \MakeEolActive - \@VerbWrTabHandling - \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}% -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 - \catcode`\\ =12 - |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{% - |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{% - |@BeginVerbWr ##1% - |@VerbWrDoneToken - |@VerbWrDone - } - |@BeginVerbWrX - } -} -\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{% - \MakeTabActive - \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne -} -{\MakeTabActive -\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}% -} -\def\@BeginVerbWr{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}% - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}% - {\GobbleDoMore - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}% - {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}% -} -\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{% - \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress - \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse - \else - \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \fi - \@BeginVerbWr -} -\def\@VerbWrDone{% - \endgroup - \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "verbwr.tip". - - -% Here begins "defauarg.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 23.4.8.1, p. III-266. -% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1514. -\wlog{L: "defauarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1514, p. III-266]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{gobblemo.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{% - \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}% - \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}% - \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}% - \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd -} -\def\@DefaultArg{% - \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne -} -\def\@DefaultArgOne{% - \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}% - \else - \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}% - \fi - \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "defauarg.tip". - - -% Here begins "vwrt-mac.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.3.3.1, p. III-511. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1192. -\wlog{L: "vwrt-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1192, p. III-511]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbwr.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\InputD{verb-mac.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@VStream -\newif\if@VStreamOpen -\@VStreamOpenfalse -\newcount\@VerbWriteCount -\@VerbWriteCount = 0 -\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{% - \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1 - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}% - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}% - \fi - \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - {\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpentrue - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{% - \if@VStreamOpen - \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpenfalse - \fi -} -\def\AppendVerbWrite{% - \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \else - \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}% - \fi - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\VerbAsVerb{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - {% - \CaretTabtrue - \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}% - }% -} -\def\VerbAsSource{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "vwrt-mac.tip". - - -% Here begins "lpagetg.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 32.2.3, p. IV-5. -% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 298. -\wlog{L: "lpagetg.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 298, p. IV-5]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\LogPageTG #1{% - \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}% - \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal, - \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "lpagetg.tip". - - -% Here begins "freespac.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 32.2.4, p. IV-6. -% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 340. -\wlog{L: "freespac.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 340, p. IV-6]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{lpagetg.tip} -\newdimen\FreePageSpace -\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{% - \par - \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}% - \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt - \FreePageSpace = \vsize - \else - \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal - \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal - \fi -} -\def\FreeSpaceConditional{% - 0pt = 0pt \fi - \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage - \ifdim\FreePageSpace -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "freespac.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-verb1.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.1, p. III-56. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3223. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb1.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3223, p. III-56]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@btex{% - \par - \bgroup - \small -} -\def\@etex{% - \nobreak - \egroup - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@EtexEnd{}% - \else - \def\@EtexEnd{% - \ParLookAhead - {}% - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - }% - \fi - \@EtexEnd -} -\def\btex{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@more -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb1.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-verb2.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.2, p. III-57. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3279. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb2.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3279, p. III-57]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Btexalt{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@morealt -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb2.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-verb.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 9, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.15, p. III-57. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3306. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3306, p. III-57]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\InputD{verb-mac.tip} -\InputD{verb.tip} -\InputD{verbwr.tip} -\InputD{vwrt-mac.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{testsubs.tip} -\InputD{freespac.tip} -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\InputD{ts-verb1.tip} -\InputD{ts-verb2.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\verb{\Verb} -\VerbLineNumtrue -\VerbatimTab = 4 -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt -\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}% -\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{% - \par - \medskip - \vskip 60pt - \vskip -60pt - \def\ListAsFileName{#1}% - \def\LabelName{code-#1}% - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \else - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}% - \def\ListAsFileName{}% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver} - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}% - \else - \Label{code-#1}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName} - \else - \centerline{% - $\bullet$% - \space - \tt\ListAsFileName - \space - $\bullet$% - }% - \fi - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}% - \input #1 - \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before - \@DoneVerbatim - \@etex -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-lazy.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.10, p. III-167. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 849. -\wlog{L: "ts-lazy.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 849, p. III-167]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\TeXIP{% - \TeX{} in Practice% -} -\def\WEB{% - {\tt WEB}% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-lazy.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-brefm.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 881. -\wlog{L: "ts-brefm.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 881, p. III-167]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\Bref #1#2#3{% - #1 (19#2#3)% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-brefm.tip". - - -% Here begins "parv-1.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.2.1, p. II-67. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 956. -\wlog{L: "parv-1.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 956, p. II-67]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen \Delta@XY -\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter -\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels -\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel -\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0 -\newcount\@LabelCounter -\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \par - \bgroup - \advance\leftskip by #1 - \advance\rightskip by #2 - \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1 - \@LabelCounter = 0 - \Delta@XY = #3 - \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt - \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy}, - made positive.}% - \fi - \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4 - \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5 - \@ParListAfterLabel = #6 - \SetParIndent{#7} -} -\def\EndAList{% - \par - \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter - \egroup -} -\def\@GenLabel #1{% - \par - \advance\@LabelCounter by 1 - \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1 - \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter - \else - \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels - \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{#1}% - \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel - \ignorespaces -} -\def\ItemLL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - #1% - \hfil - }% -} -\def\ItemLR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hss - #1% - \hskip\Delta@XY - }% -} -\def\ItemRL #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hskip\Delta@XY - #1% - \hss - }% -} -\def\ItemRR #1{% - \@GenLabel{% - \hfil - #1% - \hskip -\Delta@XY - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "parv-1.tip". - - -% Here begins "itemizel.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.3, p. II-77. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1465. -\wlog{L: "itemizel.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1465, p. II-77]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{parv-1.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ItemListDepth -\@ItemListDepth = 0 -\def\BeginItemize{% - \begingroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1 - \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or - \@BeginItemizeLevelOne - \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo - \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelThree - \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}% - \or - \@BeginItemizeLevelFour - \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}% - \else - \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of - 4 exceeded.}% - \fi -} -\def\EndItemize{% - \EndAList - \endgroup - \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "itemizel.tip". - - -% Here begins "ts-itize.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.4, p. II-78. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1523. -\wlog{L: "ts-itize.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1523, p. II-78]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{itemizel.tip} -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {12pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-itize.tip". - - -% Here begins "box-zero.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 4.5.13, p. I-104. -% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1348. -\wlog{L: "box-zero.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1348, p. I-104]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\ZeroBox #1{% - \wd#1 = 0pt - \ht#1 = 0pt - \dp#1 = 0pt -} -\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{% - \ZeroBox{#1}% - \box#1% -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "box-zero.tip". - - -% Here begins "box-bul.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-322. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 472. -\wlog{L: "box-bul.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 472, p. I-322]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BulletBox -\setbox\@BulletBox = - \hbox{% - \hskip -2.3pt - \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}% - } -\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "box-bul.tip". - - -% Here begins "box-bb.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-323. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 495. -\wlog{L: "box-bb.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 495, p. I-323]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@BoxingBox -\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "box-bb.tip". - - -% Here begins "box-thck.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 405. -\wlog{L: "box-thck.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 405, p. I-321]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness -\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt -% Here the output of inputd ends "box-thck.tip". - - -% Here begins "boxing5.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.6.1, p. I-327. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 719. -\wlog{L: "boxing5.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 719, p. I-327]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\InputD{box-bul.tip} -\InputD{box-bb.tip} -\InputD{box-thck.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine -\BulletAndBaseLinetrue -\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1% - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2 - \hskip -#3% - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2% - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{% - {% - \setbox 0 = \hbox{% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \copy\@BulletBox - \fi - \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip #3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2% - \hskip -#3% - \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen0 = #3% - \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = #1% - \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = #1% - \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen4 = -\dimen4 - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - \hskip -\dimen0 - \dimen2 = #2% - \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \dimen2 = -\dimen2 - \dimen4 = #2% - \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness - \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4 - }% - \ZeroBoxOut{0}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing5.tip". - - -% Here begins "boxing6.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.7, p. I-332. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 996. -\wlog{L: "boxing6.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 996, p. I-332]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{box-zero.tip} -\InputD{boxing5.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\BoxingE #1{% - \hbox{% - \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1% - \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{% - \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{% - \hskip 1pt - \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt - \hfil - }% - \hfil - }% - \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}% - \ifBulletAndBaseLine - \box\@BaseLineLeaders - \fi - \RulesOnSide - {\ht\@BoxingBox}% - {\dp\@BoxingBox}% - {\wd\@BoxingBox}% - \box\@BoxingBox - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing6.tip". - - -% Here begins "vcentx.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.5.5, p. I-249. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2107. -\wlog{L: "vcentx.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2107, p. I-249]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@VcenterXBox -\newdimen\@VcenterDimen -\def\VcenterX{% - \hbox\bgroup - \mathsurround = 0pt - \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA -} -\def\@VCenterXA{% - \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary - \else - \ifx\@VCenterXToken t% - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo - \else - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread - \fi - \fi - \@VcenterXNext -} -\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXTo to{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{to}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXToSpread{% - \edef\@VcenterCommand{% - \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen - }% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXB{% - \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup - $% - \@VcenterCommand\bgroup - \aftergroup\@VcenterXC -} -\def\@VcenterXC{% - $% - \egroup - \box\@VcenterXBox - \egroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "vcentx.tip". - - -% Here begins "boxing7.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 9.3.9.1, p. I-335. -% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1131. -\wlog{L: "boxing7.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1131, p. I-335]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{boxing6.tip} -\InputD{vcentx.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@BoxRDimen -\newbox\@BoxRBox -\newcount\@BoxRNumber -\def\HboxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VboxR{% - \vbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VtopR{% - \vtop\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\VcenterXR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \@BoxRaa -} -\def\BoxR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRB - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@BoxRB{% - \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\CopyR{% - \hbox\bgroup - \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}% - \afterassignment\@CopyRbb - \@BoxRNumber = -} -\def\@CopyRbb{% - \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRaa{% - \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA -} -\def\@BoxRA{% - \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb - \else - \if\@BoxRSymbol t% - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo - \else - \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread - \fi - \fi - \@BoxitNext -} -\def\@BoxRb{% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\def\@BoxRbTwo{% - \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup - \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree -} -\def\@BoxRbThree{% - \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}% - \egroup -} -\def\@BoxRbTo to{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{% - \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo - \@BoxRDimen = -} -\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{% - \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}% - \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo - \let\@BoxDrop = -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing7.tip". - - -% Here begins "bugreport.tex". -\def\BugReport #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% - \par - \bigskip - \noindent - {\bf Bug #1} (% - date: #2% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#3}% - , section #3 - \fi - (internal name: {\tt #4.TEX}), - page~#5% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#6}% - ). - \else - , #6). - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#7}% - No macro source file is affected by this bug. - \else - Macro source file(s) affected by this bug: - {\tt #7}. - \fi - \par -} -% Here the output of inputd ends "bugreport.tex". -% Here it ends! -\ListInputD -\def\RCSInfo $#1 ${% - \bigskip - \centerline{\bf RCS Information: \tt#1} -} -\InputD{ts-verb.tip} -\InputD{ts-lazy.tip} -\InputD{ts-brefm.tip} -\InputD{itemizel.tip} -\InputD{ts-itize.tip} -\InputD{boxing7.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{bugreport.tex} - -\vsize = 7.4in - -\centerline{\bf Bug List, Version 2.0, ``\TeX{} in Practice, '' - September~15, 1993} - \centerline{Stephan v. Bechtolsheim} -% ============================================================ - -\RCSInfo $Id: bugs.TEX,v 1.50 1993/09/15 11:20:13 svb Exp svb $ - - Copyright $\copyright$ 1993 Stephan v.~Bechtolsheim. This file may -be copied as many times as you want, at any place in the world, -{\it as long as you make no changes\/} to this file. - - This is the list of known bugs, grammatical errors, and so forth of -``\TeX{} in Practice.'' - - If you have access to email please send any bug reports to -{\tt svb@rcmcon.com}. If not, please send your corrections to Springer-Verlag -at 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10010. - - This file can be processed with plain \TeX{} (all required macros are -prepended). - -Note the following history of this document: -\BeginItemize - \Item September 10, 1993, Version 1.0: bugs 1--21. - \Item September 15, 1993, Version 2.0: bugs 22--26. -\EndItemize - -Some further remarks: -\BeginItemize - \Item If the ASCII form of the index changes due to some bug fix, - then this will not be listed here. - \Item If you have access to {\tt ftp} the easiest solution is any - way to always retrieve the complete distribution instead of - relying on patches. -\EndItemize - -And here is where the bug reports start: - -\BugReport{1}{9/9/93}{20}{macros7}{III-376 and 392}{}{norpweek.tip, - weekofyr.tip} - Two files {\tt norpweek.tip} and {\tt weekofyr.tip} were listed as not - belonging to the \TeXIP{} format. Well, that was an oversight which is - fixed now. -\BugReport{2}{9/9/93}{18}{tokens1}{III-58 to III-59}{}{ts-verb.tip} - I added {\tt .flf2} files (besides {\tt .flf} files) - to be treated as {\tt log} files. I have - now two ways of generating {\tt log} files in the series: - {\tt flf} files use the plain format, {\tt flf2} - files use the \TeXIP{} format. Both {\it appear\/} as {\tt log} - files. - - This is more than anything else an internal change, {\it but\/} - it does affect {\tt ts-verb.tip}. -\BugReport{3}{6/12/93}{23}{table1}{III-34}{}{tabswb.tip} - There was an extra \verb+\input inputd.tip+ at the beginning of - {\tt tabswb.tip} which I removed. The file {\tt tabswb.tip} is now - version~1.1. - -\BugReport{4}{7/24/93}{7.3.4}{vboxes1}{I-221}{7th line from top}{} - It should read ``1~pt'' instead of ``1pt.'' - -\BugReport{5}{7/24/93}{2.8.2}{intro}{I-27}{second paragraph of 12. - last line of that paragraph: exchange double quote and period.}{} - -\BugReport{6}{7/24/98}{Bibliography}{biback}{I-346}{after Knuth~DE - 1990}{} Forgotten entry for \Bref{Knuth DE}{92}{} Literate Programming. - CLSI Lecture Notes Number 27, Center for Study of Language and - Information. - -\BugReport{7}{8/4/93}{}{General Remarks $\ldots$}{I-x, II-y, III-z, - IV-a}{Item ``Volume IV''}{} - The chapters listed in this item are in the wrong order. First - the table chapters are listed, then the output routine chapters. - This is an oversight resulting from an attempt to reverse the order - of chapters in Volume~IV\null. This had to be abandoned, because the - covers of the books were already printed. - - Anyway, here is the correct overview of chapters in Volume~IV: - \BeginItemize - \Item Chapter~32 discusses the determination of page breaks - by \TeX. - \Item Chapter~33 discusses the basics of output routines, - and introduces concepts like logical and physical - pages. - \Item Chapter~34 presents some simple output routines. - \Item Chapter~35 discusses the output routine of the - plain format and variations of it. - \Item Chapter~36 discusses output routines with insertions. - \Item Chapter~37 discusses double column output routines. - \Item Chapter~38 begins the discussion of tables typeset - with \TeX's \verb+\halign+ instruction. - \Item Chapter~39 also discusses tables, including vertical - spacing, struts and rules in tables. - \Item Chapter~40 discusses the centering of tables, tables - and paragraphs and preamble related macros. - \Item Chapter~41 discusses numerical computations in tables, - splitting tables, \verb+\valign+ and double tables. - \EndItemize - -\BugReport{8}{8/6/93}{General Notes, 6~Contacting the - Author}{manage/prel*}{I-xxxix} - {End of 4th line of first paragraph after title line}{} - Text omits {\it any\/}: please do not use {\it any\/} of Springer's - FAX numbers. -\BugReport{9}{8/9/93}{3.2.1}{reg1}{I-38}{Beginning of paragraph - preceding ``3.2.2~Arithmetic in \TeX''}{} - The paragraph's beginning should read: ``{\it Here a note to readers - familiar $\ldots\,$}.'' -\BugReport{10}{8/9/93}{3.3.3.1}{reg1}{I-44}{Paragraph after 3.3.3.1 - title}{} - The first paragraph after this title should read: ``The preceding - explanation may have sound very theoretical, so consider the following - example.'' (Delete ``an,'' delete the sentence ``Look $\ldots$ - code:''). -\BugReport{11}{8/9/93}{3.3.8.1}{reg1}{I-50}{8 lines from bottom}{} - Instead of ``The'' write ``Then.'' -\BugReport{12}{8/9/93}{3.3.9}{reg1}{I-52}{14th line from top}{} - Replace ``following'' by ``obey.'' -\BugReport{13}{8/9/93}{5.4.1}{glueetc}{I-136}{14th line from top}{} - Replace ``show'' by ``some.'' -\BugReport{14}{8/9/93}{5.6}{glueetc}{I-145}{Last sentence of~``2.''}{} - Replace second occurrence of ``replicated'' by ``box.'' -\BugReport{15}{8/9/93}{5.6.2}{glueetc}{I-147}{7th line from bottom}{} - Replace ``will be not'' by ``will not be.'' -\BugReport{16}{8/9/93}{5.7}{glueetc}{I-154}{1st line of 1st paragraph - after 5.7~Rules title}{} - Replace ``as it used'' by ``as it is used.'' -\BugReport{17}{8/9/93}{6.2.8}{boxes}{I-167}{5th line from bottom}{} - Replace ``end an box'' by ``end a box.'' -\BugReport{18}{8/9/93}{6.3.1}{boxes}{I-168}{2nd line of first paragraph - after 6.3.1 title}{} - \verb+\HboxR{ABC}+ was not supposed to be printed verbatim, it - was supposed to read \HboxR{ABC}. -\BugReport{19}{8/9/93}{6.3.7}{boxes}{I-173}{8th line from top}{} - Add closing parenthesis at the very end of the sentence. -\BugReport{20}{8/10/93}{16.3.5}{fonts2}{II-289}{1st line after 16.3.5 - title line}{} - Replace the word ``discussed'' by ``computed.'' -\BugReport{21}{9/10/93}{28.4.3.2}{io1}{III-469}{}{inputd.tip} - The order in which information was written to the {\tt .ipd} file - and new files were pulled in through \verb+\InputD+ calls in the - ``current file'' was reversed. That has been fixed. -\BugReport{22}{9/11/93}{2.7.1}{intro}{I-16}{middle of page, 2., line~3}{} - Rewrite as follows: ``The~{\tt @} simply prints as~{\tt @}. Nevertheless - this character requires special attention. It is frequently used - inside macro packages as a letter, whereas outside - macro packages it is used as a non-letter character (which - simply prints when used).'' -\BugReport{23}{9/11/93}{3.1}{reg1}{I-35}{middle of page}{} - Use the following sentence: ``When we will discuss dimensions and glue - parameters this process will become clearer'' instead of a similar to - correctly worded sentence. -\BugReport{24}{9/11/93}{3.3.2.3}{reg1}{I-42}{5th and 6th line from top}{} - Delete the whole sentence ``Preceding \TeX~3.0 (\TeX~2.9 is used as a - generic version number for that purpose below) and version \TeX~3.0.'' -\BugReport{25}{9/11/93}{6.2.5}{boxes}{I-165}{1st and 2nd line of 3rd - paragraph from the top}{} - Rewrite as follows: ``You might want to look {\it at\/} this macro - definition.'' -\BugReport{26}{9/13/93}{15.3.3}{fonts1}{II-248}{3rd line from top}{} - Misspelled ``Cyrilic'' (one~`l' only). This also changes the index - where the word is also misspelled. - -\vfill\eject -\leftline{\large\bf Version Numbers} -% ================================== -This table is structured as follows: -\BeginItemize - \Item Column 1: serial number. - \Item Column 2: file name of macro source file. - \Item Column 3: Version number of that file. - \Item Column 4: file name of the chapter (information for the author). - \Item Column 5: line number in that file (information for the author). -\EndItemize - -{ -\newcount\VersionNumbersLineNumber - - \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil - \halign to \hsize{ - #\relax % 1. Line number (entry not used). - \global\advance\VersionNumbersLineNumber by 1 - \hfil\the\VersionNumbersLineNumber - \tabskip = 20pt& - \tt#\hfil \tabskip = 20pt& % 2. file name - \def\VersionNumber{#}% % 3. version number - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\VersionNumber}{1.0}% - 1.0% - \else - {\bf \VersionNumber}% - \fi - \hfil \tabskip = 20pt& - \tt#\hfil \tabskip = 20pt& % 4. sourcefile - \hfil# \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil % 5. line number - \cr - \input macvntip.tex - } - There should be {\it 294\/} files listed in the preceding - table. If this is not the case the table is wrong. - Notify me immediately, please, if that should be the case. - \ifnum\VersionNumbersLineNumber = 294 - \else - {\bf ERROR: PRECEDING TABLE IS WRONG, DOES NOT CONTAIN - CORRECT NUMBER OF FILES (which is 294)}. - \fi - - {\bf I would like to take this opportunity to thank you all for - your feedback.} Thank you again! -} -\bye - - -% Here begins the original definition of "inpud.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 10, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.3, p. III-468. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1076. -\wlog{L: "inputd.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-468]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\input namedef.tip -\newif\ifInputDVerbose -\InputDVerbosefalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@InputDList -\@InputDListfalse -\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-} -\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{} -\def\InputD #1{% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}% - \ifInputDVerbose - \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}% - \fi - \else - \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}% - \input #1 - \if@InputDList - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 -\InputD{inputdl.tip} - - -% Here begins the original definition of "inpudl.tip". -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.4.3.3, p. III-470. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1175. -\wlog{L: "inputdl.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1175, p. III-470]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@InputDStream -\def\ListInputD{% - \@InputDListtrue - \immediate\openout\@InputDStream = \jobname.ipd - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputd.tip}% - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{namedef.tip}% - \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputdl.tip}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 - - -% End of stuff appended at the end. diff --git a/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e698de32fb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.4.1, p. II-122. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 797. -\wlog{L: "toc-mac.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 797, p. II-122]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@GenTocEntryLevel -\def\GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4{% - \par - \bgroup - \global\@GenTocEntryLevel = #1 - \leftskip = #4 - \parindent = #2 - \advance\parindent by -#4 - \dimen0 = #3 - \advance\dimen0 by -#2 - \@GenTocEntry -} -\def\@GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \rightskip = #1 plus 1in - \parfillskip = #2 - \advance\parfillskip by -#1 - #7 - \ifdim #3 > 0pt - \setbox0 = \hbox to #3{\hfil.\hfil} - \else - \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x - \fi - \leavevmode - \hbox to \dimen0 {#5\hfil}% - {% - #6% - \unskip - }% - \ifvoid 0 - \hfill - \else - \nobreak\leaders\copy0\hskip #4plus 1fil - \fi - #8% - \par - \egroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/today.tip b/info/examples/tip/today.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3cf716e0a7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/today.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.5, p. III-163. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 717. -\wlog{L: "today.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 717, p. III-163]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\Today{% - \the\month/\the\day/\the\year -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip b/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4a5cc70eb3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.17, p. III-383. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1220. -\wlog{L: "todayx.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1220, p. III-383]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{prmonth.tip} -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{pmtime.tip} -\def\TodayX{% - \PrintCurrentMonth~\the\day, \the\year -} -\newcount\TodayYCount -\def\TodayY{% - {% - \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{\year}{\month}{\day}{\TodayYCount}% - \PrintDayOfWeek{\TodayYCount}{0}, - }% - \TodayX -} -\def\TodayZ{% - \TodayY, \PrintMilTime -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip b/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ec2accf885..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.5.2, p. IV-110. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1246. -\wlog{L: "topinfix.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1246, p. IV-110]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{mspaces.tip} -\InputD{op-endin.tip} -\InputD{maxmindi.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\EndInsertTopInsFix{% - \ifdim\dp0 > 10pt - \wlog{\string\endinsert: \string\topinsert - material deeper than 10pt}% - \dp0 = 10pt - \fi - \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\dp0}{0pt}{} - \dimen1 = \vsize - \advance\dimen1 by -\dimen0 - \advance\dimen1 by -12pt - \ifdim\ht0 > \dimen1 - \wlog{\string\endinsert: \noexpand\topinsert - material too long (\the\ht0),}% - \wlog{\EightSpaces shortened to \the\dimen1.}% - \ht0 = \dimen1 - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3c5ba3e1bd..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 881. -\wlog{L: "ts-brefm.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 881, p. III-167]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\Bref #1#2#3{% - #1 (19#2#3)% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8d82b4145c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 862. -\wlog{L: "ts-bul.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 862, p. III-167]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\td{% - \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em - $\bullet$% - \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c59a4a08fb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.7, p. III-600. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 717. -\wlog{L: "ts-chap.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 717, p. III-600]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{counters.tip} -\InputD{dblarg.tip} -\InputD{ts-chhe.tip} -\InputD{npright.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{ChapterNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}{\TheCounter{ChapterNo}} -\def\Chapter{\DblArg{\@Chapter}}% -\def\@Chapter [#1]#2{% - \ShouldBeRightHandPage - \StepCounter{ChapterNo}% - \gdef\@LeftRunningHead{#2}% - \SetPageLayout{4} - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#2} - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{0}{}{}{}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{0}{}{}{}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}% -} -\NewCounter{AppendixNo}{\Alph}% - {\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}{\TheCounter{AppendixNo}} -\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{AppendixNo} -\AddCounterToResetList{AppendixNo}{VolumeNo} -\def\Appendix{\DblArg{\@Appendix}}% -\def\@Appendix [#1]#2{% - \NewPageRightHand - \StepCounter{AppendixNo}% - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - \SetPageLayout{4} - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{Appendix \PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#2} - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}% - {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{AppendixNo}}{1}}% - \ignorespaces -} -\def\DoneWithAppendices{% - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\alph}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}} - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4ade3e51c9..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.4, p. I-300. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1294. -\wlog{L: "ts-chhe.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1294, p. I-300]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{parin.tip} -\InputD{shboxes.tip} -\InputD{alwbase.tip} -\def\ChapterHeadingTeXIP #1#2{% - \setbox 1 = - \vbox to 13pc{ - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \parindent = 0pt - \huge - \bf - \baselineskip = 21pt - \AlwaysBaselineskip - \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}% - \copy0 - \parskip = 3pc - \advance\parskip by -\dp0 - \advance\parskip by -\ht0 - \advance\parskip by -\baselineskip - \wlog{\string\ChapterHeadingTeXIP: computed value - of \noexpand\parskip is \the\parskip.}% - \spaceskip = 0.3333em - \xspaceskip = \spaceskip - \rightskip = 0pt plus 4em - #2 - \par - \vfil - } - \box 1 - \SuppressNextParIndent -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 83327431f3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.11, p. III-607. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1114. -\wlog{L: "ts-crm.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1114, p. III-607]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pm-wrc.tip} -\InputD{ts-page2.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\PageRef #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\Page #1{% - \PageShortForm~\@PageRef{#1}% - \@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\OnPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - on \@PageRefResult\space page% - \else - on \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\AtPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - at \@PageRefResult\space page% - \else - at \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \fi - \@PrintAfterLabel -} -\def\CommaPage #1{% - \@PageRef{#1}% - \if@CloseByReference - \space on \@PageRefResult\space page% - \@PrintAfterLabel - \else - ,\space - \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel - \fi -} -\def\CommaPageComma{% - \@PageRef{,}% - \if@CloseByReference - \space on \@PageRefResult\space page\space - \else - ,\space - \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult - \@PrintAfterLabel - \space - \fi -} -\def\PageShortForm{p.} -\def\PagesShortForm{pp.} -\def\see #1#2{% - see \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\See #1#2{% - See \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}% -} -\def\@SeeSee #1#2{% - \SectionRef{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{,}% - \CommaPageComma - \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \ignorespaces - \else - \CommaPage - #2% - \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \relax - \fi - \@SeeSeeEnd -} -\def\ChapterRef #1{% - Chapter~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\SectionRef #1{% - \Ref{#1}% -} -\def\ItemRef #1{% - item~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\FigRef #1{% - Fig.~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\FigureRef #1{% - Figure~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\TableRef #1{% - Table~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\AppendixRef #1{% - Appendix~\Ref{#1}% -} -\def\PagesRef #1#2{% - \PagesShortForm~\PageRef{#1}--\PageRef{#2}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c098bf0690..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.1, p. III-597. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 588. -\wlog{L: "ts-dime1.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 588, p. III-597]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{parin.tip} -\newdimen\HsizeTeXIP -\newdimen\VsizeTeXIP -\newcount\ClubPenalty -\newcount\WidowPenalty -\newcount\InterlinePenalty -\newcount\BrokenPenalty diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 32c8524a75..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.2, p. III-597. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 617. -\wlog{L: "ts-dime2.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 617, p. III-597]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-dime1.tip} -\InputD{ts-outpu.tip} -% %% INPUTD [tex] ovlf-tip -\def\SetUpTeXIPValues #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% - \HsizeTeXIP = #1\relax - \hsize = \HsizeTeXIP - \VsizeTeXIP = #2\relax - \vsize = \VsizeTeXIP - \SetParIndent{20pt} - \ClubPenalty = #4\relax - \clubpenalty = \ClubPenalty - \WidowPenalty = #5\relax - \widowpenalty = \WidowPenalty - \InterlinePenalty = #6\relax - \interlinepenalty = \InterlinePenalty - \BrokenPenalty = #7\relax - \brokenpenalty = \BrokenPenalty - \OddPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt - \EvenPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt - \overfullrule = #8\relax - \parskip = #9\relax -% svb -% \ComputeOverlayLength -} -\SetUpTeXIPValues{6.5in}{8.9in}{20pt}{100}{100}{100}{100}% - {5pt}{0pt plus 1pt} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip deleted file mode 100644 index a085aef107..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.3, p. III-598. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 658. -\wlog{L: "ts-dime3.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 658, p. III-598]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-dime2.tip} -\SetUpTeXIPValues{29pc}{47pc}{10pt}{1000}{1000}{1000}{1000}{5pt}{0pt} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7bdfa97789..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.2, p. II-75. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1351. -\wlog{L: "ts-enum.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1351, p. II-75]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{enumlist.tip} -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\InputD{widestc.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@WidthLevelOneLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\0}{`\9} -\setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelOne{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{0pt}{1em}% - {12pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelTwoLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\a}{`\j} -\setbox 0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelTwoLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelThreeLabels -\setbox 0 = \hbox{viii.\hskip 1em} -\@WidthLevelThreeLabels = \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelThree{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelThreeLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\newdimen\@WidthLevelFourLabels -\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\A}{`\J} -\setbox0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em} -\advance\@WidthLevelFourLabels by \wd0 -\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelFour{% - \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{0pt}{10pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\EnumerateLevelOneExtended{% - \par - \FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}% - {`\0}{`\9} - \multiply\@WidthLevelOneLabels by 2 - \setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}% - \advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1ecb25db71..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.9.3, p. IV-128. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 2156. -\wlog{L: "ts-float.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 2156, p. IV-128]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{dblarg.tip} -\InputD{centpar.tip} -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{topinfix.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{FigureNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}% -\NewCounter{TableNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}% -\AddCounterToResetList{FigureNo}{ChapterNo} -\AddCounterToResetList{TableNo}{ChapterNo} -\def\Caption{\DblArg{\@Caption}} -\def\@Caption [#1]#2{% - \errmessage{\string\@Caption: caption out of place, caption - text = #1.}% -} -\def\BeginFigure{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@BeginFigure}{\@BeginFigure[t]}% -} -\newif\if@FigureInsertOk -\def\@BeginFigure[#1]{% - \begingroup - \def\@UseThisInsert{}% - \@FigureInsertOkfalse - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{t}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}% - \@FigureInsertOktrue - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{p}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\pageinsert}% - \@FigureInsertOktrue - \fi - \if@FigureInsertOk - \else - \errmessage{\string\@BeginFigure: illegal argument - "#1." Use [t] instead.}% - \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}% - \fi - \gdef\FigureCaptionText{}% - \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{}% - \StepCounter{FigureNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{FigureNo}}{0}}% - \def\@Caption [##1]##2{% - \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{##1}% - \gdef\FigureCaptionText{##2}% - \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption (figures), caption text saved: - ##2.}% - }% - \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup -} -\def\EndFigure{% - \egroup - \@UseThisInsert - \box0 - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\FigureCaptionText}% - \else - \bigskip - \CenterOrParagraph{% - \small - Figure~\PrintCounter{FigureNo}. - \FigureCaptionText - }% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{1}{\PrintCounter{FigureNo}}% - {\FigureCaptionTextLof}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \fi - \endinsert - \endgroup -} -\def\BeginTable{% - \begingroup - \gdef\TableCaptionText{}% - \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{}% - \StepCounter{TableNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{TableNo}}{0}}% - \def\@Caption [##1]##2{% - \gdef\TableCaptionText{##2}% - \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{##1}% - \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption for tables: ##2}% - }% - \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup -} -\def\EndTable{% - \egroup - \topinsert - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\TableCaptionText}% - \else - \smallskip - \CenterOrParagraph{% - \small - Table~\PrintCounter{TableNo}. - \TableCaptionText}% - \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{1}{\PrintCounter{TableNo}}% - {\TableCaptionTextLot}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \smallskip - \fi - \box0 - \endinsert - \endgroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 3d3e7a0d13..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.9, p. II-271. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 447. -\wlog{L: "ts-fonts.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 447, p. II-271]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{lfondem.tip} -\InputD{ts-subst.tip} -\InputD{fsized.tip} -\InputD{newfont.tip} -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5 -% \newfam\itfam % \it is family 4 -% \newfam\slfam % \sl is family 5 -% \newfam\bffam % \bf is family 6 -% \newfam\ttfam % \tt is family 7 -\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5 -\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt -\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5 -\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7 -\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7 -\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7 -\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm} -\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm} -\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8 -\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8 -\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8 -\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8 -\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt -\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm} -\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9 -\NewFont\IXit = cmti9 -\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9 -\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9 -\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt -\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm} -\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10 -\NewFont\Xit = cmti10 -\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10 -\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10 -\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10 -\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12 -\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12 -\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12 -\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12 -\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf -\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1 -\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3 -\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4 -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3} -\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm} -\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2 -\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4 -\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt -\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4} -\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74} -\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88} -\let\tiny = \FontSizeV -\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII -\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII -\let\small = \FontSizeIX -\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX -\let\large = \FontSizeXII -\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII -\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII -\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI -\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -\normalsize diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 47d3982dd6..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.4.2, p. IV-102. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 793. -\wlog{L: "ts-foot.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 793, p. IV-102]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{op-pagec.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{FootNote}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{FootNote}}% - {\PrintCounter{FootNote}} -\AddCounterToResetList{FootNote}{ChapterNo} -\def\FootNote #1{% - \StepCounter{FootNote}% - \footnote{$^{\PrintCounter{FootNote}}$}% - {% - \small - \baselineskip = 9pt - #1% - }% -} -\skip\footins = 18.4pt -\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{% - \vskip 12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \hrule width 5pc height 0.4pt depth 0pt - \vskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt - \unvbox\footins -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 811c82287b..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.8, p. III-602. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 846. -\wlog{L: "ts-gnot.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 846, p. III-602]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\GeneralNotes #1#2{% - \NewPageRightHand - \SetPageLayout{4} - \ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\roman}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}}{\TheCounter{PageNo}} - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - \SetCounter{SectionNo}{0}% - \def\@LeftRunningHead{#1} - \def\@RightRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead} - \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{0}% - {}{#1 #2}% - {\PrintCounter{PageNo}}% - \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{#1}% - {#2} -} -\def\GSection{\DblArg{\@GSection}}% -\def\@GSection [#1]#2{% - \StepCounter{SectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt} - {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}% - {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% - \gdef\EveryParB{% - {% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \wlog{MARK: "#2"}% - \mark{#2}% - }% - }% -} -\def\EndGeneralNotes{% - \wlog{\string\EndGeneralNotes: called}% - \NewPageRightHandSpecial - \SetCounter{PageNo}{1} - \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs - \ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}} - \wlog{\string\EndGeneralNotes: \noexpand\count0 - has value \the\count0}% - \count1 = 0 - \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}} -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 5d4731bdd0..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.5, p. III-599. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 669. -\wlog{L: "ts-hall.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 669, p. III-599]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-vol.tip} -\InputD{ts-chap.tip} -\InputD{ts-shead.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip deleted file mode 100644 index dcc73dc9dc..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.10, p. III-606. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1069. -\wlog{L: "ts-hmore.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1069, p. III-606]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{pm-wrc.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\label{\Label} -\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{% - \@WriteCounter{VolumeNo}% - \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}% - \@WriteCounter{AppendixNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SubSectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SubSubSectionNo}% - \@WriteCounter{PageNo}% - \@WriteCounter{SWPageNo}% - \@WriteCounter{FigureNo}% - \@WriteCounter{TableNo}% - \@WriteCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}% -} -\def\Label #1{% - \message{\noexpand\Label currently undefined, - label "#1" ignored.}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 470cea540f..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.7.14, p. II-148. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 2066. -\wlog{L: "ts-hyph.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 2066, p. II-148]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\lefthyphenmin = 2 -\righthyphenmin = 3 -\hyphenation{Ado-be} -\hyphenation{after} -\hyphenation{base-line-skip} -\hyphenation{man-u-script} -\hyphenation{obey-lines} -\hyphenation{obey-spaces} -\hyphenation{other-wise} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2dafcfa20a..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 11.3.4, p. II-78. -% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1523. -\wlog{L: "ts-itize.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1523, p. II-78]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{itemizel.tip} -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {12pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {6pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{% - \BeginAList - {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}% - {4pt}{0pt}% - {0pt}{15pt}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cbd56c8191..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.10, p. III-167. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 849. -\wlog{L: "ts-lazy.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 849, p. III-167]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\TeXIP{% - \TeX{} in Practice% -} -\def\WEB{% - {\tt WEB}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e77c9b94c8..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.4.4, p. II-129. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1105. -\wlog{L: "ts-loft.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1105, p. II-129]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{toc-mac.tip} -\InputD{vsmax.tip} -\def\EntryIntolof #1#2#3#4{% - \ifcase #1 - \MaxVskip{12pt}% - \or - \GenTocEntry{#1}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{25pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \else - \errmessage{\string\EntryIntolof/lot: illegal level.}% - \fi -} -\let\EntryIntolot = \EntryIntolof diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 63fcfe3f2c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 21.4.9, p. III-166. -% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 834. -\wlog{L: "ts-logo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 834, p. III-166]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\PS{{\sc Post\-Script}} -\font\MetafontLogoFont = logo10 scaled \magstep0 -\def\MF{{\MetafontLogoFont METAFONT}} -\def\textfontii{\the\textfont2} -\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox - {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX} -\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em - T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 255055a55c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.3, p. III-595. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 466. -\wlog{L: "ts-main.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 466, p. III-595]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\nonstopmode -\input inputd.tip -\ListInputD -\InputD{ts-writc.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{ts-dime3.tip} -\InputD{ts-set.tip} -\InputD{ts-verb.tip} -\InputD{part-mac.tip} -\InputD{ts-pager.tip} -\InputD{ts-hall.tip} -\InputD{ts-hmore.tip} -\InputD{ts-crm.tip} -\InputD{ts-foot.tip} -\InputD{ts-float.tip} -\InputD{ts-robst.tip} -\InputD{ts-outpu.tip} -\InputD{topinfix.tip} -\InputD{evhvbox.tip} -\InputD{everyequ.tip} -\InputD{frac.tip} -\InputD{ts-gnot.tip} -\InputD{outf-rad.tip} -\InputD{ts-toc.tip} -\InputD{ts-loft.tip} -\InputD{ts-hyph.tip} -\InputD{ts-bib.tip} -\InputD{ts-ack.tip} -\InputD{ovlf-pl.tex} -\InputD{ovlf-tip.tex} -\ComputeOverlayLength -\InputD{chbmac.tex} -\InputD{ts-index.tip} -\InputD{side-notes.tex} -\IndexSpecialtrue -\InputD{ts-dfp.tip} -\PartVerbosefalse -\ChangeBarAdvice{}{}{}{}{}{}{} -\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{too} -\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2} -\normalsize -\InitialParts -\input docparts.tex -\input processpart.tex -\ProcessNow -\EndProcessing -\EndEveryBox -\EndEveryMathDeal -\end diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 39902664bf..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 35.9.1, p. IV-122. -% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1834. -\wlog{L: "ts-outpu.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1834, p. IV-122]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{namedef.tip} -\InputD{showpll.tip} -\InputD{new-midi.tip} -\InputD{topinfix.tip} -\InputD{nathd.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\newif\ifWritePageLog -\WritePageLogfalse -\newwrite\PageLogStream -\def\WritePageLogFile{% - \immediate\openout\PageLogStream = \jobname.plog - \WritePageLogtrue -} -\newcount\BadnessSave -\ShowPlainListsfalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PageLayoutCode -\def\SetPageLayout #1{% - \global\@PageLayoutCode = #1 - \CheckRange{\@PageLayoutCode}{0}{5}% - {\string\SetPageLayout: } -} -\SetPageLayout{0}% -\def\@LeftRunningHead{} -\def\@RightRunningHead{} -\newcount\@SavedPageLayoutCode -\def\NewPageRightHandSpecial{% - \vfill - \supereject - \ifodd\count0 - \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: no empty - page to generate (\string\count0 = \the\count0)}% - \else - \hbox{} - \@SavedPageLayoutCode = \@PageLayoutCode - \SetPageLayout{1}% - \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: empty page - generated, - (\string\count0 = \the\count0).}% - \vfill - \eject - \SetPageLayout{\@SavedPageLayoutCode}% - \fi -} -\newdimen\OddPagesHorizontalShift -\newdimen\EvenPagesHorizontalShift -\newdimen\CurrentPageShift -\def\plainoutput{% - \@ShowPlainLists - \edef\@LeftRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead}% - \edef\@RightRunningHead{\@RightRunningHead}% - \ifnum\@PageLayoutCode = 0 - \else - \headline = {} - \footline = {} - \fi - \ifcase\@PageLayoutCode - \or - \or - \global\@PageLayoutCode = 3 - \or - \@PageLayoutCodeThree - \or - \global\@PageLayoutCode = 5 - \or - \ifodd\count0 - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \hfil - \botmark - \hskip 18pt - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - }% - \else - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - \hskip 18pt - \@LeftRunningHead - \hfil - }% - \fi - \else - \errmessage{\string\plainoutput: \string\@PageLayoutCode - out of range.}% - \fi - \setbox 4 = \vbox{% - \pagebody - }% - \ifWritePageLog - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Part name: \CurrentPartName, Page \the\count0 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Page \the\count0: - stretch: \the\pagestretch, - shrink: \the\pageshrink, - outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - pagefilstretch: \the\pagefilstretch, - pagefillstretch: \the\pagefillstretch - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - ht 255: \the\ht255, - dp 255: \the\dp255 - }% - \NaturalHeight{\dimen0}{255}% - \NaturalDepth{\dimen1}{255}% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Natural height: \the\dimen0, - Natural depth: \the\dimen1 - }% - \dimen2 = \vsize - \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - Ideal height: \the\vsize, - Difference: \the\dimen2 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{% - badness: \the\BadnessSave, - height: \the\ht4, - depth: \the\dp4 - }% - \immediate\write\PageLogStream{}% - \fi - \setbox 5 = \vbox{% - \makeheadline - \box 4 - \makefootline - }% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \ifodd\count0 - \CurrentPageShift = \OddPagesHorizontalShift - \else - \CurrentPageShift = \EvenPagesHorizontalShift - \fi - \wlog{Redefined \string\plainoutput (ts-outpu.tip): - Shifting: shift amount is \the\CurrentPageShift\space\space - (page is \the\pageno).}% - \setbox 6 = \vbox{% - \moveright\CurrentPageShift \box5 - }% - \shipout\box6 - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000 - \else - \dosupereject - \fi -} -\def\@PageLayoutCodeThree{% - \ifodd\count0 - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \hfil - \@RightRunningHead - \hskip 18pt - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - }% - \else - \headline = {% - \small\rm - \PrintCounter{PageNo}% - \hskip 18pt - \@LeftRunningHead - \hfil - }% - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 974be452c2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.8.6.3, p. III-571. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1937. -\wlog{L: "ts-page2.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1937, p. III-571]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{part-cr.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{ts-pager.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@PageRefLimitLow -\newcount\@PageRefLimitHigh -\newif\if@CloseByReference -\newcount\@PageCloseRefCount -\newcount\@PageNumberActual -\def\NoSpecialPageRef{% - \global\@NoSpecialPageReftrue -} -\newif\if@NoSpecialPageRef -\@NoSpecialPageReffalse -\def\@PageRef #1{% - \def\@PageRefResult{}% - \global\@CloseByReferencefalse - \StepCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}% - \CounterToRegister{\global\@PageCloseRefCount}% - {CloseByReferenceCount}% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - \def\@PageRefResult{??}% - \else - \if\PrefixConditional - {\@TheExpandedLabel}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \Label{@READ@-% - \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount}% - \@PageRefLimitLow = \@TheShortenedLabel - \advance\@PageRefLimitLow by -1 - \@PageRefLimitHigh = \@TheShortenedLabel - \advance\@PageRefLimitHigh by 1 - \edef\@Ref@Temp@Name{% - \@LabelRefPrefix @READ@-% - \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount - }% - \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@Ref@Temp@Name}% - \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameTwo{% - \NameUse{\@Ref@Temp@Name}% - }% - \wlog{@READ@: 1 \@Ref@Temp@Name / - \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo}% - \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameThree{% - \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo - \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo - }% - \wlog{@READ@ 1a: \@Ref@Temp@NameThree}% - \DropPrefix - {\@Ref@Temp@NameThree}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@ResultLocalRef}% -% \show\@ResultLocalRef - \@PageNumberActual = \@ResultLocalRef - \else - \wlog{@READ@ 2}% - \@PageNumberActual = \count0 - \@PageRefLimitLow = -10 - \@PageRefLimitHigh = -10 - \fi - \if\InRangeConditional - {\@PageNumberActual}% - {\@PageRefLimitLow}% - {\@PageRefLimitHigh}% - \wlog{@READ@ 3}% - \@CloseByReferencetrue - \if@NoSpecialPageRef - \@CloseByReferencefalse - \fi - \else - \wlog{@READ@ 4}% - \@CloseByReferencefalse - \fi - \global\@NoSpecialPageReffalse - \if@CloseByReference - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitLow - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel," - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the next page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{the next}% - \fi - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@TheShortenedLabel - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel" - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the current page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{this}% - \fi - \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitHigh - \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel" - on page \the\@PageNumberActual - \space refers to the preceding page.}% - \def\@PageRefResult{the previous}% - \fi - \fi - \else - \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - \fi - \fi - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@PageRefResult}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 68e3688a0c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.8.5, p. III-568. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1820. -\wlog{L: "ts-pager.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1820, p. III-568]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{part-cr.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@PageRef #1{% - \def\@PageRefResult{}% - \@ref{1}{#1}% - \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}% - \def\@PageRefResult{??}% - \else - \if\PrefixConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}% - {\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}% - \else - \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}% - \fi - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c747fd9c61..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 30.7.6, p. III-561. -% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1450. -\wlog{L: "ts-robst.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1450, p. III-561]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@MakeRobustMacros{% - \TreatAsRobust\rm - \TreatAsRobust\bf - \TreatAsRobust\it - \TreatAsRobust\tt - \TreatAsRobust\sc - \TreatAsRobust\mac - \TreatAsRobust\break - \TreatAsRobust\dots - \TreatAsRobust\MF - \TreatAsRobust\TeX - \TreatAsRobust\LaTeX - \TreatAsRobust\PS - \TreatAsRobust\AmSTeX - \TreatAsRobust\ldots - \TreatAsRobust\cdots - \TreatAsRobust\dots - \def\MakeRobust ##1{% - \noexpand\MakeRobust - \noexpand##1% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 12b7cbed43..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.13, p. III-611. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1363. -\wlog{L: "ts-set.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1363, p. III-611]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\InputD{box-mac.tip} -\InputD{setstrut.tip} -\InputD{angt.tip} -\InputD{npright.tip} -\InputD{cssprint.tip} -\InputD{ts-logo.tip} -\InputD{ts-vers.tip} -\def\MyNarrower{\narrower\narrower} -\frenchspacing -\InputD{itemizel.tip} -\InputD{ts-itize.tip} -\InputD{enumlist.tip} -\InputD{ts-enum.tip} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 97904c01bb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.9, p. III-604. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 940. -\wlog{L: "ts-shead.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 940, p. III-604]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{genhead.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{dblarg.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\NewCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{SubSectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{SubSubSectionNo}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}% -\NewCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}{\arabic}% - {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}% - {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{ChapterNo}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SubSectionNo}{SectionNo}% -\AddCounterToResetList{SubSubSectionNo}{SubSectionNo}% -\def\Section{\DblArg{\@Section}}% -\def\@Section [#1]#2{% - \StepCounter{SectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}% - {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% - \gdef\EveryParB{% - {% - \@MakeRobustMacros - \def\LineBreakToc{ }% - \def\LineBreakHeading{ }% - \def\IgnoreInRunningHead ####1{% - \relax$\ldots$% - }% - \mark{#2}% - }% - }% -} -\def\SubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSection}}% -\def\@SubSection [#1]#2{% - \StepCounter{SubSectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{3}{30pt plus 8pt minus 2pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}% - {\large\baselineskip = 14pt}{-12pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% -} -\def\SubSubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSubSection}}% -\def\@SubSubSection [#1]#2{% - \ifnum\TheCounter{SubSectionNo} = 0 - \errhelp = {The reason is probably that \string\Section - occurred directly followed by \string\SubSubSection - (that is you forgot a \string\SubSection in between).}% - \errmessage{\string\@SubSubSection: Counter "SubSectionNo" - is zero.}% - \fi - \StepCounter{SubSubSectionNo}% - \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{1}}% - \GenericHeading{4}{24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}% - {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}% - {\normalsize}{-10pt}% - {\PrintCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 57c1b61975..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 16.1.4, p. II-267. -% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 227. -\wlog{L: "ts-subst.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 227, p. II-267]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{substf.tip} -\InputD{newoutfr.tip} -\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{% - \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname - \def#1{% - \csname if-\string#1\endcsname - \message{% - \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at - size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.% - }% - \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname - \fi - #4% - }% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e4b5b11f69..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.4.3, p. II-128. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1023. -\wlog{L: "ts-toc.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1023, p. II-128]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{toc-mac.tip} -\def\EntryIntotoc #1#2#3#4{% - \par - \ifcase #1 - \bigskip - \or - \bigskip - \else - \relax - \fi - \ifcase #1 - \GenTocEntry{0}{0pt}{20pt}{20pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{1}{0pt}{40pt}{40pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{10pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\bf}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{2}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \GenTocEntry{#1}{20pt}{60pt}{60pt}{30pt}% - {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4} - \or - \else - \errmessage{\string\EntryIntotoc: no level #1 subdivision - in this series.} - \fi -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index cd9fd48b91..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 9, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.15, p. III-57. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3306. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3306, p. III-57]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\InputD{verb-mac.tip} -\InputD{verb.tip} -\InputD{verbwr.tip} -\InputD{vwrt-mac.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\InputD{testsubs.tip} -\InputD{freespac.tip} -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\InputD{ts-verb1.tip} -\InputD{ts-verb2.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\verb{\Verb} -\VerbLineNumtrue -\VerbatimTab = 4 -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt -\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}% -\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{% - \par - \medskip - \vskip 60pt - \vskip -60pt - \def\ListAsFileName{#1}% - \def\LabelName{code-#1}% - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \else - \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}% - \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}% - \ListAsFileName #1% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}% - \def\ListAsFileName{}% - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver} - \def\LabelName{}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}% - \else - \Label{code-#1}% - \fi - \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName} - \else - \centerline{% - $\bullet$% - \space - \tt\ListAsFileName - \space - $\bullet$% - }% - \fi - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}% - \input #1 - \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before - \@DoneVerbatim - \@etex -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 106ce77d91..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.1, p. III-56. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3223. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb1.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3223, p. III-56]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\@btex{% - \par - \bgroup - \small -} -\def\@etex{% - \nobreak - \egroup - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@EtexEnd{}% - \else - \def\@EtexEnd{% - \ParLookAhead - {}% - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - }% - \fi - \@EtexEnd -} -\def\btex{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@more -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bd10258d96..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.2, p. III-57. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3279. -\wlog{L: "ts-verb2.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3279, p. III-57]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\Btexalt{% - \@btex - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \btex@morealt -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints. - |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - |@etex - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 4e9b14d2a7..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.12, p. III-611. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1354. -\wlog{L: "ts-vers.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1354, p. III-611]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\TeXIPVersionNumber{1.0} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 71a9ed3c5d..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 31.2.6, p. III-599. -% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 685. -\wlog{L: "ts-vol.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 685, p. III-599]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{counters.tip} -\InputD{pm-pagen.tip} -\NewCounter{VolumeNo}{\Roman}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}} -\ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}% - {\TheCounter{PageNo}}% - {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip deleted file mode 100644 index fbb94c0c33..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.1.5, p. III-492. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 209. -\wlog{L: "ts-wind.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 209, p. III-492]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{cstostr.tip} -\InputD{compst.tip} -\newif\ifIndexSpecial -\IndexSpecialfalse -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\IdxStream -\newwrite\IdxStreamSource -\newif\if@IndexFilesOpen -\@IndexFilesOpenfalse -\def\OpenIndexFiles #1{% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{\jobname}% - \else - \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{#1}% - \fi - \if@IndexFilesOpen - \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: index files - already open.}% - \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: will close - old files, open new ones with basename - "\@IndexFileBaseName".}% - \immediate\closeout\IdxStream - \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource - \fi - \@IndexFilesOpentrue - \immediate\openout\IdxStream = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx - \immediate\openout\IdxStreamSource = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx2 - \SetIndexStream{\IdxStream}% -} -\def\CloseIndexFiles{% - \if@IndexFilesOpen - \immediate\closeout\IdxStream - \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource - \@IndexFilesOpenfalse - \fi -} -\def\SetIndexStream #1{% - \let\IdxStreamUse = #1% -} -\def\Index{% - \begingroup - \MkOthersNoCB - \@Index -} -\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% -\def\@Index #1{% - \let\PrintCounter = \relax - \xdef\IndexTemp{% - \write\IdxStreamUse{% - \string\indexentry{#1\@IndexSuffixMod}% - {\PrintCounter{SWPageNo}}}% - }% - \ifIndexSpecial - \SideNoteText{I: #1}% - \fi - \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% - \endgroup - \IndexTemp -} -\def\IndexP #1{% - \Index{#1}% - #1% -} -\def\IndexCS #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{% - \@IndexCSTemp - @% - {% - \string\tt - \string\string - \string#1% - }% - }% -} -\def\IndexCSX #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{% - #1% - @% - {% - \string\tt - \string\string - \Backslash#1% - }% - }% -} -\def\IndexCSP #1{% - \IndexCS{#1}% - {\tt\string#1}% -} -\def\IndexPrim #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \Index{\@IndexCSTemp @% - {\string\tt\string\string\string#1}|PRIMITIVE}% -} -\def\IndexPrimP #1{% - \IndexPrim{#1}% - {\tt\string #1}% -} -\def\IndexPar{\Index{par@\string\PrintParPrimitive}} -\def\PrintParPrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt par}} -\def\IndexBye{\Index{bye@\string\PrintByePrimitive}} -\def\PrintByePrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt bye}} -\def\IndexIf{\Index{if@\string\PrintIf|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIf{{\tt\string\if}} -\def\IndexElse{\Index{else@\string\PrintElse|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintElse{{\tt\string\else}} -\def\IndexFi{\Index{fi@\string\PrintFi|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintFi{{\tt\string\fi}} -\def\IndexIfCase{\Index{ifcase@\string\PrintIfCase|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfCase{{\tt\string\ifcase}} -\def\IndexIfCat{\Index{ifcat@\string\PrintIfCat|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfCat{{\tt\string\ifcat}} -\def\IndexIfX{\Index{ifx@\string\PrintIfX|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfX{{\tt\string\ifx}} -\def\IndexIfOdd{\Index{ifodd@\string\PrintIfOdd|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfOdd{{\tt\string\ifodd}} -\def\IndexIfHbox{\Index{ifhbox@\string\PrintIfHbox|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfHbox{{\tt\string\ifhbox}} -\def\IndexIfVbox{\Index{ifvbox@\string\PrintIfVbox|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVbox{{\tt\string\ifvbox}} -\def\IndexIfVoid{\Index{ifvoid@\string\PrintIfVoid|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVoid{{\tt\string\ifvoid}} -\def\IndexIfNum{\Index{ifnum@\string\PrintIfNum|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfNum{{\tt\string\ifnum}} -\def\IndexIfDim{\Index{ifdim@\string\PrintIfDim|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfDim{{\tt\string\ifdim}} -\def\IndexIfHmode{\Index{ifhmode@\string\PrintIfHmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfHmode{{\tt\string\ifhmode}} -\def\IndexIfVmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfVmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfVmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}} -\def\IndexIfMmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfMmode|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfMmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}} -\def\IndexIfInner{\Index{ifinner@\string\PrintIfInner|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfInner{{\tt\string\ifinner}} -\def\IndexIfEof{\Index{ifeof@\string\PrintIfEof|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfEof{{\tt\string\ifeof}}% -\def\IndexIfTrue{\Index{iftrue@\string\PrintIfTrue|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfTrue{{\tt\string\iftrue}}% -\def\IndexIfFalse{\Index{iffalse@\string\PrintIfFalse|PRIMITIVE}} -\def\PrintIfFalse{{\tt\string\iffalse}}% -\def\IndexRepeat{\Index{repeat@\string\PrintRepeat}} -\def\PrintRepeat{{\tt\string\repeat}}% -\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}% -\def\IndexPSet #1{% - \CSToString{\@IndexPSetResult}{#1}% - \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{|IndexP\@IndexPSetResult}% -} -\def\IndexPit #1{{\it #1}} -\def\IndexPbf #1{{\bf #1}} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9606338dac..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.5.4, p. III-475. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1401. -\wlog{L: "ts-writc.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1401, p. III-475]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{genostr.tip} -\def\WriteCounterOutImmediately #1#2{% - \OpenGenericOStream{#1}% - \immediate\write\GenericOStream - {\PrintCounter{#2}}% - \CloseGenericOStream -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip b/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 8d645b0d08..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 3.3.14, p. I-60. -% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1659. -\wlog{L: "valdecpo.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1659, p. I-60]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{imodn.tip} -\InputD{absval.tip} -\InputD{rangetst.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPosition -\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount -\def\ValueOfDecimalPosition #1#2#3{% - \CheckRange{#2}{0}{9}{\string\ValueOfDecimalPosition: - \#2 must be in the range 0 .. 9}% - \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}% - \DoLoop{\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount}{1}{1}{#2}% - {\global\divide\@ValueOfDecimalPosition by 10}% - \IModN{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}{10}{#3}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip b/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip deleted file mode 100644 index d272a7da1c..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 7.5.5, p. I-249. -% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2107. -\wlog{L: "vcentx.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2107, p. I-249]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newbox\@VcenterXBox -\newdimen\@VcenterDimen -\def\VcenterX{% - \hbox\bgroup - \mathsurround = 0pt - \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA -} -\def\@VCenterXA{% - \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary - \else - \ifx\@VCenterXToken t% - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo - \else - \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread - \fi - \fi - \@VcenterXNext -} -\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXTo to{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{to}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{% - \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread - \@VcenterDimen = -} -\def\@VcenterXToSpread{% - \edef\@VcenterCommand{% - \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen - }% - \afterassignment\@VcenterXB - \let\@VcenterDrop = -} -\def\@VcenterXB{% - \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup - $% - \@VcenterCommand\bgroup - \aftergroup\@VcenterXC -} -\def\@VcenterXC{% - $% - \egroup - \box\@VcenterXBox - \egroup -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip deleted file mode 100644 index dccaa8c1f3..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.1, p. III-27. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1625. -\wlog{L: "verb-bas.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1625, p. III-27]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 } -\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax} -\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}} -\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}} -\def\MkOthersNoCB{% - \MakeOther{\ }% - \MakeOther{\\}% - \MakeOther{\$}% - \MakeOther{\&}% - \MakeOther{\#}% - \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}% - \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}% - \MakeOther{\%}% - \MakeOther{\~}% -} -\def\MkOthers{% - \MakeOther{\{}% - \MakeOther{\}}% - \MkOthersNoCB -} -{\catcode`\^^I = 11 -\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}% -} -\catcode`\[ = 1 -\catcode`\] = 2 -[ - \catcode`\{ = 12 - \catcode`\} = 12 - \gdef\LeftBraceText[{] - \gdef\RightBraceText[}] -] -\catcode`\[ = 12 -\catcode`\] = 12 -\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}} -\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}} -\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&} -\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}} -\def\ApostropheText{'{}} -\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}} -\def\AtSignText{@} -\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}} -{% - \catcode`| = 0 - |catcode`\\ = 12 - |gdef|Backslash{\} -} -\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}} -\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}} -\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}} -\def\DollarSignText{\$} -\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\# = 12 - \gdef\PoundSign{#} -} -\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }} -\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}} -\def\EmDashText{{}---{}} -\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}} -\def\EnDashText{{}--{}} -\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}} -\def\ExclamationPointText{!} -\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}} -\def\GreaterThanSign{>} -\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}} -\def\HyphenText{-} -\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}} -\def\OpenExclamationText{>} -\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}} -\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}} -\def\LeftBracketText{[} -\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}} -\def\LeftParenthesisText{(} -\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}} -\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}} -\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}} -\def\LessThanSign{<} -\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}} -\def\MinusSignText{-} -\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}} -\def\OpenQuestionText{<} -\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}} -\def\PlusSignText{+} -\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}} -\def\PercentSignText{\%} -\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}} -{ - \catcode`\% = 12 - \gdef\PercentSignPure{%} -} -\def\PeriodText{.} -\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}} -\def\PoundSignText{\#} -\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}} -\def\QuestionMarkText{?} -\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}} -\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}} -\def\RightBracketText{]} -\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}} -\def\RightQuoteText{'{}} -\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}} -\def\RightParenthesisText{)} -\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}} -\def\SpaceText{ } -\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}} -\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}} -\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}} -\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_} -\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}} -\def\VerbControlSpace{\ } -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index db3a3a1261..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.8, p. III-41. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2427. -\wlog{L: "verb-mac.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2427, p. III-41]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{ts-fonts.tip} -\InputD{verbdisp.tip} -\InputD{fexist.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\ListVerb #1{% - \@StartVerbatim{1}% - \input #1 - \@DoneVerbatim -} -\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{% - \par - \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \else - \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}% - \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}% - \fi -} -\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{% - \ListVerb{#1}% - \input #1 -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 43236cd845..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/verb.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.4, p. III-35. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2077. -\wlog{L: "verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2077, p. III-35]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{nctest.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -{\catcode`\ = \active -\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}} -\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl -\def\Verb{% - \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}% - {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}% -} -\def\@VerbA #1{% - \bgroup - \tt - \MkOthers - \if@VerbSpaceControl - \else - \catcode`\ = \active - \@InitActiveSpace - \fi - \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{% - ##1% % Simply print the argument. - \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes. - }% - \@VerbTemp -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip b/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 9cf598d474..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 18.3.13, p. III-45. -% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2639. -\wlog{L: "verbdisp.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2639, p. III-45]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{everypar.tip} -\InputD{futpar.tip} -\InputD{parin.tip} -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{testdef.tip} -\InputD{gobble.tip} -\InputD{loadedla.tip} -\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim -\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in -\def\VerbatimFont{\tt} -\newcount\VerbatimTab -\VerbatimTab = 8 -\newif\ifVerbLineNum -\VerbLineNumtrue -\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip -\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt -\newif\ifCaretTab -\CaretTabfalse -\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {} -\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@VerbatimLr -\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt -\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine -\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\else - \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}% - \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}% -\fi -\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber -\newif\if@VerbatimL -\newdimen\Verb@TabSize -\def\@VObeySpaces{% - \MakeActive{\ }% - \@@VObeySpaces -} -{% -\MakeActive{\ }% -\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{% -\def {\VerbControlSpace}% -}% -} -\def\@VObeyTabs{% - \MakeTabActive - \@@VObeyTabs -} -{ - \MakeTabActive - \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{% - \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}% - } -} -\def\Verb@Tab{% - \leavevmode - \egroup - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \advance\dimen0 by 1sp - \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize - \wd0 = \dimen0 - \box0 - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup -} -\def\@VObeyEol{% - \MakeEolActive % - \@@VObeyEol -} -{ - \MakeEolActive % - \gdef\@@VObeyEol{% - \let^^M = \Verb@Eol% - }% -} -\def\Verb@Eol{% - \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine - \else - \leavevmode - \egroup - \box 0 - \endgraf - \fi - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse -} -\def\@VCaret{% - \MakeActive{\^}% - \@@VCaret -} -{ - \MakeActive{\^}% - \gdef\@@VCaret{% - \def^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo - }% - \def\@@VCaretTwo{% - \ifx \@VSymbol^% - \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree - \else - \CaretText - \let\@VerbNext = \relax - \fi - \@VerbNext - }% - \def\@@VCaretThree ^{% - \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour - }% - \def\@@VCaretFour{% - \ifx \@VSymbol I% - \Verb@Tab - \else - \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol - \fi - \GobbleOne - }% - }% -} -\def\@StartVerbatim #1{% - \begingroup - \@VerbatimPar - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \CancelSuppressNextParIndent - \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X} - \Verb@TabSize = \wd0 - \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim - \rightskip = 0pt - \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil - \spaceskip = 0pt - \xspaceskip = 0pt - \VerbatimFont - \if@VerbatimL - \else - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0 - \fi - \global\@VerbatimLfalse - \ifnum #1 = 0 - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue - \else - \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse - \fi - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \everypar = {\EveryParZ}% - \fi - \def\EveryParZ{% - \the\VerbatimTokLine - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1 - \ifVerbLineNum - \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{% - \hss - \@VerbatimNlf - \the\@VerbatimLineNumber - \hskip 10pt - }% - \fi - \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup - }% - \MkOthers - \@VObeySpaces - \@VObeyTabs - \@VObeyEol - \ifCaretTab - \@VCaret - \fi -} -\def\@DoneVerbatim{% - \endgroup - \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}% - \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional - \else - \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{% - \ParLookAhead - {\SuppressNextParIndent}% - {} - }% - \fi - \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal -} -\def\BeginVerbatim{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BeginVerbatim -} -{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\BVerB{% - \@StartVerbatim{0}% - \@BVerB -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character. - \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character. - |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{% - #1% - |@DoneVerbatim - } -} -\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax -} -\def\StartVerbatimL #1{% - \global\@VerbatimLtrue - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax -} -\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber -\def\PushVerbatimL{% - \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumfalse -} -\def\PopVerbatimL{% - \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber - \global\VerbLineNumtrue -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip b/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index e243f82bcf..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.3.2, p. III-506. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 973. -\wlog{L: "verbwr.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 973, p. III-506]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{genaeol.tip} -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{gobblemo.tip} -\InputD{cstostrc.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress -\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{% - \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2 - \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for - literal writing.}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{% - \immediate\closeout #1 - \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}% -} -\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{% - \begingroup - \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}% - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}% - \MkOthers - \MakeEolActive - \@VerbWrTabHandling - \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}% -} -{ - \catcode `| = 0 - \catcode`\\ =12 - |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{% - |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{% - |@BeginVerbWr ##1% - |@VerbWrDoneToken - |@VerbWrDone - } - |@BeginVerbWrX - } -} -\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{% - \MakeTabActive - \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne -} -{\MakeTabActive -\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}% -} -\def\@BeginVerbWr{% - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}% - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}% - {\GobbleDoMore - {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}% - {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}% -} -\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{% - \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress - \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse - \else - \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}% - \fi - \@BeginVerbWr -} -\def\@VerbWrDone{% - \endgroup - \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip b/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip deleted file mode 100644 index bc9eab50f2..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.6, p. I-310. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1665. -\wlog{L: "vsmax.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1665, p. I-310]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newskip\@MaxVskipGlue -\def\MaxVskip #1{% - \par - \@MaxVskipGlue = #1\relax - \ifdim\lastskip < \@MaxVskipGlue - \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt - \else - \vskip -\lastskip - \fi - \vskip\@MaxVskipGlue - \fi -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ee50844163..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 8.1.4, p. I-265. -% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 222. -\wlog{L: "vtbox.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 222, p. I-265]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newdimen\@VtboxDim -\newbox\@VtboxBox -\def\Vtbox #1#2{% - \@VtboxDim = \ht#1% - \advance\@VtboxDim by \dp#1% - \setbox\@VtboxBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #1}% - \advance\@VtboxDim by -\ht\@VtboxBox - \advance\@VtboxDim by -\dp\@VtboxBox - #2\setbox #1 = \vtop spread \@VtboxDim {\unvbox #1}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7490427317..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.3.3.1, p. III-511. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1192. -\wlog{L: "vwrt-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1192, p. III-511]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verbwr.tip} -\InputD{defauarg.tip} -\InputD{verb-mac.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@VStream -\newif\if@VStreamOpen -\@VStreamOpenfalse -\newcount\@VerbWriteCount -\@VerbWriteCount = 0 -\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{% - \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1 - \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}% - \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}% - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}% - \fi - \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - {\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpentrue - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{% - \if@VStreamOpen - \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}% - \global\@VStreamOpenfalse - \fi -} -\def\AppendVerbWrite{% - \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}% - \if@VStreamOpen - \else - \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}% - \fi - \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}% - \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}% -} -\def\VerbAsVerb{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - {% - \CaretTabtrue - \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}% - }% -} -\def\VerbAsSource{% - \CloseVerbWriteFile - \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 071eb36e35..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.1 -% Date: Sep 9, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.22, p. III-392. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1641. -\wlog{L: "weekofyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1641, p. III-392]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\InputD{dateofw.tip} -\InputD{arbday.tip} -\InputD{prevday.tip} -\InputD{mondofda.tip} -\InputD{norpweek.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WeekOfYearCounter -\newcount\@WeekOfYearYear -\newcount\@WeekOfYearMonth -\newcount\@WeekOfYearDay -\newcount\@WeekOfYearCopy -\def\WeekOfYear #1#2#3#4{% - \@WeekOfYearCopy = #1\relax - \ComputeMondayOfDate{#1}{#2}{#3}% - {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}{\@WeekOfYearDay}% - \def\@WeekOfYearCounter{#4}% - \@WeekOfYearCounter = 1 - \@WeekOfYear -} -\newif\if@YearStop -\def\@WeekOfYear{% - \@YearStopfalse - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearCopy > \@WeekOfYearYear - \@YearStoptrue - \else - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearMonth = 1 - \ifnum\@WeekOfYearDay = 1 - \@YearStoptrue - \fi - \fi - \fi - \if@YearStop - \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\relax}% - \else - \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\@WeekOfYear}% - \expandafter\advance\@WeekOfYearCounter by 1 - \PrevWeekSameDay{\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}% - {\@WeekOfYearDay}% - {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}% - {\@WeekOfYearDay}% - \fi - \@WeekOfYearNext -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip b/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 7e077b9248..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 27.1.8.4, p. III-415. -% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 945. -\wlog{L: "widestc.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 945, p. III-415]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{maxmindi.tip} -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\@WidestLoopCounter -\newbox\@WidestLoopBox -\def\FindWidestChar #1#2#3#4{% - #1 = 0pt - \DoLoop{\@WidestLoopCounter}{#3}{1}{#4}{% - \setbox\@WidestLoopBox = \hbox{% - #2% - \char\@WidestLoopCounter - }% - \MaxDimen{#1}{#1}{\wd\@WidestLoopBox}{}% - }% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip b/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip deleted file mode 100644 index ac9b462a23..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 10.12, p. II-46. -% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 2331. -\wlog{L: "wl-parcp.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 2331, p. II-46]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\def\WritingParShape{% - \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: begin}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\pretolerance: \the\pretolerance}% - \wlog{\string\tolerance: \the\tolerance}% - \wlog{\string\prevgraf: \the\prevgraf}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\parskip: \the\parskip}% - \wlog{\string\baselineskip: \the\baselineskip}% - \wlog{\string\lineskip: \the\lineskip}% - \wlog{\string\lineskiplimit: \the\lineskiplimit}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\parindent: \the\parindent}% - \wlog{\string\hsize: \the\hsize}% - \wlog{\string\leftskip: \the\leftskip}% - \wlog{\string\rightskip: \the\rightskip}% - \wlog{\string\parfillskip: \the\parfillskip}% - \wlog{\string\spaceskip: \the\spaceskip}% - \wlog{\string\xspaceskip: \the\xspaceskip}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\hyphenpenalty: \the\hyphenpenalty}% - \wlog{\string\exhyphenpenalty: \the\exhyphenpenalty}% - \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}% - \wlog{\string\righthyphenmin: \the\righthyphenmin}% - \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\adjdemerits: \the\adjdemerits}% - \wlog{\string\doublehyphendemerits: \the\doublehyphendemerits}% - \wlog{\string\finalhyphendemerits: \the\finalhyphendemerits}% - \wlog{\string\linepenalty: \the\linepenalty}% - \wlog{\string\sfcode\string\`.: \the\sfcode`\.}% - \wlog{\string\hyphenchar: \the\hyphenchar\tenrm}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\binoppenalty: \the\binoppenalty}% - \wlog{\string\relpenalty: \the\relpenalty}% - \wlog{}% - \wlog{\string\everypar: \the\everypar}% - \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: end}% -} diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip b/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 11267744de..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 29.2.4, p. III-502. -% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 726. -\wlog{L: "wrtoc.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 726, p. III-502]}% -% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip." -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\TocStream -\def\@wt{\write\TocStream} -\def\WriteToc #1#2#3#4{% - \edef\@WriteTemp{\string\TocEntry {#1}{#2}{#3}}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter - \@wt\expandafter{\@WriteTemp{#4}}% -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip b/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 2e327c44cb..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 28.5.8, p. III-485. -% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1917. -\wlog{L: "wrverbar.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1917, p. III-485]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{verb-bas.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newwrite\@VerbArgStream -\def\WriteVerbatimArgument #1#2{% - \immediate\openout\@VerbArgStream = #1 - \def\@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument{#2}% - \begingroup - \MkOthersNoCB - \@WriteVerbatimArgument -} -\def\@WriteVerbatimArgument #1{% - \immediate\write\@VerbArgStream{#1}% - \immediate\closeout\@VerbArgStream - \endgroup - \@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip b/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 1919568d70..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 20.2.17, p. III-133. -% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 906. -\wlog{L: "wtolist.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 906, p. III-133]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{futlet.tip} -\InputD{list-mac.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\def\WordsToTeXList #1#2\EndWordsToTeXList{% - \def\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}% - \expandafter\def\@WordsToTeXListName{}% - \@WordsToTeXListNextName #2 \EndWordsToTeXList -} -\def\@WordsToTeXListNextName #1 {% - \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}% - \else - \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}% - \fi - \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\EndWordsToTeXList}% - {\@WordsToTeXListEnd}{\@WordsToTeXListNextName}% -} -\def\@WordsToTeXListEnd\EndWordsToTeXList{} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip b/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip deleted file mode 100644 index 63f30a6a02..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 12.1.3, p. II-108. -% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 176. -\wlog{L: "x-parsh.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 176, p. II-108]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{doloop.tip} -\catcode`\@ = 11 -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountA -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountB -\newcount\X@ParShapeCountC -\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenA -\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenB -\def\XParShape{% - \def\X@ParShapeCollect{ }% - \X@ParShapeCountC = 0 - \afterassignment\X@ParShapeB - \X@ParShapeCountA -} -\def\X@ParShapeB{% - \ifnum\X@ParShapeCountA = 0 - \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeD - \else - \advance\X@ParShapeCountA by -1 - \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeC - \fi - \@XParShapeNext -} -\def\X@ParShapeD{% - \parshape = \X@ParShapeCountC\X@ParShapeCollect -} -\def\X@ParShapeC #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {% - \message{\string\X@ParShapeC: #1, #2, #3, #4, #5}% - \X@ParShapeDimenA = #2% - \X@ParShapeDimenB = #4% - \DoLoop{\X@ParShapeCountB}{1}{1}{#1}% - {% - \edef\X@ParShapeCollect{% - \space - \X@ParShapeCollect - \the\X@ParShapeDimenA - \space - \the\X@ParShapeDimenB - \space - }% - \advance\X@ParShapeCountC by 1 - \advance\X@ParShapeDimenA by #3\relax - \advance\X@ParShapeDimenB by #5\relax - }% - \X@ParShapeB -} -\catcode`\@ = 12 diff --git a/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip b/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip deleted file mode 100644 index c9ce2d2b18..0000000000 --- a/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -% This macro source file is from the four volume series -% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published -% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York. -% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim. -% No warranty or liability is assumed. -% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than -% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long -% as this copyright and the following source code itself -% is not changed. Please see the series for further information. -% -% Version: 1.0 -% Date: May 1, 1993 -% -% -% This source code is documented in 26.21, p. III-390. -% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1540. -\wlog{L: "yearcal.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1540, p. III-390]}% -% This file DOES belong to format "texip." -\InputD{mocal.tip} -\def\YearlyCalendar #1#2#3{% - \vbox{% - \dimen0 = #2\relax - \ifdim\dimen0 = 0.0pt - \dimen0 = \hsize - \fi - \dimen1 = #3\relax - \ifdim\dimen1 = 0.0pt - \dimen1 = \dimen0 - \divide\dimen1 by 3 - \advance\dimen1 by -5pt - \fi - \hsize = \dimen0 - \centerline{\Large\bf Year #1} - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{1}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{2}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{3}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{4}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{5}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{6}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{7}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{8}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{9}{\dimen1}% - }% - \bigskip - \line{% - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{10}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{11}{\dimen1}% - \hfil - \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{12}{\dimen1}% - }% - } -} |